Home

NJ-series CPU Unit Built-in EtherNet/IP Port User`s Manual

1. Meaning BOOTP Server Error Global local Global Function TRUE There was a failure to connect to the BOOTP server timeout FALSE The BOOTP is not enabled or BOOTP is enabled and an IP address was normally obtained from the BOOTP server Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_IPRTbIErr Meaning TCP IP Advanced Setting Error Global local Global Function TRUE There is an error in one of the following settings Or a read operation failed IP router table settings Hosts settings FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP IdentityErr Meaning Identity Error Global local Global Function TRUE The identity information which you cannot overwrite is not correct Or a read operation failed FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP TDLinkCfgErr Meaning Tag Data Link Setting Error Global local Global Function TRUE The tag data link settings are incorrect Or a read operation failed
2. suoneoiunuiuio abessay did ui saejqeueA Buisso2oy 9 V A 6 1 CIP Message Structure for Accessing Variables This section shows how to specify messages to access variables The variables to access are given by connecting the segments that are defined in the CIP Common specifications so that explicit message can be set in the request path field The following elements are combined to make the specification Specifying the variable to access The elements are stored in the CIP segments and then joined to make the message Example Reading the Present Value of One Member of the VarAA MemB 1 2 Structure Variable Example for Using the CIP Read Data Service for a Variable Object CIP Explicit Message for a Request Request Path Request pcd Request ee osle Path Length VarAA MemB 1 2 aa 4C hex m 91 05 45 61 72 41 41 00 91 04 4D 65 6D 42 2801 2802 mumiot Ze se qeueA Buisseooy 10 eunjonag HLSS N dID L 9 Y s ry ANSI Extended Symbol Segment Logical Segment Member ID The service code to read or The variable to access and the The format of the data to read or write a variable is specified range to access are specified write is specified A 6 3 Read and Write Services A 6 4 Specifying Variable A 6 5 Specifying Data Formats for Variables Names in Request Paths When Writing to Variables NJ serie
3. Model after change CJ1W CS1W CJ1W CS1W M LR our CJ2B CJ2M NJ501 EIP21 EIP21 EIP21 EIP21 NJ CJ2 EIP21 EIP21 NJ301 modelbetorg EE 1 01 101 201 201 204 201 201 2 001 1 001178 2 009 change revision CJ1W EIP21 1 01 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 8 3 CS1W EIP21 1 01 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 8 3 CJ1W EIP21 2 01 No No Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 3 3 CS1W EIP21 2 01 No No Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 3 9 CJ1W EIP21 NJ 2 04 No No 1 4 Yes Yes 2 3 3 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 2 01 No No d 1 Yes 2 3 3 CJ2B EIP21 2 01 No No t i 1 Yes 2 3 3 CJ2M EIP21 2 01 No No 1 1 1 Yes Yes 3 3 EE 5L b NJ301 A omg No No E T 4 gt i i Yes lt Yes Can be changed No Cannot be changed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 68 Cannot be changed if a network variable is specified as a tag Cannot be changed if the following items exceed the permissible settings of the device after the change Number of I O connections number of tags number of tag sets and size of one tag set Cannot be changed in any of the following cases The number of I O connections number of tags number of tag sets or size of one tag set exceeds the per missible settings for the device after the change RPI exceeds the permissible settings or is set in 0 5 ms increments such as 10 5 ms Cannot be c
4. Echo request Echo response 6 1 2 Using the PING Command The built in EtherNet IP port automatically returns the echo response packet in response to an echo request packet sent by another node e g host computer 6 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 6 Testing Communications 6 1 3 Host Computer Operation The PING command can be executed from the host computer to send an echo request packet to a built in EtherNet IP port The following example shows how to use the PING command in the host computer i Application Method Input the following command at the host computer s prompt ping P address host name The destination is specified by its IP address or host name EN Additional Information The PING command is not supported by some host computers 7 Application Example In this example a PING command is sent to the node at IP address 130 25 36 8 The in the example represents the host computer prompt Normal Execution ping 130 25 36 8 Executes the PING command PING 130 25 36 8 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp seq 0 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp seq 0 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp seq 0 time 0 ms lt Press the Ctrl C Keys to cancel execution 130 25 36 8 PING Statistics 9 packets transmitted 9 packets received 0 packets loss round trip ms min avg ma
5. O Originator Node T Target A N O O T Node 2 Ot Node 3 O T Also if multicast is set one packet will be sent but the number of connections will be consumed Example Node 3 sends one multicast packet to node 1 and node 2 Node 3 opens one connection as the target with node 1 and one connection as the target with node 2 Caution is required because the number of connections consumed is the same as for unicast connec tions even when multicast connections are set O Originator Node 1 T Target O Multicast Multicast T Node 2 eN Node 3 O T 14 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 1 3 Packet Interval RPI Accuracy The send processing delay occurs in the built in EtherNet IP port when data packets are sent once each packet interval RPI This delay varies with the RPI error shown in the following graph so the send processing delay time is the maximum value for each RPI Packet interval RPI RPI error 1 to 1 000 ms 15 RPI ms 100 1 000 to 10 000 ms 5 of the RPI RPI error ul9js S suoneoiunululo2 L p L 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 RPI ms ALINY Id Jeaeiu 494d L vL NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 5 14 Communications Performance and Communications L
6. Class 3 connected Number of connections 32 clients servers Number of clients that can communicate at one UCMM unconnected Arce u CIP message Number of servers that can communicate at one service time 32 max mera Supported sages CIP routing is supported for the following remote CIP routing 7 Units NJ501 NJ301 CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2H CPULIL EIP and CJ2M CPUSLI Agents SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c SNMP MIB MIB II EtherNet IP conformance test Conforms to A8 Ethernet interface 1 10Base T or 100Base TX Auto negotiation or fixed settings If tag data links are being used use 100Base TX 2 Here pps means packets per second and indicates the number of packets that can be processed in one sec ond 3 To use a data size of 505 bytes or higher the system must support a large forward open an optional CIP spec ification The CS CJ series Units support a large forward open but before connecting to nodes of other com panies confirm that those devices also support it 4 If the parameters of the built in EtherNet IP port are changed the port is restarted When other nodes are in communications with the affected node the communications will temporarily time out and automatically recover later 5 Because the built in EtherNet IP port is equipped with an IGMP client version 2 unnecessary multicast pack ets can be filtered by an Ethernet
7. Ethernet switch Ethernet switch O Connect the shield Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector x Do not connect the shield R GR GR e e LX JO O O EtherNet Power m IP port Supply Unit l STP STP Connector I l GR terminal amp j Shield x Shield Built in E EtherNet IP port EtherNet Power IP port Supply Unit Ci t STP eer GR terminal e Shield X Press the cable connector in firmly until it locks into place at both the Ethernet switch and the built in EtherNet IP port Do not lay the twisted pair cable together with high voltage lines Do not lay the twisted pair cable near devices that generate noise Do not lay the twisted pair cable in locations subject to high temperatures or high humidity NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 2 Installing Ethernet Networks Do not lay the twisted pair cable in locations subject to excessive dirt and dust or to oil mist or other contaminants Ethernet Switch Installation Environment Precautions Do not ground the Ethernet switch in the same location as a drive system component such as an inverter Always use a dedicated power supply for the Ethernet switch s power supply Do not use the same power supply for other equipment such as an I O power supply motor power supply or control power supply Before installation check the E
8. sssssessssss 3 9 3 19 NTP operation timing e 5 7 NTP server clock information eeen 5 7 NTP Server Connection Error 3 5 3 16 NTP Settings Display eeeennne 5 7 number of connections calculating rit emet 14 4 O observation event level seene 15 7 ten Lm 3 8 3 17 Originator Variable sseeenen 7 36 output ON response time seeeeeeeeees 14 26 output variables operation and timing sese 8 26 9 14 P Packet Interval RPI seeeee 7 35 partial fault event level seeeeeeene 15 7 passwords usn ooo ccce Annies oie 5 6 PING comnmarid 5 see ente tee 6 2 port numbers sesssessesenee 5 6 5 7 5 9 5 11 PPS unici di eR HER EL ae tee a 14 3 precautions socket Services neces 9 27 priority DNS server ssssseeeeee 5 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 private addresses sssssee 4 10 programming CIP message communications 8 13 ladder programming for tag data links 7 70 socket services eese 9 16 9 21 R Read TCP Socket Status instruction 9 11 Read Variable Class 3 Explicit instruction 8 4 Read Variable UCMM Explicit instruct
9. eeeeereeeeenene enne nnn A 10 A 4 1 Variable Memory Allocation Rules sss A 10 A 4 2 Important Case Exarriples 1 iecit neds aetna deese data aed voce Mud eara A 18 A 5 Precautions When Accessing External Outputs from NJ series CPU Units A 22 A 6 Accessing Variables with CIP Message Communications esee A 23 A 6 1 CIP Message Structure for Accessing Variables essen A 23 A 6 2 Request A ir RH6O UM Oen eere ast e a a bt Red A 24 A 6 3 Read and Write Services for Variables sessesssseeeeneneeeen nennen A 26 A 6 4 Specifying Variable Names in Request Paths sessseeeeeeenenenee enn A 29 A 6 5 Specifying Data Formats When Writing to Variables sseeeneennn A 31 A 7 TCP State Transitlons ecrire render uer eau CR eaae e stated cvsteecteversdunsVesteuedcutersensceetent A 36 Lu eui cuuiugece cA A 38 Index 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Terms and Conditions Agreement Terms and Conditions Agreement Warranty Limitations of Liability i Warranties Exclusive Warranty Omron s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workman ship for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron or such other period expressed in writing
10. 2 7 installation precautions seeeeeneeee 2 6 U UDP communications cccccccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaaes 9 3 UDP Socket Receive instruction 9 11 UDP Socket Send instruction sssssse 9 11 unicast communications esses 7 9 USB PON uns Ate ste t ree 1 9 V variable memory allocation r l Sorenta e uo teat tech oh ee A 10 Me eL 5 12 W Windows firewall settings CHANGING 53 3 d erudite Oen A 7 Write Variable Class 3 Explicit instruction 8 4 Write Variable UCMM Explicit instruction 8 3 Index 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Terms and Conditions of Sale omnon Ti Qa 9 10 11 12 Offer Acceptance These terms and conditions these Terms are deemed part of all quotes agreements purchase orders acknowledgments price lists catalogs manuals brochures and other documents whether electronic or in writing relating to the sale of products or services collectively the Products by Omron Electronics LLC and its subsidiary companies Omron Omron objects to any terms or conditions proposed in Buyers purchase order or other documents which are inconsistent with or in addition to these Terms Prices Payment Terms All prices stated are current subject to change with out notice by Omron O
11. Firewall Y Communications Controller in intranet rm Ethernet EtherNet IP Built in EtherNet IP port Global address Conditions for Communications Applications You can use the explicit message communications service over the Internet under the following con ditions A device such as a personal computer a CIP application including the Network Configurator can connect online and communicate over the Internet with a built in EtherNet IP port that has a global address The TCP port number 44818 or UDP port number 44818 that is used for EtherNet IP cannot be used because it is prohibited by a firewall in the communications path V Precautions for Correct Use Network Security and Firewalls To set a global IP address for a built in EtherNet IP port involves network security considerations It is recommended that the user contract with a communications company for a dedicated line rather than for a general line such as a broadband line Also be sure to consult with a network specialist and consider security measures such as a firewall After a firewall has been set up by a communications technician there may be some applications that cannot be used Be sure to check first with the communications technician NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Sysmac Studio Setting
12. Controller Task period Output device EN Additional Information With unit version 1 03 or later processing for tag data links is executed in the tag data link ser vice With unit version 1 00 to 1 02 processing for tag data links is executed in the system services If a tag data link timeout occurs reconsider the execution time for system services eui esuodseg O Xur1 geq beL wnwxeN v e vr 1 Input ON Response Time This is the delay time for the external input device from when the input occurs until the switch actu ally changes to ON and the time until the input data is stored in the memory area of the CPU Unit Refer to the input delay of each device for the input switch delay time Also one task period is required until the data is stored in the memory area of the CPU Unit Therefore the input ON response time is obtained as shown below Input ON response time Input device delay time Task period NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 25 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 26 2 Send Data Processing Time This is the time until the variables in the CPU Unit are transferred to the built in EtherNet IP port Data is transferred during task processing Therefore the time required for send data processing is the same as the task period If the data that is transferred is larger than the amount of data that can be sent
13. Event name NTP Client Started Event code 940B 0000 hex Meaning The NTP client started normally and a request for the NTP server to obtain the time started Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details NTP Detection At power ON or timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None TA ae Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention Correction The NTP client started normally anda request for the NTP server to obtain the time started Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name SNMP Started Event code 940C 0000 hex Meaning The SNMP agent started normally Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details SNMP Detection At power ON or timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None NS um Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention ESSE The SNMP agent started normally Attached None information Precautions None Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in
14. System defined Variable Data type Name variables None P eed Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention cote 2 Setting error Identify the error from the attached None information correct the setting and then download the settings again Power was interrupted when a down Perform the Memory All Clear opera Do not turn OFF the power supply to load was in progress for the SNMP tion or download the settings again the Controller while a download is in agent trap settings progress for the SNMP agent trap set tings Memory error If operation is not recovered by the None above replace the CPU Unit Attached Attached information 1 Type of errors 01 hex Non volatile memory access error 02 hex Inconsistency in settings information Attached information 2 Error location when there is an inconsistency in the settings 01 hex SNMP agent settings 02 hex SNMP trap settings Precautions The cause of error can be identified with the attached information Remarks 15 24 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name Tag Name Resolution Error Event code 3427 0000 hex Meaning Resolution of a tag used in a tag data link failed Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection At power ON at timing Controller reset when variables are changed from the Sysmac Stu dio or when the data link table is changed from the Ne
15. Tag Data Link Setting Error Do not turn OFF the power supply to the Controller while a download is in progress for the tag data link settings Memory error If operation is not recovered by the above replace the CPU Unit None Attached information 1 Type of errors 01 hex Non volatile memory access error 02 hex Inconsistency in settings None 15 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name TCP IP Advanced Setting Error IP Router Table Event code 34230000 hex Meaning An error was detected in the hosts in the IP router table Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At power ON or port timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery after down loading the settings cycle the power sup ply or reset Con troller Effects User program Continues Operation Communications cannot be performed with the host in the IP router table Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_IPRTbIErr BOOL TCP IP Advanced Setting Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention correction F Setting error Identify the error from the attached None information correct the setting and
16. eere 9 10 9 4 1 Settings Required for the Socket Services sssssssssssseeeeeneneneen eene 9 10 Socket Service Instructions eee eese eeeeeeeee nnmnnn nnmnnn nennen nnn nnn 9 11 Details on Using the Socket Services llis essseeeee eene nnne nennen 9 12 9 6 1 Using the Socket Services neto aet e T e eee tra P det 9 12 9 6 2 Procedure to Use Socket Services sese 9 13 9 6 3 Timing Chart for Output Variables Used in Communications ccescceeseceeeseteeeesseeeesaeees 9 14 9 6 4 UDP Sample Programming siz iiit qoem o DR e PUER EH UE 9 16 9 6 5 TCP S ample Programming 2 etr teni ine De De ER MO eta de e a eet Ed 9 21 Precautions in Using Socket Services ccccesseeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeseceeseeseseeeeseseeseeeeeeeneeseneees 9 27 9 7 1 Precautions for UDP and TCP Socket Services c ccccssceeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeesaeeeseeeesseeeessneeeseneees 9 27 9 7 2 Precautions for UDP Socket Services enne 9 27 9 7 3 Precautions for TCP Socket Services icrele eider e ereed aee aaa a i ea eiaa 9 27 Section 10 FTP Server 10 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 Overview and Specifications ueeeeeeeee eiie esiseeeee eee eee enne nnns nnnm nnn nnn a nsns a nennt anna 10 2 1021 1 OVerVIeW zoe e e et itus dedit isa dn n ai 10 2 10 1 2 SpecifiCations eo EOM RERO de M HER iM EIE 10 2 FTP Server
17. CPU Unit setup tag data links and other features Use this manual together with the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 23 Related Manuals Manual name Cat No Model numbers Application Description NJ series Database Con W527 NJ501 11120 Using the database con Describes the database connection service nection CPU Units User s nection service with NJ Manual series Controllers NJ series Troubleshoot W503 NJ501 Learning about the errors Concepts on managing errors that may be ing Manual NJ301 that may be detected in an detected in an NJ series Controller and informa NJ series Controller tion on individual errors are described Use this manual together with the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJF series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 Sysmac Studio Version 1 W504 SYSMAC Learning about the operat Describes the operating procedures of the Sys Operation Manual SE2 ing procedures and func mac Studio tions of the Sysmac Studio 24 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Revision History Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog nu
18. J Ethernet EtherNet IP j j 4 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 3 2 Using a Private Address for the Built in EtherNet IP Port Intranet CIP client on a computer such as Sysmac Studio or Network Configurator Explicit message hernet EtherNet IP ommunications in intranet Controller Built in EtherNet IP port Private address Internet Explicit message IP router CIP client on a computer such as Sysmac Studio or Network Configurator Firewall E Communications in intranet Ethernet EtherNet IP vy Controller Controller Communications in intranet X Built in EtherNet IP port Private address Built in EtherNet IP port Private address p e o PEERS Conditions for Communications Applications If the built in EtherNet IP port uses a private address you can use explicit message communications service under the following conditions The explicit message communications service can be executed on the intranet between built in EtherNet IP ports with private addresses only A device such as a personal computer
19. The target ID may be duplicated depending on the IP addresses of the target nodes In this case itis necessary to change the target ID with the Network Configurator so that the same address is not used twice For information on how to change the target node ID refer to step 4 under 7 2 5 Connection Settings When you use multiple connections to communicate with one specific node the information in the Con troller status is stored in the following variables if the Controller status is specified in the input tags and the output tags for all connections Variable name _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta Target PLC Operating Mode Description of operation This flag shows the operation information of the Controller at the target node When the Built in EtherNet IP Port Is the Originator of the Con nection The array element that corresponds to the target ID at the target is TRUE when all information for all connections of the relevant target node is shows operating status You can change the target ID of the IP address from the Network Configurator This status information is enabled when the Controller status is included in the communications data in both the originator and target node This variable is updated when necessary Controller Error Flag _EIP _TargetPLCErr Tar get PLC Error Information NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 This variable shows the error status logical OR of
20. s 7 40 Device Monitor siird aiao aiei 15 39 device parameters clearing 3 5 Rete ane edes 7 62 VerifyIDg viv doin hein Sate 7 58 device status displaying 5 7 2 me nid Gee 7 69 devices Changing 3 2 ERE Bet eds 7 68 registerifig ete ee ETT IRE MD 7 19 DNS opens dg 5 2 DNS Server Connection Error 3 5 3 17 domain names ueteri eee lets 5 2 E EDS files management 2 4 c west ek BS ee petis A 3 EIP Bo6tpEtr ihe tee 3 4 3 15 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 CEIR CipEtr wie iets Saree ed A 3 4 3 13 15 5 EIP DNSSIVErr semmnne 3 5 3 17 AEIPGEMSta nod cete 3 3 3 12 15 5 EIP EstbTargetSta ssssssssssseee 15 42 EIP EstbTargetSta 255 ssssssse 3 8 3 18 EIP EtnCfgErr seesssssssssseeeeee 3 4 3 14 EIP EtnOnlineSta 3 8 3 17 ZEIP Ad ntityErt t ie ees 3 5 8 15 EIR IPAdrOfgErtr iere 3 4 3 14 EIP IPAdrDupErr eeseeseeeee 3 4 8 14 SEIPCIPRIDIET E 4 iei fs 3 5 3 15 EIP LanHwErr 200 0 eceesssssseeeeeceseeeeeeeeeneneees 3 4 8 14 EIP MaCcAdrErt eiit i insit 3 4 3 14 EIP MultiSwONErr eene 3 5 3 16 JEIPZNTPResult x Ru 3 9 3 19 EIP NTPResult ExecNormal eeees 3 9 EIP NTPResult ExecTime eee 3 9 EIP NTPSrVvErr ernmne 3 5
21. 0000 c eee eens 9 27 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 1 9 Socket Service 9 1 Basic Knowledge on Socket Communications 9 1 1 Sockets A socket is an interface that allows you to directly use TCP or UDP functions from the user program In a host computer e g personal computer sockets are provided in the form of a C language interface library If you load the library you can program communications via TCP and UDP in the user program In a UNIX computer a socket interface is provided in the format of system calls For the built in Ether Net IP port you execute instructions in the user program to use sockets You can use these communi cations services to send and receive any data to and from remote nodes i e between host computers and Controllers or between Controllers The built in EtherNet IP port provides a UDP socket service and a TCP socket service 9 1 2 Port Numbers for Socket Services Ports 0 to 1023 used for TCP IP are reserved as well known ports In addition ports 1024 to 49151 are reserved as registered ports by the protocols that are used Therefore we recommend that you use port numbers 49152 to 65535 for applications other than the protocols that are registered with the Socket service You cannot specify port number O for the built in EtherNet IP port Also make sure that the following ports which are used by the built in EtherNet IP port are not used for other
22. A 23 A 6 1 CIP Message Structure for Accessing Variables 000 A 23 A 6 2 Request Path took ele yl bue aer rex da pcena dU ees A 24 A 6 3 Read and Write Services for Variables 0000 cece eee A 26 A 6 4 Specifying Variable Names in Request Paths 2 00 A 29 A 6 5 Specifying Data Formats When Writing to Variables A 31 A 7 TCP State Transitions seeseeeeesere nnn A 36 A 8 Version Information leeeeeeee III A 38 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 1 Appendices A 1 Functional Comparison of EtherNet IP Ports on NJ series CPU Units and Other Series EE OK Supported Not supported Built in Ether EtherNet IP Unit built in port on CJ2 inm Net IP port on CJ series CPU Unit NJ series CPU Ethernet Unit Unit ver Unit ver Unit ver Unit sion 1 0 sion 2 0 sion 2 1 Tag data link communications ser OK OK OK OK vice CIP message communications OK OK OK OK service Socket service OK OK FTP server OK OK OK OK FTP client OK lt Mail send receive OK Web functions OK Automatic adjustment of OK OK OK OK PLC Controller s internal clock Error history OK OK OK OK OK Response to PING command OK OK OK OK OK SNMP SNMP trap OK OK OK CIDR function for IP addresses OK OK OK Online conn
23. One or more files Fm TI FTP client NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 FTP Client FTPPutFile Instruction The FTPPutFile instruction uploads the specified file from the specified directory in the SD Memory Card to the specified directory on the FTP server You can use wildcards to specify the file name to allow you to upload more than one file at the same time If the directory specified for the upload does not exist on the FTP server the directory is created and the data is uploaded in it suononasu suomeounuiuio U93119 did Z LL You can specify the following options Transfer mode Open mode for data connection Deleting files after transfer Overwriting FTP server Ethernet Uploading One or more files FTP client FTPRemoveFile Instruction The FTPRemoveFile instruction deletes the specified file in the specified directory on the FTP server suononJjsu suoneoiunuJuJo2 1u9i2O d 4 34 jo suonounJ L c LL You can use wildcards to specify the file name to allow you to delete more than one file at the same time You can specify the following option Open mode for data connection FTP server One or more files are deleted Ethernet B FTP client NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 7 11 FTP C
24. The system service is executed during free time between task execution Refreshed during system common processing 2 in the task processing ES Additional Information If a program needs to access a network variable with an AT specification set the program in the primary periodic task so that it matches the refresh timing of the network variable that uses an AT specification ES Additional Information Relationship between Refreshing Tasks and Data Concurrency in Tag Data Links If you do not specify a refreshing task for global variables in tag data links the following may occur 1 When the data is sent for the output tag set another task may have already written different values before that data is sent depending on the timing of the task 2 When data is received by an input tag set another task may write different values after that data is received depending on the timing of the task Therefore to maintain the concurrency of data in tag data links you must specify the same refreshing task on both the output CPU Unit and the input CPU Unit NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions NJ series CPU Unit NJ series CPU Unit Refreshing Refreshing task task This variable may lagset Tagset gt already be written This variable by another task Variable a Connection Variable d may be written before you send i by another ta
25. The following ports are used by the system and cannot be set by the user 25 53 68 110 2222 2223 2224 9600 and 44818 ES Additional Information Refer to Section 13 SNMP Agent for details on the SNMP service NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 9 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port e Recognition 1 Setting Recognition method Description Set the method to use to specify SNMP managers for which access is permitted P address Host name Make these settings to permit access by only certain SNMP managers Access is not allowed unless an IP address or host name is set Default IP address IP address Set the IP address of the SNMP manager If the default setting of 0 0 0 0 is used access is permitted from all SNMP manag ers Setthis setting if the recognition method in the recognition 1 settings is set to the P address Option None Host name Set the host name of the SNMP manager Set this setting if the recognition method in the recognition 1 settings is set to the Host name Option You can use up to 200 single byte alphanumeric characters dots and hyphens with up to 63 sin gle byte alphanumeric characters between dots None Community name e Recognition 2 Setting Recognition 2 Set the community name to enable the SNMP manager to access information from the built in EtherNet IP port Single byte alphanumeric
26. USINT Data Type Data type of array elements A1 hex is not used USINT 00 hex UINT Num of Elem D St k Gives the number of elements in the array 1 H 1 Data The actual data for the elements of the array are given in order in the same format as when the Data elements are accessed individually For STRING data the output format differs from the format when accessing individual elements in the following ways There are no fields for the text string lengths Only the text strings including NULL are given The transferred data length is not the combined lengths of the text strings but the memory size that is allocated to the STRING variable Upper and lower bytes are reversed Example The outputs will be as follows for a STRING array named s that has two elements with the data quantity around elements is set to 4 bytes when s 0 is ab and s 1 is d Individual 0 DO 00 03 00 61 62 63 hex Entire array DO 00 62 61 00 00 64 hex Invalid data Handling Multi dimensional Array Elements for a multi dimensional array are given in order from the deepest elements For exam ple the data is read in the following format when Var is specified for a variable defined with UINT Var 2 2 Data Format USINT C7 hex Data type code for UINT USINT 00 hex UINT Value of Var O 0 UINT UINT UINT The following data format is used for a BOOL array using BOOL b
27. Functional Classification EtherNet IP Communications Switches Variable name EIP TDLinkStartCmd Meaning Tag Data Link Communications Start Switch Global local Global Function The tag data links start when this variable changes to TRUE It will automatically change to FALSE when tag data link operation has started Note Do not force this variable to FALSE from the user program or Sysmac Studio It will change to FALSE auto matically Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access RW Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_TDLinkStopCmd Meaning Tag Data Link Communications Stop Switch Global local Global Function The tag data links stop when this variable changes to TRUE It will automatically change to FALSE when tag data link operation has stopped Note Do not force this variable to FALSE from the user program or Sysmac Studio It will change to FALSE auto matically Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access RW Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 19 peuyjop uiejs s JenplAlpul 40 suoneoijioeds E E sajqeue 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 3
28. Indicators CPU UR ERITS Sos Error confirmation with the Sys PWR RUN ERROR P 9 mac Studio or an NS series PT Not lit Not lit Not lit Power Supply Error Not possible Refer to the NJ series Lit Not lit Not lit CPU Unit Reset Wa E Manual Cat No Lit Flashing Lit Incorrect Power Supply Unit Con l nected Lit Not lit Lit CPU Unit Watchdog Timer Error Lit Not lit Lit Major fault level Possible Connect the Sysmac Stu x dio or an NS series PT and check Lit Lit Flashing Partial fault level 2 the cause of and correction for the Lit Lit Flashing Minor fault level error in the troubleshooting func Lit Lit Not lit Observation tions of the Sysmac Studio or the Troubleshooter of the NS series PT Lit Lit Not lit Normal operation in RUN mode Lit Not lit Not lit Normal operation in PROGRAM mode Lit Flashing Not lit Normal operation in startup state 1 If you can connect communications to the CPU Unit from the Sysmac Studio with a direct USB connection the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode If you cannot connect communications the CPU Unit is being reset 3 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 3 S140114 JO M8IAJ9AQ L SL S J0JJ43 10 399U2 O1 MOH L L SIL 15 Troubleshooting 15 4 2 f you can connect communications to the CPU Unit from the Sysmac Studio with a direct USB connection a major fault level error has occurred If you cannot connect communications a watchdog
29. Testing Communications SaaS 6 1 Testing Communications 000 eee eee 6 2 6 1 1 PING Command Hunaia e ia a Mau ane bd eee Bae ot ed eat ee 6 2 6 1 2 Using the PING Command 000 cece eee eee 6 2 6 1 3 Host Computer Operation 0 e cette ee 6 3 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 6 1 6 Testing Communications 6 1 Testing Communications If the basic settings in particular the IP address and subnet mask have been made correctly for the built in EtherNet IP port then it is possible to communicate with nodes on the EtherNet IP network This section describes how to use the PING command to test communications with the built in EtherNet IP port 6 1 1 PING Command The PING command sends an echo request packet to a remote node and receives an echo response packet to confirm that the remote node communications are normal The PING command uses the ICMP echo request and responses The echo response packet is automatically returned in the ICMP The PING command is normally used to check the connections of remote nodes when you set up a net work The built in EtherNet IP port supports both the ICMP echo request and response functions If the remote node returns a normal response to the PING command then the nodes are physically con nected correctly and Ethernet node settings are correct Remote node e g host computer Built in EtherNet IP port
30. Exclusive Control When Accessing the Same File on the SD Memory Card First access Instruction Communications command Later access Read Write Read Write Instruction Read Exclusive control is automatically Exclusive con Implement implemented and the read instruc trol is not exclusive con tion results in an error first come required trol first serve Write Exclusive control is automatically Implement implemented and the write instruc exclusive con tion results in an error first come trol first serve Communica Read Exclusive con Implement Exclusive con tions command trol is not exclusive con trol is not required trol required Write Implement exclusive control 10 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server 10 3 Using the FTP Server Function 10 3 1 Procedure Q N NOQA 8 9 Make the basic settings Refer to 1 5 1 Outline for basic operations Set up the FTP server on the Sysmac Studio Refer to 5 3 FTP Display Select Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings under Configuration Controller Setup on the Sysmac Studio Make the following settings on the FTP Settings Display FTP server Port number Login name Password Place the CPU Unit online and transfer the settings to the Controller Insert the SD Memory Card into the CPU Unit Connect to the built in EtherNet IP port from an FTP client Input the FTP login name
31. FTP server in a built in EtherNet IP port on NJ series CPU Unit e CJ series EtherNet IP Unit with unit version 2 0 or later CJ series CJ2 CPU Unit with Built in EtherNet IP CJ series CJ1M CPU Unit with Ethernet Functions CJ series Ethernet Unit Windows7 Windows Server 2008 R2 Internet Information Services IIS 7 5 Windows8 Windows Server 2012 IIS8 0 Linux So I4 19JsueJ 03 jua dL eui Bursm LL 11 1 3 File Transfer Options You can use the following options for file transfers All options are specified in the parameters of the FTP client communications instructions File transfer mode Open mode for data connection Deleting files after transfer Overwriting SIOMOS dl4 9Iqei euuo2 Z L LL The following sections describe each of these options e File Transfer Mode There are two file transfer modes ASCII Mode and Binary Mode which differ in how line feeds in the text data are processed The following table describes the differences Transfer mode Handling of line feeds in text data ASCII Mode Line feeds are converted to the line feed code of the destination system e g Unix or Windows Binary Mode Line feeds are transferred without conversion Open Mode for Data Connection Opening a TCP connection between the FTP server and FTP client is necessary to transfer files TCP connections include control connections to control communications and data connections to transfer data Ther
32. When Execute changes to Busy FALSE Done Executing returns to FALSE Done This section describes the response codes stored in the output variable ErrorlDEx if an error occurs during the execution of a CIP message communications instruction General Status Codes As response codes general codes are stored in the ErrorIDEx output variable DWORD data after exe cution of a CIP communications instruction is completed If an additional code is added the additional code is also stored General status code 1 byte Additional code 1 word Description of status Service was successfully performed by the object speci fied A connection related to service failed along the connection path Resources needed for the object to perform the requested service were unavailable See Status Code 20 hex The path segment identifier or the segment syntax was not understood by the processing node Path processing stops when a path segment error occurs The path is referencing an object class instance or struc ture element that is not known or is not contained in the processing node Path processing stops when a Path Des tination Unknown Error occurs Only part of the expected data was transferred 31 24 23 16 ErrorlDEx General sta tus code hex Status name 00 Success 01 Connection failure 02 Resource unavailable 03 Invalid parameter value 04 Path segment erro
33. communications port errors community names Connect TCP Socket instruction Connection I O Type Connection Name cccsccceesceeeesteeseneeeeeneeess connection settings automatically setting connections 7 38 batch editing 5 neigen eerte iue 7 35 editing individual connections 7 34 Register Device List 0 0 0 eeseeeeseeeeeeneeeeneeeeneees 7 32 connection status codes and troubleshooting ssssse 15 46 Connection Tab Page seen 15 43 Connection Type sssseen 7 35 7 36 connections checking nue 7 66 Controller Event Log Tab Page ssss 15 44 Controller Object sese 8 39 Controller stat s encender 7 10 Create UDP Socket instruction sssss 9 11 cyclic communications eeee 1 11 D data areas 2 cette tuentur 7 3 data processing time calculation example eene 14 22 OVOIVIOW ecco wire eine 14 22 data transmissions TIMING ccr eet oed eiTe de eoe eoe er ee Ioa ee eh 14 21 default gateway seemm 5 2 destination IP addresses sesssssssesss 5 3 destination mask IP addresses 5 3 device bandwidth usage adjusting eee t err re i a 14 9 Device Connection Structure Tree
34. 2 1 4 Ethernet Switch Functions This section describes the Ethernet switch functions that are important for an EtherNet IP network For a built in EtherNet IP port consider whether the Ethernet switch supports these functions when you select the Ethernet switch Multicast filtering QoS Quality of Service for TCP UDP port numbers L4 e Multicast Filtering Multicast filtering transfers multicast packets to the specific nodes only This function is implemented in the Ethernet switch as IGMP snooping or GMRP Specific nodes are nodes equipped with an IGMP client that have made transfer requests to the Ethernet switch OMRON built in EtherNet IP ports are equipped with an IGMP client When the Ethernet switch does not use multicast filtering multicast packets are sent to all nodes just like broadcast packets which increases the traffic in the network Settings must be made in the Ethernet switch to enable this function There must be enough multicast filters for the network QoS Quality of Service Function for TCP UDP Port Numbers L4 This function controls the priority of packet transmissions so that packets can be sent with higher pri ority to a particular IP address or TCP UDP port The TCP and UDP protocols are called transport layer protocols leading to the name L4 layer 4 QoS function When tag data links and message communications are executed on the same network tag data links can be sent at higher priority to
35. Bi type e Format type data type e Function Specifies the file data type The following data types are supported ascii Files are transferred as ASCII data binary image Files are transferred as binary data The CPU Unit handles binary files Use the type command to specify binary transfers before you upload or download files File contents can not be guaranteed if transferred as ASCII data The default file type is ASCII get e Format get file name receive file name e Function Transfers the specified remote file from the SD Memory Card to the local host Areceive file name can be used to specify the name of the file in the local host li mget e Format mget file name e Function You can include wildcards in the file name to transfer multiple remote files from the SD Memory Card to the local host put e Format put file name destination file name e Function Transfers the specified local file to the remote host to the SD Memory Card You can specify the destination file name to specify the name the file is stored under on the SD Memory Card Any existing file with the same name in the remote host on the SD Memory Card is overwritten by the contents of the transferred file 10 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server i mput e Format mput file name spueululo2 dij Puisf S 04 e Function e You can include wi
36. Low om Clicking the Yes Button Parameters are uploaded only from the devices registered in the Network Configuration Pane Parameters are not uploaded from devices that are not registered in the Network Configuration Pane 7 54 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Clicking the No Button Performing a Batch Upload over the Network Parameters are uploaded from all devices on the network The current Network Configuration Information will be lost The following dialog box will be displayed Select the devices for which to upload parameters and click the OK Button Target Device xj Address 192 168 250 10 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 Add Edit Delete Off line Device Cancel Clicking the Cancel Button The upload operation is cancelled The upload is not performed 4 If you click the No Button in step 2 the following dialog box is displayed Select the devices for which to upload parameters and click the OK Button syur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z Target Device xi Address 192 168 250 10 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 m Add Edit Delete Off line Device Cancel S1ojeureJeg yU eyeq Be Hulpeojdn 0L 2 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 55 7 Tag Data Link Functions Uploading Individually from Particular Devices 7 Connect
37. Request reception SktTCPRcv instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket TimeOut UINT O Timeout value Size UINT 2000 Receive data size RcvDat RevSocketDat 0 Receive data IF SKtTCPRcv instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 3 Normal end ELSIF SktTCPRcev_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 20 Error end END_IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 25 S99IAJ8S 9490S ay Husn uo siiejeg 9 6 Burwwesbolg ajdwes qO1L S 9 6 9 Socket Service 9 26 3 Send request SendSocketDat RevSocketDat SktTCPSend_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Send data Size UINT 2000 Send data size IF SktTCPSend_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 4 Normal end ELSIF SktTCPSend_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 30 Error end END_IF 4 Request closing data SktClose_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket IF SktClose instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 0 Normal end ELSIF SktClose_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 40 Error end END IF 0 Normal end DoTCP FALSE Trigger FALSE ELSE Interrupted by error DoTCP FALSE Trigger FALSE END CASE END IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 7 9 Socket Service Precautions in Using Socket Services 9 7 1 9 7 2 9 7 3 Precautions for UDP and TCP So
38. Specify a time interval Time The NTP server is accessed at the specified time 00 00 00 hours minutes sec Setting range 00 00 00 to 23 59 59 Set this setting if onds NTP operation timing is set to the Specify a clock time Option Interval minutes The NTP server is accessed when the specified period 60 min of time has passed Setting range 1 to 1 440 minutes Set this setting if NTP operation timing is set to the Specify a time interval Option Timeout time sec Set the timeout detection time Setting range 1 to 255 10 seconds onds 1 seconds If the remote host does not respond retry processing is performed four times within the time interval that is set here If a time interval is specified for NTP opera tion timing for the next execution of the NTP operation starts when the fourth retry processing times out 1 This setting is required to get the clock information from the NTP server 2 The following ports are used by the system and cannot be set by the user 25 53 68 110 2222 2223 2224 9600 and 44818 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 7 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port ES Additional Information Refer to Section 12 Automatic Clock Adjustment for details on obtaining clock information from the NTP server 5 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built
39. t Send data processing coed dt leone pesstenstl sese pts RUE during RPI i 20ms i j a To Controller 2 Time required to transfer data from Controller 1 20 ms NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 3 4 Maximum Tag Data Link I O Response Time You can find the maximum I O response time from the total of 1 to 6 in the following figure oi I O refreshing UPG User program execution MC Motion control Data link processing system common processing 2 Tag data link I O response time 4 Network transmission delay time 5 Receive Data Processing Time 1 Input ON aiaa time 2 Send data 6 Output ON l processing time 3 RPI response time a a r Input Input device Xe Example Prima periodic task OI UP MC OI UP MC G G 1 LI p syur eea eL ui eui esuodse O I 4 Controller 1 Example of data transfer processing over 3 task periods Task period Tag data link refresh period PE EE Con anos eee CODES Tag data link service T Controller 42 oi uP Mc lol UP MC lol UP MC OI UP MC OI UP MC processing E Transmission path 2
40. 0x28 0x01 0x28 0x02 5 A T VarAA 1 memB 1 2 A 6 5 Specifying Data Formats When Writing to Variables This section describes how to specify the format of data to write to variables with CIP message commu nications J Data Type Codes The data type codes that are required to write values to variables are listed in the following table sej qeueA 0 Buum ueuM sieuuoJ geq Bulfyi9eds 9 v Data Type Code Hex Group Boolean bit C1 CIP Common SINT 1 byte signed binary C2 CIP Common INT 1 word signed binary C3 CIP Common DINT 2 word signed binary C4 CIP Common LINT 4 word signed binary C5 CIP Common USINT 1 byte unsigned binary C6 CIP Common UINT 1 word unsigned binary C7 CIP Common UDINT 2 word unsigned binary C8 CIP Common ULINT 4 word unsigned binary C9 CIP Common REAL 2 word floating point CA CIP Common LREAL 4 word floating point CB CIP Common STRING DO CIP Common BYTE 1 byte hexadecimal D1 CIP Common WORD 1 word hexadecimal D2 CIP Common NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 31 Appendices A 32 Data Type Code Hex Group DWORD 2 word hexadecimal D3 CIP Common TIME 8 byte data DB CIP Common LWORD 4 word hexadecimal D4 CIP Common Abbreviated STRUCT AO CIP Common UINT BCD 1 word unsigned BCD 04 Vendor Specific UDINT BCD 2 word unsigned BCD 05 Vendor Specific ULINT BCD
41. A 38 This appendix describes the changes in and additions to functional specifications that were made for changes in the unit version of the CPU Units Changes in and Additions to Functional Specifications The following table shows the unit version of the CPU Units and the version of the Sysmac Studio that correspond to changes in or additions to the functional specifications Change or Unit ver Sysmac Studio Item ed Reference x addition sion version CIP routing Addition 1 12 1 01 1 02 Support for mounting CJ1W EIP Ether Addition 1 5 Net IP Unit Offsets for struc User Addition A 18 ture members Gy Addition A 18 1 02 1 03 CIP objects Identity object Change 8 31 1 01 TCP IP Interface Change 8 34 1 02 object Tag data links Packet intervals Change 7 6 1 03 1 04 RPIs Permissible commu Change nications band CIP message CIPOpenWithData Addition 8 4 1 06 1 07 communications Size instruction Socket services Number of sup Change 9 9 1 03 1 04 ported sockets FTP client Addition 11 1 1 08 1 09 Troubleshooting Tag Data Link Con Addition 15 29 1 04 1 05 nection Timeout NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Index NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Index 1 Index Index A Accept TCP Socket instruction addresses sssssssssse All Tag Data Link Communications
42. A refreshing task maintains concurrency of the value of a global variable from all tasks that access that global variable This is achieved by specifying a single task that can write to that global variable and not allowing any other task to write to that global variable For details on refreshing tasks refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 e Maintaining Concurrency in the Tag Data in a Tag Set To maintain concurrency in the values of multiple tags in a tag set the tags variables with a Network Publish attribute must satisfy the following four conditions 1 The tags must be assigned to the same tag set connection 2 A refreshing task must be set for the network variables assigned to the tags and the refreshing task must be the same for all tags in the tag set 3 A tag that uses AT specification must not be included in the same tag set 4 The variable access time set for each task must be set to a higher value than is required to transfer the tag data Refer to 14 3 3 Relationship between Task Periods and Packet Intervals RPIs for details on the variable access time and data transfer If you set a refreshing task for a network variable you must set a variable access time to allocate enough time to access the network variable from outside of the Controller Setting Refreshing Tasks for Tags Network Variables Concurrency of the tags in the tag set is maintained NJ series CPU Unit B
43. Overview of Socket Services with Socket Service Instructions You can use socket service instructions to use the socket services The maximum total number of UDP and TCP sockets that you can use is given in the following table Number of sockets Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 Total of 16 sockets UDP TCP Unit version 1 03 or later UDP socket services Total of 30 sockets TCP socket services SOOIMOS JOYIOS 140d dIA N19443 UI IN JO MAIAJBAO 6 9 3 2 Procedure Make the settings that are required for socket services Refer to 9 4 Settings Required for the Socket Services Execute the socket service instructions from the user program MOIMJOAQ L 6 Refer to 9 5 Socket Service Instructions NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 9 9 Socket Service 9 4 Settings Required for the Socket Services 9 4 1 Settings Required for the Socket Services Make the following settings in the Unit Setup to use the socket services Sysmac Studio Unit Settings Tab Setting Setting conditions Page Setting Local IP Address Required Subnet Mask Required IP Router Table Optional Required to perform socket communications past an IP router TCP IP Keep Alive Optional Change when the default setting of 5 minutes is unacceptable Linger Option Optional ES Additional Information Make this setting in the TCP IP Dialog Box Refer to 5 1 TCP I
44. SKClse fy Close processing dn eet onm Built in EtherNet IP port NJ series CPU Unit 1 4 7 Specifying Host Names You can directly specify IP addresses but you can also use the host names instead of the IP addresses for NTP servers SNMP managers or the destinations of socket instructions and CIP communications instructions DNS client or hosts settings Example Setting Host Names on the DNS Server DNS server Ethernet Host name NJ series Controller H Precautions for Correct Use A DNS server is required to use the server host names for the DNS client Built in EtherNet IP port NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 15 1 Introduction 1 4 8 SNMP Agent The SNMP agent passes internal status information from the built in EtherNet IP port to network man agement software that uses an SNMP manager Monitoring Ethernet IP Devices mete tt Li SNMP manager Built in EtherNet IP port Ethernet SNMP message Va X Management information Device that supports SNMP SNMP agent SNMP agent SNMP agent SNMP Trap When specific conditions occur the built in EtherNet IP port that is set as the SNMP agent sends status n
45. Subtree name Standard identifier attribute Ends Implementation specifications sysDescr 1 RO Sup OMRON Corporation CPU Device information including hardware OS ported Unit model CPU Unit version software names and versions CPU Unit model example ASCII characters only NJ501 1300 CPU Unit version example Version 1 0 x sysObjectID 2 RO Sup 1 3 6 1 4 1 16838 1 1025 4 iN Vendor OID ported 2 Tells where this device information was assigned in the private MIB 2 sysUpTime 3 RO Sup According to the standard S The time elapsed since the system was started Ported unit 1 100 s sysContact 4 RW Sup Set by the user How to contact the administrator and informa ported tion on the administrator E sysName 5 RW Sup CPU Unit name 9 The name for management Sets the full domain Ported xi name of the device z sysLocation 6 RW Sup Set by the user 9 The physical location of the device ported 8 sysServices 7 RO Sup 64 S o The value of the provided service ported a e Interfaces Group Subtree name Standard identifier attribute pu Implementation port specifications ifNumber 1 RO Sup 1 The number of network interfaces ported ifTable 2 NA Interface entity table ifEntry 1 NA Row data for interface information The index is ifIndex ifIndex 1 RO Sup 1 ported A number used to identify the interface ifDescr 2 RO Sup 10 100
46. see meme 7 70 7 3 2 Status Flags Related to Tag Data Links sessssseeeeneeneeneeeee nennen 7 74 Tag Data Links with Models Other than NJ Series CPU Units 7 75 Message Communications Overview of the CIP Message Communications Service sees 8 2 8 1 1 Overview of the CIP Message Communications Service ssssseeee 8 2 8 1 2 Message Communications Service Specifications sseeeeee 8 2 Using CIP Message Communications eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees eene nn nennt nennen nannten 8 3 8 2 1 D 8 8 8 2 2 CIP Communications Instructions eesessseeeeeeeeeeeennneennennene nnne nnne nennen nnns 8 8 8 2 3 Using CIP Communications Instructions eesssessseeeeeenennen nennen 8 4 8 2 4 Route Path 8 2 5 Preparing Derivative Data Types to Use CIP Communications Instructions 8 10 8 2 6 Sample Programming for CIP Connectionless UCMM Message Communications 8 13 8 2 7 Sample Programming for CIP Connection Class 3 Message Communications 8 19 8 2 8 Operation Timing 5 nave pen eoi n uve ee D REIR 8 26 8 2 9 Response Codes 5e eee ep tg e RE erp eirca ee o e pd eee 8 27 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 CONTENTS Section 9
47. 1 Reserved Always FALSE 2 Configured Tag data link settings exist 3 Reserved Always FALSE 4 to 7 Extended Device Status Indicates the status of the built in EtherNet IP port b7 b6 b5 b4 0 1 0 1 There is a major fault 0 0 1 0 A timeout occurred in one or more target con nections 0 0 1 1 Indicates that there are no tag data link settings 0 1 1 0 Indicates that one or more connections are per forming communications normally 0 1 1 1 Other than the above 8 Minor Recoverable Fault TRUE when any of the following errors occurs 8 32 TCP IP Advanced Setting Error DNS Server Connection Error Tag Data Link Setting Error Tag Data Link Error Tag Data Link Connection Failed FTP Server Settings Error NTP Client Setting Error SNMP Settings Error NTP Server Connection Error Tag Resolution Error NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Bit Name Description 9 Minor Unrecoverable Fault TRUE when the following error occurs dentity Error 10 Major Recoverable Fault TRUE when any of the following errors occurs P Address Duplication Error BOOTP Server Error Basic Ethernet Setting Error TCP IP Basic Setting Error 11 Major Unrecoverable Fault TRUE when any of the following errors occurs Communications Controller Error MAC Address Error 12 to 15 Reserved Always FALSE Service Codes Specify the se
48. 8 3 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 7 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNeUIP Port eere 8 31 8 3 1 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNet IP Port esseeeeenenene 8 31 8 3 2 Identity Object Class ID 01 Hex nennen nennen enne enne renes 8 31 8 3 3 TCP IP Interface Object Class ID F5 hex oo eeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeseeeeeaeeseeeseaeeseeeeeaeeeeeee 8 33 8 3 4 Ethernet Link Object Class ID F6 Hex nennen nennen nennen nens 8 35 8 3 5 Controller Object Class ID C4 Hex sssssseeeeeneeneneeenene nennen nennen neret nns 8 39 Socket Service Basic Knowledge on Socket Communications eese eren 9 2 9 1 1 hcl M E 9 2 9 1 2 Port Numbers for Socket Services 5 o e ERR e Ea ees a Eee 9 2 Basic Knowledge on Protocols eese eene eene nnne nennen nenne nennt 9 3 9 2 1 Differences between TCP and UDP ssssssssssssseseeeeeee rennen enne rne nennen nnne nennen 9 3 9 2 2 Fragmenting of Send Data endet ca dee o er RAE wus PRI 9 5 9 2 3 Data Reception Processing agase eaa aeaa ae ai aa a aa r E santet nnne nnne 9 6 9 2 4 Broadcasting ete ET Eu 9 8 Overview of Built in EtherNet IP Port Socket Services eese 9 9 9 3 1 leu 9 9 9 3 2 PROCCOUIC ER 9 9 Settings Required for the Socket Services
49. FALSE The BOOTP is not enabled or BOOTP is enabled and an IP address was normally obtained from the BOOTP server BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 15 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name Meaning Function Data type Range or Reference values _EIP_IPRTbIErr TCP IP TRUE There is an error in one of the follow BOOL TRUE or page 3 15 Advanced ing settings Or a read operation failed FALSE Setting Error IP router table settings Hosts settings FALSE Normal EIP IdentityErr Identity Error TRUE The identity information which you BOOL TRUE or page 3 15 cannot overwrite is not correct Or a read FALSE operation failed FALSE Normal EIP TDLinkCfgErr Tag Data Link TRUE The tag data link settings are incor BOOL TRUE or page 3 15 Setting Error rect Or a read operation failed FALSE FALSE Normal _EIP_TDLinkOpnErr Tag Data Link TRUE Establishing a tag data link connection BOOL TRUE or page 3 15 Connection failed due to one of the following causes FALSE Failed e The information registered for a target node in the tag data link parameters is different from the actual node information There was no response from the remote node FALSE Other than the above _EIP_TDLinkErr Tag Data Link TRUE A timeout occurred in a tag data link BOOL TRUE or page 3 16 Communications
50. IP address Backplane 192 168 250 2 port 01 E Backplane port 01 l ed Communica Unit address tions port 6002 Built in 12hex IP address 7 EtherNet IP port l 192 168 257 3 Sess ICommunications I port 02 Built in EtherNet IP 7 st EtherNet IP port EtherNet IP port port 1 CPU Unit 1 to CPU Unit 2 Network type number 02 Output the command via EtherNet IP port Remote address Specify the remote IP address 2 CPU Unit 2 to EtherNet IP Unit 2 Network type number 01 Output the command via internal backplane port Remote address 12 Unit address of EtherNet IP Unit Unit number 210 hex 12 hex 3 EtherNet IP Unit 2 to EtherNet IP Unit 3 8 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Network type number 02 Output the command via EtherNet IP port Remote address Specify the remote IP address 4 EtherNet IP Unit 3 to CPU Unit 3 Network type number 01 Output the command via internal backplane port Remote address 00 unit address of CPU Unit Route path 02 192 168 250 2 01 12 02 192 168 257 3 01 00 1 2 3 4 Request Path IOl In the CIP world each device is modeled as a collection of objects An Object abstractly represents the specific con
51. NJ501 1500 CJTw EIP21 NJ501 1400 FZ Series N z 250 5 z 250 5 P o o gt i 3 Repeat the connections setting procedure until all of the connections are set i 69 amp H Precautions for Correct Use E o After you have made all of the settings always click the OK Button before you close the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box If the Cancel Button is clicked and the dialog box is closed the new settings are discarded 4 If the tag set s size is changed in either the originator or target after the connection was set the size will not match the other node and a parameter data mismatch will occur In this case if you change the connection settings be sure to check the connections Refer to 7 2 16 Checking Connections NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 37 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 38 i Automatically Setting Connections Network Auto Connection You can use automatic detection of the tag set names that are set for devices to automatically set con nections between input and output tag sets with the same name or the same names excluding speci fied ellipses Connections are automatically set under the following conditions Output tag set names for connec tion setting Except for specified ellipses the output tag set name must be the same as the input tag set name Ellipses can be set for the beginning or end of tag set names Input tag set names for connection
52. Net IP network to return them to their default settings The following procedure shows how to clear the tag data link parameters For details on how to connect to the network from the Network Configurator refer to 7 2 8 Connecting the Network Configurator to the Network 1 Connect the Network Configurator online 2 Select the icon of the EtherNet IP Unit from which you want to clear the device parameters In the following example 2 nodes are selected 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 2 To select multi ple nodes press and hold the Shift Key while you select additional icons 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1500 NJ501 1500 CJ2M EIP21 Z 250 2 192 168 250 NJ501 15 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 710 Parameter b A Monitor Network Configurator xi Selected devices will be reset A OK 7 62 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Yes Button The following dialog box is displayed Reset Device 0 Reset Type Emulate cycling power C Initialize tag data link configuration and then emulate cycling power NOTE Controller doesn t be reset 1 Cancel Select the nitialize tag data link configuration and then emulate cycling power Option and then click the OK Button H Precautions for Correct Use The Controller is not restarted Only the built in EtherNet IP port is restarted No B
53. Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP TagAdrErr Meaning Tag Name Resolution Error Global local Global Function TRUE Tag resolution failed i e the address could not be identified from the tag name The following causes are possible The size of the network published variable does not agree with the tag setting e The I O direction that is set in the tag data link settings does not agree with the I O direction of the vari able in the CPU Unit There is no network published variable in the CPU Unit that corresponds to the tag setting FALSE Other than the above Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_MultiSwONErr Meaning Multiple Switches ON Error Global local Global Function TRUE More than one data link start stop switch changed to TRUE at the same time FALSE Other than the above Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_TcpAppCfgErr Meaning TCP IP Setting Error Global local Global Function TRUE At least one of the set values for a TCP IP application FTP NTP SNMP is incorrect Or a read operation failed FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Net
54. RoutePath 02 192 168 250 2 TimeOut UINT 20 DstDat WritingDat Size UINT 1 SrcDat WriteDat Initialize instance Dummy Initialize instance Dummy Dummy Initialize instance Dummy Dummy Request writing value of variable Route path Timeout value Source variable name Number of elements to write Write data IF CIPUCMMWrite_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 2 Normal end ELSIF CIPUCMMWrite_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Error end suoneoiunululo abessayy did Buisf z 8 suoneoiunuuuo ebessay NWON ssoejuonoeuuo gI2 104 Buruurej6o4gd ajdwes 9 2 8 8 Message Communications END F 2 CIPUCMMRead instance Execute TRUE RoutePath 02 192 168 250 2 TimeOut UINT 20 SrcDat OriginalDat Size UINT 1 DstDat ReadDat Request reading value of variable Route path Timeout value Source variable name Number of elements to read Read data IF CIPUCMMRead_instance Done TRUE THEN Normal end Error end Stage INT 3 ELSIF CIPUCMMRead_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 40 END_IF ReqPath ClassID UINT 01 ReqgPath InstancelD UINT 01 ReqgPath isAttriobutelD TRUE ReqPath AttributelD UINT 07 CIPUCMMSend instance Execute TRUE RoutePath 02 192 168 250 2 TimeOut UINT 20
55. SD Memory Card instructions SD Memory Card Uploading data to or downloading data from the FTP server 3 Reading and writing variable files with sed peg Aioue N GS 1 9 0L 10 6 1 SD Memory Card Types Use the SD Memory Card that is specified below Operation may not be dependable if another SD Memory Card is used Item Specification Model number HMC SD291 Capacity 2GB Format FAT16 Number of overwrites 100 000 writes NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 15 10 FTP Server 10 6 2 File Types Ji File Names Files are distinguished by assigning file names and extensions The following characters can be used in file names and extensions File names are not case sensitive A to Z a to z 0 to 9 and the following symbols _ Q amp amp The following characters cannot be used in files names and extensions Blanks multi bytes characters and the following symbols lt gt etc The maximum file name length with the extension is 65 characters The first period in a file name is taken as the delimiter between the file name and extension Extensions are determined by the file type Directory You can create up to five levels of directories to store files on the SD Memory Card count the root directory as one level A maximum of 65 characters can be used in a directory name File Names Handled by CPU Unit The fi
56. gt This symbol appears only for events for which the user can change the event level 2 A version in parentheses in the Event code column is the unit version of the CPU Unit when the event was added Refer to the NJ series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 for all of the event codes that may occur in an NJ series Controller Level A Event code Event name Meaning Assumed cause Reference a Maj Prt Min Obs Info o 04200000 hex Communica A hardware error Communications Controller S page 15 15 m tions Control was detected in the hardware error a ler Failure communications 4 controller of the S built in EtherNet IP o port 14200000 hex MAC The MAC address Non volatile memory failure S page 15 15 Address in non volatile Error memory was not read correctly 14220000 hex EtherNet IP A fatal error was Hardware has failed S page 15 16 Processing detected in the Eth Error erNet IP Function Module 34210000 hex Basic Ether An error was Setting error S page 15 16 net Setting detected in the Power was interrupted when a Error Ethernet settings download was in progress for the Ethernet basic settings Memory error 34220000 hex TCP IP Basic An error was Setting error S page 15 17 Setting Error detected in the IP Power was interrupted when a Local PortIP address settings download was in progress for Address the TCP IP basic settings The IP address acquired from BOOTP server is illegal
57. tcpConnRem 5 RO Sup According to the Port The remote port number for this TCP connection Ported standard tcpInErrs 14 RO Sup According to the The total number of error segments received ported standard TCP checksum errors etc tcpOutRsts 15 RO Sup According to the The number of segments sent with the RST flag ported standard 13 16 the number of times the TCP connection was reset NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Ip Group Udp 13 SNMP Agent Name Standard identifier attribute Supap e mentation port specifications udplnDatagrams 1 RO Sup According to the stan The total number of UDP datagrams i e the ported dard number of packets sent to the UDP user udpNoPorts 2 RO Sup According to the stan The number of UDP datagrams that were received Ported dard but did not start an application at the destination port udpInErrors 3 RO Sup According to the stan The number of UDP datagrams that were not sent Ported dard to a higher level protocol for a reason other than udpNoPorts udpOutDatagrams 4 RO Sup According to the stan The total number of sent UDP datagrams ported dard udpTable 5 NA According to the stan The information table for the UDP listener dard udpEntry 1 NA According to the stan An entry related to a specific UDP listener The
58. tor setting errors TCP IP application errors e g FTP or NTP etc The following hierarchy is used The system gives the error status at each level by logically ORing the error status information in the next lower level _EIP_ErrSta _EIP_PortErr Error status variable for EtherNet IP Function Module Error status variable for communications port _EIP_MacAdrErr MAC Address Error EIP LanHwErr Communications Controller Error EIP IPAdrDupErr IP Address Duplication Error EIP EtnCfgErr Basic Ethernet Setting Error _EIP_IPAdrCfgErr TCP IP Basic Setting Error _EIP_IPRTbIErr TCP IP Advanced Setting Error _EIP_BootpErr BOOTP Server Error _EIP_DNSSrvErr DNS Server Connection Error Error status variable for CIP communications _EIP_CipErr _EIP_IdentityErr Identity Error _EIP_TDLinkCfgErr Tag Data Link Setting Error EIP TDLinkOpnErr Tag Data Link Connection Failed _EIP_TDLinkErr Tag Data Link Communications Error _EIP_MultiSwONErr Multiple Switches ON Error _EIP_TagAdrErr Tag Name Resolution Error Error status variable for TCP IP application function _EIP_TcpAppCfgErr _EIP_NTPSrvErr _EIP_TcpAppErr TCP IP Setting Error NTP Server Connection Error 3 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 3 2 System defined Variables The variables are described in the tables as shown below Variable name This
59. 4 word unsigned BCD 06 Vendor Specific ENUM 07 Vendor Specific DATE_NSEC 08 Vendor Specific TIME_NSEC 09 Vendor Specific DATE_AND_TIME_NSEC 0A Vendor Specific TIME OF DAY NSEC 0B Vendor Specific Union oC Vendor Specific CIP Common indicates codes that are defined in the CIP Common specifications Vendor Specific indicates codes that are assigned by OMRON i Common Format The basic format on the data line is shown below Data Format USINT Data Type Refer to Data Type Codes on page A 31 for specific values USINT Addinfo Length Additional information Field length in bytes Addinfo Additional information CRC value of structure or other UINT Num of Element _____ L ___ information l H i This field exists only in the parameters for the variable write actuara O service Elementary Data Types Fixed length Byte Data Applicable data types BYTE USINT and SINT Data Format USINT Data Type USINT 00h HINT Num of Elem 1 11 RE 01 hex H 00 hex USINT Data USINT 0 padding 00 hex NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices Fixed length 2 byte Data Applicable data types INT UINT UINT BCD and WORD Data Format USINT Data Type USINT 00h UINT NumofElem L 01 hex Fixed length 4 byte Data Applicable data types DINT UDINT UDINT BCD REAL and DWORD Data Format USINT Data Typ
60. 7 28 18 19 20 21 After you register all of the required tags click the OK Button at the bottom of the Edit Tags Dia log Box At this point a confirmation dialog box is displayed to check whether the registered tag names are used as the tag set names Tags are just added in this case so click the No Button Just the tags are registered The tags are not registered as tag sets Network Configurator d xj A The new Tags will be registered as Tag sets wo To register the newly added tags in a tag set either double click the desired tag set or select the tag set and click the Edit Button x m Controller Status 1 Name vacin a NotInclude C Include Tag List r CandidateTag List 3 X3Var In a Va In e Var In b Vanf The Tag List on the left side of the dialog box shows the tags that are already registered and the Candidate Tag List on the right side of the dialog box shows the other tags that are not regis tered yet Select the tags that you want to add from the Candidate Tag List and click the Button x Controller Status Name vaina Notlnclude C Include r Tag List r CandidateT ag List 4 B Name Faw Sief 8 Xe Var In a 2Byte S Var In b 2Byte Se Var In e 2Byte KJ Se Var In f 2Byte gt 4 n n Advanced OK Cancel You can register up to
61. Additional parts 7 72 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Node A data link normal operation flag Node A data processing Node B data link normal operation flag Node B data processing Node C data link normal operation flag Node C data processing H Precautions for Correct Use Even if an error occurs in communications with a target device the input data from the target device will remain stored in words allocated in memory to the local node To prevent malfunc tions write the user program so that no input processing is performed when the following Built in EtherNet IP Error _E P_ErrSta bits are TRUE Major fault Bit 7 Partial fault Bit 6 Minor fault Bit 5 SXur e1eg Be 104 Bulmwes6oig Jappe7 e 7 m syu eyeq bey 104 Buruurei604g 1eppe L 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 73 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 3 2 Status Flags Related to Tag Data Links The status of the tag data links is reflected in the following system defined variables Variable name _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta 255 Target PLC Operating Mode Corresponds to the operating information in the Controller status Description This variable shows the operating status of the target node Controllers that are connected with the built in EtherNet IP port as the originator The information in this area is valid only when the correspondi
62. BOOTP Server Error e EIP IPHTbIErr TCP IP Advanced Setting Error Note If a Link OFF or Built in EtherNet IP Processing Error occurs it is recorded in the event log and then the corre sponding bit turns ON Refer to Mean ings of Error Status Bits given later for the meaning of individual bits NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 WORD 16 0000 to 16 00F0 page 3 13 sej qeueA pauljap wea sAs z 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name EIP CipErr Meaning CIP Communica tions Error Function This is the error status variable for CIP com munications It represents the following error flags EIP IdentityErr Identity Error EIP TDLinkCfgErr Tag Data Link Setting Error EIP TDLinkOpnErr Tag Data Link Con nection Failed EIP TDLinkErr Tag Data Link Communi cations Error EIP TagAdrErr Tag Name Resolution Error EIP MultiSwONErr Multiple Switches ON Error Note If a Tag Resolution Error occurs it is recorded in the event log and this vari able changes to TRUE Refer to Mean ings of Error Status Bits given later for the meaning of individual bits Data type WORD Range of values 16450000 to 16 00F0 Reference page 3 13 _EIP_TcpAppErr TCP Application Com munications Error This is the error status variable for TCP appli cation communications It represents t
63. CIP applications including the Network Configurator can not connect online and communicate over the Internet with a built in EtherNet IP port that has a private address Explicit message communications are also not possible over the Internet between built in EtherNet IP ports with private addresses Vi Precautions for Correct Use Network Security and Firewalls To set up an intranet through a global address involves network security considerations Be sure to consult with a network specialist in advance and consider installation of a firewall After a fire wall has been set up by a communications company technician there may be some applications that cannot be used Be sure to check first with the communications company technician NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 11 sosseJppy jeqo o pue ajeAud E t Jod dI ISNJeur3 UI YINg eui 10 sseppy erenug e Duis z r 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 3 3 Using a Global Address for the Built in EtherNet IP Port x Firewall over Internet Private address Intranet foe Se RONE CIP client on a computer B such as Network Configurator I Ethernet EtherNet IP if n Communications I I Intranet see ope Peg ee ta Ne Tair apes a 7 Global address P router Private address Private address C3
64. Function Gives the last time that NTP processing ended normally The time that was obtained from the NTP server is stored when the time is obtained normally The time is not stored if it is not obtained from the NTP server normally Note Do not use this variable in the user program There may be a delay in updating it Use this variable only to access status through communications from an external device Data type Structure sNTP RESULT Range of values Depends on data type Members DATE AND TIME R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Not possible Related instruc You can read the contents of this variable with the GetNTPStatus instruc tions tion Variable name _EIP_NTPResult Members ExecNormal Meaning NTP Operation Result Global local Global Function This variable shows if the NTP operation ended normally TRUE Indicates an NTP normal end FALSE Indicates that NTP operation ended in an error or has not been executed even once Note Do not use this variable in the user program There may be a delay in updating it Use this variable only to access status through communications from an external device Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Not possible Related instruc You can read the contents of this variable with the GetNTPStatus instruc tions tion
65. Haie pm cL 10 11 lyD8 zicuisienseuie ask shies istscases detbsegdastaetbene 10 12 USG E ites Lt M UL eL T 10 9 FIP Display n ree 5 6 FT P Server oie titt edet fete eee 1 13 5 6 application example eene 10 6 application example from host computer 10 18 application procedure seeeenee 10 5 commands 2 5 hus ee me acess 10 8 naut EIER 10 2 specifications inte 10 2 functions comparison between NJ Series and Other Series A 2 G gateway addresses esee 5 3 general status eeseeeeeeeeeeeneneennes 8 29 general status codes esee 8 27 Get EtherNet IP Error Status instruction 15 5 global addresses eeeeeeeeeee 4 10 global broadcasting seenn 9 8 H host NAMES ccs nee 5 3 5 7 5 10 5 12 Specifying eei eee Du asthe 1 15 Index 3 Index l Identity Error ire enoni rn treten 3 5 3 15 Identity Object cc ies 8 31 InidICators 3 nentes 1 9 1 10 15 3 information event level eene 15 7 input ON response time sese 14 25 instructions CIPOIOSO oui hee Eau ed dee 8 4 CIPOpeh ie cct eerte det 8 4 CIPOpenWithDataSize see 8 4 CIPRead fe he dineros ederent 8 4 CIPSend eb ie ded ecd anao 8 4 CIPUCMMRead essen 8 8 CIPUCMMSe
66. IP address Description Global address These are IP addresses that connect directly to the Internet Allocated by application to NIC each address is unique in the world and as many as 4 3 billion can be allocated world wide Private address These are IP addresses for Intranet LAN use Direct con nection to the Internet is not possible Frames that include private IP addresses are restricted by the router from being sent outside the LAN Generally as shown below global addresses in the intranet are allocated only to IP routers such as broadband routers interfaced with the Internet All other nodes in the intranet which includes the built in EtherNet IP port are allocated private addresses Intranet Personal computer e g Sysmac Studio B Ethernet EtherNet IP Firewall Controller Private address N Private address BadgupaEa a ca E a e CE E Y Cannot connect to Internet Intranet amp Cannot connect to Internet NUDO o eie ea e ITERUM meee esis r5 i T Global address IP router Private address L Private address Personal computer l e g Sysmac Studio Firewall H Controller Controller N N Private address Private address i i i i
67. RO Sup According to the The total number of received ICMP messages ported standard This includes messages counted by icmplnErrors icmpInErrors 2 RO Sup According to the The number of received ICMP message errors ported standard Checksum errors frame length errors etc icmpInDestUnreachs 3 RO Sup According to the The number of Destination Unreachable mes ported standard sages received icmplnTimeExcds 4 RO Sup According to the The number of Time Exceed messages received Ported standard icmpInParmProbs 5 RO Sup According to the The number of Parameter Problem messages ported standard received icmpInSrcQuenchs 6 RO Sup According to the The number of Source Quench messages ported standard received icmpInRedirects 7 RO Sup According to the The number of Redirect messages received ported standard icmpInEchos 8 RO Sup According to the The number of Echo request messages ported standard received icmpInEchoReps 9 RO Sup According to the The number of Echo Reply messages received ported standard icmplnTimestamps 10 RO Sup According to the The number of Timestamp messages received ported standard icmplnTimestampReps 11 RO Sup According to the The number of Timestamp Reply messages ported standard received icmplnAddrMasks 12 RO Sup According to the The number of Address Mask Request messages Ported standard received
68. SNMP Settings Display eese 5 9 SNMP specifications ssseeeeees 13 3 SNMP Trap Settings Display eessesss 5 11 SNMP traps ande Ree eee 5 11 13 3 SOCket ServICB odere er e tie 1 15 Socket service communications data reception processing eeeeee 9 6 fragmenting of send data seee 9 5 socket service instructions eeen 9 11 Socket services application procedure eeeeenne 9 12 built in EtherNet IP port NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Index OVOIVIGW picni saraaa eee 9 9 port numbers o eit 9 2 precautioris Lat pe ed e 9 27 required settings seseeeeeenneeene 9 10 SOCkels ees DID Rae ee ae ee 9 2 specifying method sse 5 12 Status 1 Tab Page sse 15 40 Status 2 Tab Page sse 15 42 structure variables providing to input request paths 8 10 S bhetmasks iie sare erred uti beider ead 4 3 5 2 Sysmac Sttdio 2225 acces titre UVP 1 6 system defined variables eesis 3 2 EtherNet IP communications errors 3 3 3 12 EtherNet IP communications status 3 8 3 17 EtherNet IP communications switches 3 10 3 19 T tag data link functions ee eed ett teet 7 6 Specifications ites inire hibet de es 7 6 Tag Data Link Communications Error 3
69. ServiceCode BYTE 16 0E RqPath ReqPath ServiceDat Dummy Size UINT O RespServiceDat RespDat Send message Route path Timeout time Service code Request path Service data Number of elements Response data IF CIPUCMMSend instance Donez TRUE THEN Normal end Error end Processing after normal end Processing after error end Stage INT 0 ELSIF CIPUCMMSend_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 30 END_IF 0 DoUCMMTrigger FALSE Trigger FALSE ELSE DoUCMMTrigger FALSE Trigger FALSE END CASE END F 8 18 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications 8 2 7 Sample Programming for CIP Connection Class 3 Message Communications This sample uses CIP class 3 messages to write a variable read a variable and send a message The Controllers are connected to an EtherNet IP network The IP address of the remote node is 192 168 250 2 The following procedure is used 1 The ClPOpen is used to open a class 3 connection Large Forward Open The timeout time is 2 Ss 2 The CIPWrite instruction is used to write the value of a variable at a remote node The variable name at the remote node is WritingDat and the contents of the WriteDat is written to it Writing Dat must be defined as a global variable at the remote node and the Network Publish attribute must be set 3 The CIPRead instruction is used to read t
70. The data is stored in the send buffer by the normal completion of the SktTCPSend instruction SktClose Instruction Execution of the Socket Function Close The acknowledgment ACK of FIN from the remote node is received by the normal comple tion of the SktClose instruction However RST not FIN is sent if the Linger Option is specified 9 4 Client Server SktTCPAccept Instruction Execution of Socket Functions Socket Bind Listen and Accept Timeout monitoring until Connect is completed The connection is established by the normal completion of the SktTCPAc cept instruction Instruction completed Instruction completed SktTCPRecv Instruction Execution of Socket Function Recv Timeout monitoring until data is received from the remote node Writing the received data to the variable is completed by the normal completion of the SkKtTCPRcv instruction Instruction completed Socket interface gt Packets sent by the TCP IP layer b Packets sent by higher layers completed 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service 9 2 2 Fragmenting of Send Data The receive buffer for the built in EtherNet IP port is a maximum of 9 000 bytes per handle The maxi mum number of handles that can be used at the same time is given in the following table If any data that is larger than 9 000 bytes is received
71. This error does not This error does not This is not an error Attempted to close a connection but occur occur because the connec that connection was already closed tion is already closed 01 0108 Error code returned from target This error does not Check which connec Check which connec Attempted to open a connection with occur tion types can be used tion types can be used an unsupported connection type by the target Contact by the originator An the manufacturer Only error will occur if a con multicast and point to nection other than a point connections can multicast or point to be set point connection is set 01 0109 Error code returned from target Check the connection sizes set in the originator and target The connection size settings are dif ferent in the originator and target 01 0110 Error code returned from target Check whether the Depends on the tar Check whether the tag The target was unable to open the tag data link is get s specifications data link is stopped at connection because of its operating stopped at the tar Contact the target the target Restart the status such as downloading set get Restart the tag device s manufacturer tag data link communi tings data link communi cations with the soft cations with the soft ware switch ware switch 01 0111 Error code returned from target This error does not Check the targets RPI Set the originators RPI The RPI was set to a
72. connection FALSE Error FALSE Other than the above _EIP_TagAdrErr Tag Name TRUE Tag resolution failed i e the address BOOL TRUE or page 3 16 Resolution Error could not be identified from the tag name FALSE The following causes are possible The size of the network published variable does not agree with the tag setting e The I O direction that is set in the tag data link settings does not agree with the I O direction of the variable in the CPU Unit There is no network published variable in the CPU Unit that corresponds to the tag setting FALSE Other than the above EIP MultiSwONErr Multiple Switches TRUE More than one data link start stop BOOL TRUE or page 3 16 ON Error switch changed to TRUE at the same time FALSE FALSE Other than the above _EIP_TcpAppCfgErr TCP IP Setting TRUE At least one of the set values for a BOOL TRUE or page 3 16 Error TCP IP application FTP NTP SNMP is FALSE incorrect Or a read operation failed FALSE Normal _EIP_NTPSrvErr NTP Server Con TRUE The NTP client failed to connect to the BOOL TRUE or page 3 16 nection Error server timeout FALSE FALSE NTP is not set or the connection was successful _EIP_DNSSrvErr DNS Server Con TRUE The DNS client failed to connect to the BOOL TRUE or page 3 17 nection Error server timeout FALSE FALSE DNS is not enabled Or DNS is enabled and the connection was successful NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual
73. example interprocess interlocks can be transferred at high speed while the production commands and the status monitor information are transferred at low speed NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction 1 1 2 Features of Built in EtherNet IP Port on NJ series CPU Units Tag Data Links Cyclic communications between Controllers or between Controllers and other devices are possible on an EtherNet IP network Tag data links can quickly perform data exchanges for up to 9 600 words of data uononpoaul L L e Message Communications You can send CIP commands to devices on the EtherNet IP network when required by execution of CIP communications instructions in a program As a result it is possible to send and receive data with devices on the EtherNet IP network BOOTP Client If the NJ series built in EtherNet IP port is set in the BOOTP settings the BOOTP client operates when the Controller power is turned ON and the IP address is obtained from the BOOTP server It is possible to set all of the IP addresses of multiple built in EtherNet IP ports at the same time Built in FTP Server for File Transfers to and from Host Computers An FTP server is built into the Controller You can use it to read and write data within the Controller as files from workstations and computers with FTP clients The FTP server enables the transfer of large amounts of data from a client without any additional lad
74. or other application or use Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with respect to Buyer s application product or system Buyer shall take applica tion responsibility in all cases NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT S IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM i Programmable Products Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable Product or any consequence thereof Disclaimers I Performance Data Data presented in Omron Company websites catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of Omron s test conditions and the user must correlate it to actual application requirements Actual perfor mance is subject to the Omron s Warranty and Limitations of Liability fi Change in Specifications Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our practice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifications of the Product may be changed without any notice When in doubt s
75. page 15 36 Fixed address has been been determined and Ethernet determined and communications can start Ethernet communi cations can start 94090000 hex BOOTP Cli The BOOTP client The BOOTP client started S page 15 36 15 12 ent Started started requesting an IP address requesting an IP address NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Level Event code Event name Meaning Assumed cause Reference Maj Prt Min Obs Info 940A0000 hex FTP Server The FTP agent The FTP agent started nor S page 15 36 Started started normally mally 940B0000 hex NTP Client The NTP client The NTP client started normally S page 15 37 Started started normally and a request for the NTP and a request for server to obtain the time the NTP server to started obtain the time started 940C 0000 hex SNMP The SNMP agent The SNMP agent started nor S page 15 37 Started started normally mally NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 13 Punoouse qnojj z s1 alqel 10113 L c SL 15 Troubleshooting 15 2 2 Error Descriptions This section describes the information that is given for individual errors i Controller Error Descriptions The items that are used to describe individual errors events are described in the following copy of an error table Event name G
76. prevent problems such as transmission delays due to message communications traffic and packet losses due to buffer overflow Settings must be made in the Ethernet switch to enable this function and give higher priority to tag data link packets NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 2 3 So2IA9q 410M 9N 84 Bunoeljes L Z NOHO Aq peunjoejnue y seoi eq HOMON Z L Z 2 Installing Ethernet Networks Support for the above two functions is as follows for the different types of Ethernet switches Ethernet Switch Types Multicast filtering L4 QoS Remarks Unmanaged L2 Ethernet None None switches Managed L2 Ethernet Provided Provided Both functions must be set switches with a special software tool OMRON W4S1 series None Provided L4 QoS is set with a switch No Ethernet switches software tool is necessary ES Additional Information If the Network Configurator is used to set the connection type in the connection settings to a mul ticast connection multicast packets are used If the connection type is set to a point to point con nection multicast packets are not used 2 1 5 Precautions for Ethernet Switch Selection The functions supported by the Ethernet switch may affect tag data link transmission delays and the settings in the Controller configurations and setup In addition if the Ethernet switch supports advanced functions special settings are required for those functions When you sele
77. pwd Displays the work directory on the remote host type Specifies the data type of transferred files get Transfers the specified remote file to the local host mget Transfers the specified multiple remote files to the local host put Transfers the specified local file to the remote host mput Transfers the specified multiple local files to the remote host delete Deletes the specified file from the remote host mdelete Deletes the specified multiple files from the remote host append Uses the file data type that is specified by the type command to append the local file to the remote host close Disconnects the FTP server bye Closes the FTP client quit Closes the FTP client Note 1 Remote host refers to the built in EtherNet IP port 2 A remote file is a file on the SD Memory Card in the CPU Unit 3 Local hos refers to the host computer FTP client 4 Local file refers to a file on the host computer FTP client 10 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server 10 5 2 Using the Commands i open e Format open P address or host name of FTP server spueululo2 dij Puisf S 04 e Function Connects the FTP server Normally when the FTP client is booted the FTP server IP address is specified to execute this command automatically user e Format spuewwoy y Burst z S 0L user user name e Function Specifies the user name Specify the FTP login na
78. switch Flashing 4 An error from which recovery is not possible has occurred in Ethernet communications Replace the CPU Unit H Ethernet communications are not Flashing Ethernet communications are Flashi possible but recovery is possible E Lit E possible ashing d Connect the Sysmac Studio via USB You can check error details and read the system defined EO with an Ethernet connection variable status to find the cause of for the Sysmac Studio or an the error NS series PT An error from which recovery is not Flashing d possible has occurred in CIP or Lt Eg it TCP IP application communications Replace the CPU Unit Isolate the cause of the error and check the functions that are affected Not lit O An error for which recovery is possible Flashing id has occurred in one of the functions i Use the Sysmac Studio or an NS series PT to read the system defined variable status to isolate the cause of the error and correct it There are no communications errors in the built in EtherNet IP port NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting i Checking with the Troubleshooting Function of Sysmac Studio When an error occurs you can connect the Sysmac Studio online to the Controller to check current Controller errors and the log of past Controller errors You can also check the cause of the error and corre
79. tags eene eus eii 7 3 Target Device necne egets 7 36 Target Node Error Information 3 9 3 18 Target PLC Error Information 3 9 3 18 7 10 15 42 Target PLC Operating Mode 3 8 3 18 7 10 15 42 Target Variable eese 7 36 task periods Index 5 Index relationship with requested packet intervals 14 23 TCP Application Communications Error 3 4 3 13 15 5 TCP application errors eene 15 6 TCP communications sessssssseeeeeeenes 9 3 procedure nc eter gene 9 4 TCP Socket Receive instruction sssusse 9 11 TCP Socket Send instruction sssuuse 9 11 TCP IP Advanced Setting Error 3 5 3 15 TCP IP Basic Setting Error ussssse 3 4 3 14 TG PAP Display ERREUR RE 5 2 TCP IP Interface Object eeeeeeee 8 33 TCP IP Setting Error esses 3 5 3 16 time NTP operation timing eeeene 5 7 timeout time NTP operation timing eeeenne 5 7 Timeout Value 2 5 rnt rhe o Re eR beh sets 7 35 7 36 Trap 1 settings indere REO HINREE 5 12 Troubleshooter sese 15 5 troubleshooting ssessesseees 15 5 15 38 twisted pair cable ss 1 5 installation environment precautions
80. then download the settings again Power was interrupted when a down Perform the Memory All Clear opera Do not turn OFF the power supply to load was in progress for the TCP IP tion or download the settings again the Controller while a download is in advanced settings progress for the TCP IP advanced settings Memory error If operation is not recovered by the None above replace the CPU Unit Attached Attached information 1 Type of errors 01 hex Non volatile memory access error 02 hex Inconsistency in settings information Attached information 2 Error details 00 hex Non volatile memory access error When the settings are inconsistent 11 hex Illegal IP router table settings 12 hex Illegal Hosts setting Precautions The cause of error can be identified with the attached information Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 21 Punoouse qnojj z s1 suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting FTP Server Setting Error An error was detected in the FTP server settings EtherNet IP Function Module FTP At power ON or Controller reset Automatic recov ery after down loading the FTP settings cycle the power sup ply or reset Con troller Minor fault System FTP will not operate Continues Flashes at 1 s intervals None Setting error Identify the error from the attached None information correct the sett
81. 0 0 0 0 this value is also 0 0 0 0 ipRouteMetric5 12 RW Sup According to the The alternative routing metric ported standard ipRoutelnfo 13 RO Sup 0 0 The MIB object ID for the routing protocol used by Ported this route If not defined set to 0 0 ipNetToMediaTable 22 NA The IP address conversion table used to map IP addresses to physical addresses ipNetToMediaEntry 1 NA Row data for the conversion table The indices are ipNetToMedialflndex and ipNetToMediaNetAd dress ipNetToMedi 1 RW Sup According to the alflndex The interface ID number for this entry The value Ported standard of iflndex is used for this value ipNetToMedi 2 RW Sup According to the aPhysAddress The media dependent physical address ported standard ipNetToMedi 3 RW Sup According to the aNetAddress The IP address that corresponds to the media ported standard dependent physical address ipNetToMedi 4 RW Sup According to the alype The address conversion method ported standard Other 1 A method other than the following items Invalid 2 An invalid value Dynamic 3 Dynamic conversion Static 4 Static conversion ipRoutingDiscards 23 RO Sup According to the The number of routing entries that were valid but Ported standard Ip Group Icmp 13 SNMP Agent Name Standard identifier attribute AA E icmplnMsgs 1
82. 02 or earlier you can set the RPI to between 10 and 10 000 ms in 1 ms increments The default setting is 50 ms i e data is updated once every 50 ms Timeout Value Set the time until a connection timeout is detected The timeout value is set as a multiple of the packet interval RPI and can be set to 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 or 512 times the packet interval The default setting is 4 times the packet interval RPI 2 After you make all of the settings click the OK Button 7 36 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Confirming the Connections Settings 1 An overview of the connections that were set in the Register Device List is displayed in the Con nections Tab Page Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 5 NJ501 1500 x Conncctiona Tay Sels l Unregister Device List dp 192 168 2502 CJIW EIP21 4p 192160250 NJ501 1400 Connections 3 22 0 3 T 0 Register Device List Product Name 192 168 250 5 NJ501 1500 Variable Target Variable 192 168 250 4 004 FZ Senes a defaut 001 Input InData Input 101 defaut 001 Output OutData Output 100 122 1602 i N o eo 2 Q a Q g 2 Click the OK Button The following kind of diagram is displayed S r Indicates the IP address of the EJ originator where the connection o was set nt n FZ 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 3 192 168 250 4
83. 1 us 7 52 us 2 Number of Data Transfers Tag data is transferred as a part of the task processing Therefore if the time required to process the data transfer is greater than the time allowed for data transfer in the task process i e the variable access time the data cannot be sent entirely during one task period and is sent in fragments instead Number of data transfers Time required for data transfer Variable access time set for the task This is the time required for data transfer as calculated in 1 above 2 This is the variable access time that is set for each task in the Task Setup V Precautions for Correct Use The maximum number of words that can be transferred through the built in EtherNet IP port is 9 600 words for tag data links If the number of tag data link words exceeds the number of words that can be exchanged with the CPU Unit at one time the data is divided and transferred in mul tiple data exchanges 3 Actual Time Required for Data Transfer You can use the task period of the refreshing task and the number of data transfers as calculated in 2 above to calculate the actual time required to transfer the data Task period x Number of data transfers il Data Processing Time Calculation Example Here we provide an example of how to perform the tag data link calculations described earlier for the following tag data transfers Model Numbers of CPU Units for Tag Dat
84. 14 8 14 2 3 Adjusting Device Bandwidth Usage eseeenenem eene 14 9 14 2 4 Changing the BPIs eee Eten a ie bane pee didus 14 10 14 2 5 RPI Setting Example Sinisira E nnne thats nente nennen nnne nenne 14 16 14 3 I O Response Time in Tag Data Links eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee seen enne nnnm nnn nnn snnt 14 21 14 3 1 Timing of Data Transmissions sesseeeeeeeeneeeen nennen nnne 14 21 14 3 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port Data Processing Time seeneeeneeens 14 21 14 8 8 Relationship between Task Periods and Packet Intervals RPIS essssess 14 23 14 3 4 Maximum Tag Data Link I O Response Time sse 14 25 14 4 Message Service Transmission Delay e eeeeeeeesesee eene eene nennen nnne nennen 14 27 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 CONTENTS Section 15 Troubleshooting 15 1 OvervieWOf EEFrOES cines cess cnet eade te tae tener ese toe pei eo ees aaie Taa aE Ean nimaran 15 2 15 1 1 Howto Check for EIfOIS iiem cise etre ibit RD e Eu ian es 15 3 15 1 2 Errors Related to the EtherNet IP Function Module eeeeeeene 15 6 15 2 Troubleshooting srren ern rn eee tete erred sadceeeedssddeuerteseceecresdsuseeverss 15 9 15 2 1 Error Table e ha ee ei hein oan pe Ec US Ub ORE Edd ie 15 9 15 2 2 Error Descriptions ouod ete ettet tt a
85. 2 3 as an example NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices Data Format USINT C1 hex data type code for BOOL USINT 00 hex WORD rsv b 1 2 b 1 1 b 1 0 b 0 2 b O 1 b 0 0 rsv rsv Exceptions When Specifying the Num of Element Field The following data format is used if a specification is made in the Num of Element field for a BOOL array Refer to A 6 4 Specifying Variable Names in Request Paths for information on the Num of Element field The status TRUE FALSE is given in order for each element of the BOOL variable Data Format USINT Data Type C1 hex USINT 00 hex UINT NumofElem L Gives the number of elements in the array H I USINT Status 01 hex TRUE 00 hex FALSE USINT Status Structure Variables Accessing an Entire Structure If a structure variable is specified it is treated as an access request for all of the members of the structure Data Format suoneoiunuiuio abessay did Ui sajqeueA Buisso2oy 9 Y USINT Data Type AO Hex Abbreviated STRUCT USINT 02 hex UINT CRC L CRC value for the structure definition H UINT Num of Elem D Y 01 hex H 00 hex se qeueA oj BunuM ueuM SyeWOY geq Bulfyioeds 9 v NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 35 Appendices A 7 TCP State Transitions A 36 TCP protocol operates in 11 states for connec
86. 2 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 53 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 10 Uploading Tag Data Link Parameters You can upload tag data link parameters such as the tag set settings and connection settings from EtherNet IP Units in the EtherNet IP network The following procedure shows how to upload the param eters For details on how to connect to the network from the Network Configurator refer to 7 2 8 Con necting the Network Configurator to the Network There are two ways to upload the parameters Uploading from All Devices in the Network 1 Connect the Network Configurator online and then select Upload from the Network Menu 2 The following dialog box is displayed x Uploading all devices parameters from network will start based d on the current document OK If you select No it will start as new document No Cancel Clicking the Yes Button The tag data link parameters in the current project are uploaded Clicking the No Button You open a new project to upload the tag data link parameters The current project is closed Clicking the Cancel Button The upload operation is cancelled The upload is not performed 3 If you click the Yes Button in step 2 the following dialog box is displayed xi Uploading all devices parameters from network will start based A on the current device structure If you select No it will start after deleting the current device structure
87. 3 16 XEIPXPOHEITs2u sonans E 3 3 3 13 15 5 _EIP_RegTargetSta 255 sssesssssssse 3 8 3 17 EIP TagAdiEtt 22 uiti ERI un 3 5 3 16 _EIP_TargetNodeE rr ssssssesee 3 18 EIP TargetNodeErr 255 eccseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 9 EIP TargetPLCErr sess 7 10 15 42 EIP TargetPLCErr 255 sessssssssss 3 9 3 18 EIP TargetPLCModesSta sus 7 10 15 42 _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta 255 3 8 3 18 EIPSEGpAppGIgEI uiuit um 3 5 3 16 ZEIP TOpAppbtr esos eS 3 4 3 13 15 5 EIP TDLinkAllRunSta essssss 3 8 3 17 EIP TDLinkCfgErr e a a eara 3 5 3 15 _EIP_TDLinkErr eseseseeeeeerenene 3 5 3 16 EIP TDLinkOpnErr verpir aa 3 5 3 15 _EIP_TDLinkRunSta eene 3 8 3 17 _EIP_TDLinkStartCmd 3 10 3 19 7 60 EIP TDLinkStopCmd 3 10 3 19 7 60 error status RE 3 7 error status variables ccccssssssssceeceeeeeeeeeeseeseseees 15 5 errors checking communications with Network Configurator sssss 15 6 checking for errors sssen 15 3 classifications d uuu 15 6 descriptions boi Rede 15 14 event levels 5 Eid e 15 7 IridiCators 5 ink REI E T 15 8 reading with instructions eeeeeeeeeees 15 5 tel 15
88. 5 6 SNMP Trap Settings Display SNMP trap Do not use M Port No vrapi Specifying method IP address Hot name IP addross Hast name Community name Version Trap 2 Trap 2 Specifying method IP IP address Host name Community name verson e SNMP Trap Aejdsiq sbumes dell dNNS 9 S Description SNMP trap Specify whether to use the SNMP trap network error detec Do not use tion If the SNMP trap service is not used SNMP traps are not sent to the SNMP manager Port No Set the port number to use to connect to the SNMP server Itis 162 normally not necessary to change this setting The following ports are used by the system and cannot be set by the user 25 53 68 110 2222 2223 2224 9600 and 44818 ES Additional Information Refer to 13 1 1 Overview for details on the SNMP trap NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 11 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port e Trap 1 Setting Description Default Specifying method Set the specifying method for the SNMP manager destination IP address for SNMP traps P address Host name IP address Set the IP address of the SNMP manager Set this setting if None the specifying method in the trap 1 settings is set to the P address Option Host name Set the host name of the SNMP manager Set this setting if None the specifying method in the trap 1 settin
89. 6 Troubleshooter of an NS series PT 15 5 troubleshooting with Sysmac Studio 15 5 Ethernet addresses a r a e ar a E iae 1 9 Ethernet connectors eeeeeeeeeeeeeen nennen 2 8 Ethernet Information Tab Page 15 46 Ethernet Link Object eeeees 8 35 Ethernet SWIN Se r E a 1 5 2 2 TUNGUOMNS E EET 2 3 selection precautions seeee 2 4 lyp8S ii eene ehe 2 3 event Codes x uS ach to Rn E 15 9 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Index event riames o Red lane 15 9 GVenls 2 nisse ESPRIME 15 2 F FINS TCP Connection Status ssssessss 3 11 FINSTCPConnsSta sssssseseeeeeeee 3 11 fragmenting talalo Ro F te ERT doni ES EAS 9 5 FTP commands append 4c cerita dedit eds 10 11 Dye eei ERE ee tenete 10 13 pec 10 11 Mar I ents hah ahh i nie an 10 13 delete uten htt i tte 10 13 Gil aian a ee EE ve reis 10 10 get ac enc ea edes ieri 10 12 I8 tied t ee e eei te ences 10 9 mdelete 25 x 06 petet tti oe ep 10 13 MGI 2 besos et 10 10 INQ OTe ca icm eene dioec dine aE a ray a desse tet 10 12 ucl 10 11 PIS 5s aon ts a totum e etes ds 10 9 mptllt rere cech t desees 10 13 Oper E te ai Ae sibi Debet 10 9 DUD tics eae ian re ite eee 10 12 POW oo es 10 11 QUIE iiec ei eee RE ee 10 14 renatme t eds 10 10
90. 80 when the RPI is reduced to 25 ms for all connections V Precautions for Correct Use Performing message communications or other network operations from the Network Configura tor such as monitoring or other operations that place a load on the network or from the user application when the tag data link bandwidth usage of capacity is between 8096 and 10096 can temporarily create an excessive load on the network and result in timeouts If timeouts occur increase one or all of the RPI settings and reduce the usage of capacity NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 2 3 Adjusting Device Bandwidth Usage Ethernet Switches without Multicast Filtering 100 Mbps Ethernet Switches s the network bandwidth without multicast filtering usage under 100 Mbps for each node If any node exceeds 100 Mbps change the connections settings such as the RPI Is the usage of capacity without multicast filtering under 100 for each node If any node exceeds 100 Mbps change the connections settings such as the RPI Is the total network bandwidth usage under 100 Mbps If the total bandwidth usage exceeds 100 Mbps the bandwidth of part of the transmission path e g an Ethernet switch or media converter may be exceeded as the result of how the network was wired e g cascade connections of Ethernet switches causing a tag data link to operate abnormally Check t
91. According to the Traps Determines if the agent generates verification ported standard failed traps Name Enabled 1 Disabled 2 1ueBy dNNS L L suoneoyioeds gllN v L EL NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 19 13 SNMP Agent 13 2 Procedure to Use the SNMP Agent 13 2 1 Procedures 1 Make the basic settings Refer to 1 5 EtherNet IP Communications Procedures for the flow of basic operations 2 Select Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings from the Controller Setup on the Sysmac Studio and then set the following on the SNMP Settings Display or SNMP Trap Settings Display SNMP Service Recognition 1 Recognition 2 3 Select Transfer to Controller from the Controller Menu and click the Yes Button The built in EtherNet IP port settings are transferred to the CPU Unit 13 2 2 Settings Required for the SNMP Agent The following Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings are made from the Sysmac Studio to use the SNMP agent Tab page Setting Setting conditions Reference SNMP Settings SNMP service Required page 5 9 Port No Specified by user Note Required to change from the default value of 161 Contact location Specified by user Send a recognition trap Specified by user Select this check box to send a recogni tion trap if there is access from an SNMP manager that is not specified Access other than Recognition 1 and 2 Recognition 1 and Rec Sp
92. CIPSend Pn I Variable A ServiceDat l Command Data 0 Variable B Size Number of Elements Ss RespSize Response Variable D Data Size A I ResServiceDat 2 1 Variable C Response Data M ami m iem m 1 Input the service data to send 2 The data that is received is stored in variable C The byte size of the data that was actually The data to send is stored in arra d received is stored in variable D variable A If only certain elements are spec ified in array variable A specify the number of elements in variable B Array variable A Array variable C 0 9 pens of elements 2 Variable D 10 If the service data ServiceDat is Array 2 and number of elements Size 2 Array 2 and Array 3 are sent Use the following procedure to create a variable in the variable table 1 Select the Array Check Box 2 Specify the element first number the element last number and the data type Example UINT Array M M R cT lt D ES D o D 5 e 3 o S F gt D lt 0 D 2m D o o Specify the array element first Specifies the data type number and last number NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications CIP Communications Instructions That Use Array Variables Structure variable name Instruction Input variable In out variable Output variab
93. Classification EtherNet IP Communications Status You can check the status of the built in EtherNet IP port e g communications status Variable name _EIP_EtnOnlineSta Meaning Online Function TRUE The built in EtherNet IP port s com munications can be used The link is ON and IP address is defined Also there are no errors FALSE The built in EtherNet IP port s com munications is disabled due to an error in initial processing restart processing or a link OFF error Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE Reference page 3 17 EIP TDLinkRunSta Tag Data Link Communications Status TRUE At least one connection is in normal operation FALSE Other than the above BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 17 EIP TDLinkAllRunSta All Tag Data Link Communications Status TRUE Tag data links are communicating in all connections as the originator FALSE An error occurred in at least one connection BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 17 EIP_RegTargetSta 255 Registered Target Node Information This variable gives a list of nodes for which built in EtherNet IP connections are regis tered This variable is valid only when the built in EtherNet IP port is the originator Array x is TRUE The connection to the node with a target node ID of x is regis tered Array x is FALSE The connection to the node with a target node ID of x is not regis tered AR
94. Configuration Capability Indicates a Controller Configura tions and Setup that can be set to the built in EtherNet IP port Read DWORD Bit 0 BOOTP Client Always TRUE Bit 1 DNS Client Always TRUE Bit 2 DHCP Client Always FALSE Bit 3 DHCP DNS Update Always FALSE Bit 4 Configuration Settable Always TRUE Bit 5 Hardware Configurable Always FALSE Bit 6 Interface Configuration Change Requires Reset Always FALSE Bit 7 ACD Capable 1 Always TRUE Bits 8 to 31 Reserved always FALSE 03 hex Configuration Control Sets the method used to set the IP address when the EtherNet IP port starts Write DWORD Bit 0 Static IP address Bit 1 Set by BOOTP 04 hex 8 34 Physical Link Object The path to the link object in the physical layer Path size The path size WORD size Path The path to the link object in the physical layer static Read Struct UINT 0002 hex EPATH 20 F6 24 01 hex NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Read write data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data Value type 05 hex Interface Configuration The built in EtherNet IP port set Write Struct tings IP Address IP address UDINT Set value Network Mask Subnet mask UDINT Set value
95. EtherNet IP Port EN Additional Information Communications Status with Target Node The communications status with the target node of an NJ series Controller is shown by the com bination of the values of four system defined variables _EIP_PegTargetSta Registered Target Node Information EIP EstbTargetSta Normal Target Node Information EIP TargetPLCErr Target PLC Error Information and _E P_TargetNodeErr Target Node Error Information as shown in the following table Value of _EIP_RegTarget Sta TRUE Value of _EIP_EstbTargetSta TRUE Value of _EIP_TargetPLCErr FALSE Value of _EIP_TargetNodeErr FALSE Communications status with target node A connection with the target node was established nor mally and there is no error in the tar get PLC TRUE TRUE Communications with the target node was established but there is an error in the target PLC FALSE Disabled TRUE A connection with the target node was not established nor mally FALSE Disabled Disabled Disabled The information is not valid because the target node is not registered e Functional Classification EtherNet IP Communications Switches You can start and stop tag data links Variable name Meaning Function Data type genu Reference values EIP TDLinkStartCmd Tag Data Link The tag data links start when this variable BOOL TRUE or page 3 19 Communications changes to TRUE I
96. FTP application is used you can use a graphical user interface similar to Explorer to transfer and read files e Step 1 2 Make sure that an SD Memory Card is inserted in the CPU Unit and turn ON the power supply to the Controller Connect to the FTP server from a computer on the Ethernet by entering the text that is under lined in the following diagram IP address of built in EtherNet IP port C ftp 192 168 250 1 Connected to 192 168 250 1 Results 220 NJ501 1500 FTP server ready User 192 168 250 1 none user1 Login name 331 Password required for user Password Password 230 User user1 logged in hidden ftp ftp bye 221 Data traffic for this session was 0 bytes in 0 files Total traffic for this session was 204 bytes in 0 transfers 221 Thank you for using the FTP service on 192 168 250 1 C NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server o A a 3 Enter FTP commands underlined in the following diagram to read and write files The following x directory tree is used in this example root directory S gt MEMCARD1 ms xe ABC subdirectory 38 5 DEF BIN file ftp gt ls File names read 200 PORT command successful 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for file list usr bin Results MEMCARD1 dev 226 Transfer complete ftp bytes received in 0 seconds bytes s Change to ftp gt cd MEMCARD1 MEMCARD1
97. Fiet nvf J Cancel Select the check boxes of the networks to save and click the OK Button M Target Network NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 15 Reading a Network Configuration File You can read a previously saved network configuration file into the Network Configurator 1 Select File Open or click the a Button The following dialog box is displayed Bem 777 Loge Files of type Network Configurator v3 File nvf x Cancel Option Select target network Add to current network If the network configuration file that you want to read is not displayed change to another folder 2 If you select the network configuration file that you want to read that file name is displayed in the File name Field oper j x _ EI N N o A 2 Q 4 F Q o D L4 e T 2 F i Mac chineContro 14 MyProject Files of type Network Configurator v3 File nvf Option Select target network Add to current network 9 uoneunBijuo yOMJEN Bulpeey SL z 7 3 Click the Open Button to read the network configuration file NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 65 7 Tag Data Link Functions 4 The Network Configurator s Title Bar will display the name of the file that was read ictwork Configurator Device EDSFile Tot Dae s RS e e
98. Function Details ccce eere eee LL Lic ccce esee nnmnnn mnnn casa aao e nnmnnn mnnn 10 3 10 2 1 Supported Files ui enBO CO un cni eto e rec bua disi iore 10 3 10 2 2 Connecting to the FTP Server esiotsas eia ea aa nnne nnne rennen nennen 10 3 Using the FTP Server Function leslie ees ieeeeee esee nennen ennemis nennen nn nnns 10 5 10 321 Procedure n iere reete e eret ce Hit rece ee ED eg Lek 10 5 10 3 2 List of Settings Required for the FTP Server Function sesseeeenenne 10 5 FTP Server Application Example ccccssseeeeeeeeecenseesesceceeesneneeeesesneeceeseesseeeenensneseeenes 10 6 Using FTP Command me 10 8 10 5 1 Table of Commands aa a a E r e eE a aa E a E ae aa aa eae A R a 10 8 10 5 2 Using the Commands saec asis irrigat eee eo e n eek ada a dec ad ea c o ER a E diaaa 10 9 Using SD Memory Card Operations ecccccsecceseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesesesneeeeeeeeeseseaeeeeseeessseseneneees 10 15 10 6 1 SD Memory Card Types sssssssssesseeseeeeeenenen eene rnn nnne nnr enne ener nnns n nennen nnns 10 15 10 6 2 File Types Re eie HEU e RD BI REG RED ER NEED 10 16 10 6 3 Initializing SD Memory Carqs ssssssssseeeeeeeenneeneee nnne nere nnne nennen renes 10 16 10 6 4 Format of Variable Data a a arr ea Tara aa Ea S aa aaa E aa E nnn tnmen set e eaen 10 16 Application Example from a Host Computer eese 10 18 NJ
99. MN Tu 192 168 250 17 L Version Information You can use the CJ1W EIP21 EtherNet IP Unit mounted to an NJ series Controller with a CPU Unit with unit version 1 01 or later and Sysmac Studio version 1 02 or higher Setting the Requested Packet Interval RPI The RPI is the data I O refresh cycle on the Ethernet line when performing tag data links The RPI can be set separately for each connection You can set the built in EtherNet IP port to between 1 and 10 000 ms in 1 ms increments The default setting is 50 ms With EtherNet IP data is exchanged on the communications line at the packet interval that is set for each connection regard less of the number of nodes The default setting is 50 ms Forunit version 1 03 or later you can set the RPI to between 1 and 10 000 ms For unit version 1 00 to 1 02 you can set the RPI to between 10 and 10 000 ms syu eed 5ej o1 uononpoaul L Z m Setting Multi cast and Unicast Communications You can select a multi cast connection or unicast point to point connection as the connection type in the tag data link connection settings With a multi cast connection you can send an output tag set in one packet to multiple nodes and make allocations to the input tag sets A unicast connection sep arately sends one output tag set to each node and so it sends the same number of packets as the number of input tag sets Therefore multi cast connections can decrease the communications loa
100. NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_TDLinkOpnErr BOOL Tag Data Link Connection Failure Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention coreouon The tag data link connection informa Correct the tag data link connection Before you use the tag data links tion is not the same for the originator information and then download the make sure that the tag data link con and target device parameters from the Network nection information in the originator Configurator and target are suitable Insufficient connections Reduce the number of class 3 mes Reduce the number of data links and sages class 3 messages that are used Attached Attached information 1 Target node IP address example COA8FA01 hex address 192 168 250 1 information Precautions You can investigate a detailed cause from the connection status Remarks Refer to 15 3 2 Connection Status Codes and Troubleshooting 15 28 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name Tag Data Link Timeout Event code 84080000 hex Meaning A timeout occurred in a tag data link Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection Continuously timing after starting tag data link commu nications Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic Log category System recovery E
101. Parameter error in Unconnected Send service 01 0206 Message too large for unconnected message service 01 0207 Unconnected acknowledgement without reply 01 0301 No buffer memory available 01 0302 Network bandwidth not available for data 01 0303 No tag filters available 01 0304 Not configured to send real time data 01 0311 Port that was specified in port segment is not available 01 0312 Link address that was specified in port segment is not available 01 0315 Invalid segment type or segment value in path 01 0316 Path and connection were not equal when closing the con nection 01 0317 Either the segment is not present or the encoded value in the network segment is invalid 01 0318 Link address to self is invalid 01 0319 Resources on secondary are unavailable 01 031A Connection is already established 01 031B Direct connection is already established 01 031C Others 01 031D Redundant connection mismatch 01 031E There are no more reception resources available on the sending module 01 031F No connection resources exist for the target path 01 0320 07FF Vendor specific 8 30 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications 8 3 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 8 3 1 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNet IP Port The following CIP objects can be sent to an EtherNet IP port Object name Function Reference Identity object R
102. Status 3 8 3 17 array variables preparing array variables to input and output service data and response data 8 12 assumed causes sssssssssseeeeeeeen Auto Connection Configuration automatically setting connections bandwidth usage requested packet intervals sesess 14 3 tag data links ridet teen 14 7 Basic Ethernet Setting Error sss 3 4 3 14 binary format eese tte eese tt BOOTP client scsi nde reees BOOTP Server Error seessssssseseee broadcasting ett evt built in EtherCAT port esseeeenee Built in EtherNet IP Error built in EtherNet IP port STINS unire ott ee Malte enden Socket services overview specifications USING i rtt o dt te nerui ep UE 8 4 CIP message communications USIflg 5t oec AP 8 3 CIP message communications service OVEIVICW erin ete it siib s specifications Clear UDP TCP Socket Receive Buffer instruction 9 11 clock automatic adjustment required settings specifications eee Close CIP Class 3 Connection instruction 8 4 Close UDP TCP Socket instruction 9 11 Communications Controller Error 3 4 3 14 communications load adjusting cionin id Ain orco rae ae 14 6 Index 2 Communications Port Error
103. TRUE TimeOut UINT 20 Timeout time 2 0 s RoutePath 02 192 168 250 2 Route path IF CIPOpen_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 2 Normal end ELSIF CIPOpen_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 10 Error end END_IF 2 Request writing value of variable CIPWrite instance Execute TRUE Handle CIPOpen_instance Handle Handle DstDat WritingDat Source variable name Size UINT 1 Number of elements to write SrcDat WriteDat Write data IF CIPWrite_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 3 Normal end ELSIF CIPWrite instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 20 Error end END_IF 3 Request reading value of variable CIPRead instance Execute TRUE Handle CIPOpen_instance Handle Handle SrcDat OriginalDat Source variable name Size UINT 1 Number of elements to read DstDat ReadDat Read data IF CIPRead_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 4 Normal end ELSIF CIPRead instance ErrorZTRUE THEN Stage INT 30 Error end END_IF Open CIP Class 3 Connection Large_Forward_Open 8 24 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 ReqPath ClassID UINT 01 RegqPath InstancelD UINT 01 RegPath isAttributelD z TRUE RegPath AttributelD UINT 07 CIPSend instance Execute TRUE Handle CIPOpen_instance Handle ServiceCode BYTE 16 0E RqPath ReqPath ServiceDat Dummy Size UINT O R
104. Testing Communications e eeeeeeiieeeieteeeee esee nnne nnne na saint anita saisi nnn sanas assa n asas nnns san 6 2 6 1 1 PING Comimarid z c eere ape qutd errabat tede ie t o oie oS 6 2 6 1 2 Using the PING Command iss ssanie eini resins nnne enne nns 6 2 6 1 3 Host Computer Operations eire acne teinte te eene etie pato todo ne eec Dre ene ced dh eR creme at 6 3 Tag Data Link Functions Introduction to Tag Data Links eeeeeeeeee eene ennemi nn nennen 7 2 7 1 1 Tag Data LInks aire cities ana ont e rd el ator a nut eene ceret 7 2 7 1 2 Data Link Data Areas ccs ance eo shed tour d eer e nde d ue ers 7 3 7 1 3 Tag Data Link Functions and Specifications esesssseeeeeeeneeenneenenns 7 6 7 1 4 Overview of Operation iip ese err ahi addin alain lade aes 7 7 7 1 5 Starting and Stopping Tag Data Links sssssseeeeneeeeneeneneneen nennen nens 7 10 7 1 6 Controller Stati sic oii e ore egest te atte be eit es E DARE 7 10 7 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data Link Data nennen nnne nene 7 12 Setting Tag Data Links riii E E IE nose e si an erar iap cui dmie 7 16 7 2 1 Starting the Network Configurator essessesesseeeeeeneneeneee neret nre 7 16 7 2 2 Tag Data Link Setting Procedure sesssssssseseseseeee nennen nne 7 18 7 2 3 Registering DeviG8s i cete e HR idea aides ETE ERES ie ai aaaea aat 7 19 7 2 4 Creating Tags arid Tag Sets
105. W506 3 5 se qeueA pauljap we sAs z 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 3 6 ES Additional Information Hierarchical Relationship of System defined Variables Related to EtherNet IP Errors The system defined variables that are related to EtherNet IP errors have the following hierarchi cal relationship For example if the value of any of the E P PortErr EIP CipErr or _EIP_TcpAppErr variables in the second level is TRUE then the _E P_ErrSta variable in the first level also changes to TRUE Therefore you can check the values of system defined variables in a higher level to see if an error has occurred for a variable in a lower level Level 1 Variable Name Net IP Error Level 2 Level 3 Variable Name Variable Name EIP ErrSta Built in Ether _EIP_PortErr Communica EIP MacAdr MAC Address Error tions Port Error Err EIP LanHwErr Communications Con troller Error _EIP_EtnCfgErr Basic Ethernet Set tings Error _EIP_IPAdrCfg TCP IP Basic Setting Err Error _EIP_IPAdrDupErr IP Address Duplica tion Error _EIP_BootpErr BOOTP Server Error _EIP_IPRTbIErr TCP IP Advanced Setting Error _EIP_CipErr CIP Communi EIP Identity Identity Error cations Error Err EIP TDLink Tag Data Link Setting CfgErr Error EIP TDLink Tag Data Link Con OpnErr nection Failed EIP TDLink Tag Data Link Com Err munications Error _ EIP_TagAdr Tag Name Resolution Err Error _EIP_MultiSw Multiple Swit
106. a CIP communications instruction reconsider the execution time for system services 14 28 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Troubleshooting EXE This section describes the items to check when errors occur in the EtherNet IP Func tion Module It includes error diagnosis and countermeasures for error indications and error diagnosis and countermeasures for operating conditions 15 1 Overview of Errors 060 nnne 15 2 15 1 1 Howto Check for Errors es 15 3 15 1 2 Errors Related to the EtherNet IP Function Module 15 6 15 2 Troubleshooting 2 5 2 cec nur rer mene mnes 15 9 15 2 1 Error Table ere RI ERI EUEDURP IR ERA A us 15 9 15 2 2 ErrorDescriptions 0 e ees 15 14 15 2 3 Troubleshooting 0 c eee eee 15 38 15 3 Checking Status with the Network Configurator 15 39 15 3 1 The Network Configurators Device Monitor Function 15 39 15 3 2 Connection Status Codes and Troubleshooting 2 0000 15 46 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 1 15 Troubleshooting 15 1 Overview of Errors You manage all of the errors that occur on the NJ series Controller as events This allows you to see what errors have occurred and find corrections for them with the same methods for the entire range of errors that is managed i e CPU Unit NX series Slave Terminals EtherCAT sl
107. a mistake with the specifica Make sure that the connected server tions of the connected server correct is specified correctly the server specifications and down load them again Server is down Check if the server at the remote con Check to make sure that the server at nection is operating normally and set the remote connection is operating it to operate normally if it is not normally An error occurred in the communica Check the communications path to None tions path the server and take corrective mea sures if there are any problems Attached None information Precautions If TCP Server Run is recorded in the event log after the correction is made then the CPU Unit is correctly connected to Remarks the DNS server NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 27 Punoouse qnoj j z s1 suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name Tag Data Link Connection Failed Event code 8407 0000 hex Meaning Establishing a tag data link connection failed Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection When establish timing ing tag data link connection Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic Log category System recovery Effects User program Continues Operation Data links will not operate for connections that could not be established Data links for other connections will oper ate Indicators EtherNet IP
108. address ol buit e Etheriet DP port v rieuor FIMSAUOP port mambar IP addrem FINS addres comraon method O Autumatk generation Combauton P Address Tatie Host number last 8 bits of the IP address The same value as the host number is set After the IP address is obtained from the When FINS node address are created automati BOOTP server the node address of the cally the FINS node address is the host ID and it built in EtherNet IP FINS is set cannot be changed It can be changed if you use both methods or an IP address table method The FINS node address is required for FINS communications e g to connect to the CX Integra tor and other Support Software When you automatically set node addresses do not set the lower 8 bits of the IP address to 000 or 255 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 2 3 Online Connection Connect the Sysmac Studio online to the NJ series CPU Unit Types of Connections between the CPU Unit and Computer That Runs the Sysmac Studio The CPU Unit and the computer that runs Sysmac Studio are connected as shown below via USB or Ethernet USB Connection USB Direct Connection B Sysmac Studio E USB connection Bil Ethernet Connection 1 1 Ethernet Direct Connection through AutoIP 1 N Ethernet Switch Connection EE p Ethernet Ethernet Bil LETT Note An Ethernet switch is required to connect Refer to 2 1 5 Precautions
109. and coffee shops not recommended because these networks often have little or no security What are the risks of allowing a program through a firewall amp j Allow access Cancel Windows 7 A USB or EtherNet IP connection will be approved for the Network Configurator and you will be able to connect the Network Configurator in the future Z SMOPUI 10 amp SIA SMODUIA dX SMOPUI UO JOJeANHBYUOD JOMIN 24 Buisf 10 suonneo22aJd v sBunies jeMoaJi4 swopurM BulbueyD L e v NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 9 Appendices A 4 Variable Memory Allocation Methods You must be aware of the way in which memory is allocated to variables to align the memory locations of the members of structure or union variables with variables in other devices Adjustments are neces sary mainly when structure variables are used in the following type of communications with other devices When using EtherNet IP tag data links or CIP messages to access variables between NJ series CPU Units and other CPU Units When using structure variables to exchange data with devices other than CPU Units such as ID Tags A 4 1 Variable Memory Allocation Rules The amount of memory and the memory locations that are allocated for a variable depend on the data type of the variable The amount of memory and the memory locations that are allocated for array ele ments structure members and union members depend
110. and password that you set in the Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings to log in to the built in EtherNet IP port Note Once logged in the ftp commands can be used such as cd Change Directory and get Obtain File After you are logged in you can use the ftp commands such as cd Change Directory and get Obtain File for the MEMCARD1 directory in the SD Memory Card in the Controller Close the connection 10 3 2 List of Settings Required for the FTP Server Function Make the following settings for the unit setup when the FTP server function is used Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings FTP Tab Page on Sysmac Studio Setting Setting conditions Reference FTP server Required page 5 6 Port No Optional Note Required when changing the default value of 21 Login name Required Password Required Settings are not required if the FTP server is not used EN Additional Information Make the settings in the FTP Settings Dialog Box if the FTP server is used Refer to 5 3 FTP Dis play for information on the FTP Settings Dialog Box NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 5 19AJ8S dij eui uISN 0L uonounj einpeoold L 0OL 10 FTP Server 10 4 FTP Server Application Example 10 6 An example application of the FTP server when the login name is user1 and the password is pass word is shown below EN Additional Information When a general purpose
111. any data over 9 000 bytes is discarded Number of sockets Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 Total of 16 sockets UDP TCP Unit version 1 03 or higher UDP socket service Total of 30 sockets TCP socket service Up to 2 000 bytes can be received for a single request In this case the data is sent in fragments as described below Using TCP The conditions shown in the following figure occur when data is sent in fragments in TCP communica tions 1 A send request is sent from the user program at the sending node It specifies a vari able with a data length of 2 000 bytes 2 The built in EtherNet IP port separates the send data into 1 024 bytes in data A and 976 bytes in data B 3 Data A and data B are sent in sequence by the sending node 4 After data A is received the remaining data B is received Sending node Controller Receiving node host computer User program Built in Receiving node User program EtherNet IP port Ethernet line 4 Receive request 1 Send request 2 Fragmenting 9 2 Frag wa Data A and 2 000 bytes 1 024 bytes ae ae 2 000 bytes SF E Succession Original data 090 01g uo ahpajmouy oiseg 2 6 en 1 024 bytes 5 Receives remaining 976 bytes 2 000 bytes VE 976 bytes 6 Receive request request for 2 000 bytes Data in TCP communications is delivered to the user program in a fragmented form as shown above The
112. applicable devices are not selected Tag set The applicable output tag sets are not selected The connec tions for this tag set will be deleted D Device No applicable tag sets Note Tag sets that are used in connections that are already set are not displayed The following display will appear when you click the Show Detail Button Hide Detail Detail Parameter Packet Interval RPI 50 0 ins 0 5 10000 0 ms Connection Type Timeout Value Packet Interval RPI x 4 v Multi cast connection v Next gt Cancel The specified values for detailed parameters will be displayed Change the values as required The connection name cannot be set They are automatically created using the following rule default_N where N is a 3 digit number 001 002 etc starting from 1 7 42 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 5 Click the Next Button to switch to the table in the following Wizard Dialog Box Follow the instructions to select and input from the list box the input tag set of the originator device that receives the output tag set of the target device Gonnection Configuration Wizard x Please configure the empty Input Tag Set field and click Finish button 192168250100 NOTE im MC Master You can edit an Input Tag Set clicking the Edit Tag Sets button You can delete a connection making the Input Tag Set field empty Input Tae Se
113. bar at the bottom of the window 192 168 250 1 1000M Ondine Nun Z 7 50 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 9 Downloading Tag Data Link Parameters To make tag data links you must download tag data link parameters such as tag set settings and con nection settings to all devices in the EtherNet IP network When the download operation is executed the tag data link parameters are transferred to the EtherNet IP Units that require the settings The following procedure shows how to download the tag data link parameters Refer to 7 2 8 Connect ing the Network Configurator to the Network for information on how to Connect the Network Configura tor online V Precautions for Correct Use f the node addresses IP addresses are not set correctly you may connect to the wrong Con troller and set incorrect device parameters Download data only after you confirm that you are connected to the correct Controller If incorrect tag data link parameters are set it may cause equipment to operate unpredictably Even when the correct tag data link parameters are set make sure that there will be no effect on equipment before you transfer the data When network variables are used in tag settings a connection error will result if the variables are not also set in the CPU Unit Before downloading the tag data link parameters check to confirm that the network variabl
114. by Omron Omron disclaims all other warranties express or implied Limitations OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED ABOUT NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the Products or otherwise of any intellectual property right e Buyer Remedy Omron s sole obligation hereunder shall be at Omron s election to i replace in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof the non com plying Product ii repair the non complying Product or iii repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase price of the non complying Product provided that in no event shall Omron be responsible for warranty repair indemnity or any other claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron s analysis confirms that the Products were properly handled stored installed and maintained and not subject to contamination abuse misuse or inappropriate modification Return of any Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment Omron Companies shall not be liable for the suitability or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combi nation with any ele
115. c 100 10 Variable c EtherNet IP The timing of updating network variables that are assigned to tags is synchronized with the execution period of the program that accesses the network variables Set the refreshing task for the network variables assigned to the tags to the task that contains the program that accesses those network variables Difference between the Operation of Tags with a Refreshing Task and Tags without a Refreshing Task When you set a refreshing task for tags network variables that is the same as the task that con tains the program that accesses them those tags are refreshed at the same time as the execution of the program Refreshing of tags network variables that have no refreshing task is handled by the system service with the lowest execution priority and therefore it is not synchronized with the execution of the program geq yu geq Be jo Aoueunouo2 7 1 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 1 Execution timing of the program 2 Refresh timing of network variables tags with the primary periodic task set as the refreshing task 3 Refresh timing of network variables tags that do not have the primary periodic task set as the refreshing task a 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Execution g priority Primary period High Primary periodic task B Priority 16 periodic task Priority 17 Low periodic task
116. cable for Ether Net IP is broken An error occurred in the com munications path 54E00000 hex Access Accessing a value An out of range value was writ S page 15 30 Detected that is out of range ten by an EtherNet IP tag data Outside was detected for a link for a variable with a speci Range of tag variable that is fied range A value that does Variable used in a tag data not specify an enumerator was link written by an EtherNet IP tag data link for an enumeration variable 84050000 hex Packet Dis A packet was dis A network convergence S page 15 31 carded Due carded occurred to Full Reception Buffer NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 11 Buljooyseaqnoll Z S alqel 1044 b e Sb 15 Troubleshooting Level Event code Event name Meaning Assumed cause Reference Maj Prt Min Obs Info 84060000 hex Link OFF An Ethernet Link An Ethernet cable is broken U S page 15 32 Detected OFF was detected disconnected or loose The Ethernet switch s power supply is turned OFF Baud rate mismatch Noise One of the following operations was performed The Identify object was reset Settings were downloaded from the Network Configura tor and EtherNet IP was restarted Settings for EtherNet IP were downloaded from the Sysmac Studio or the Memory All Clear operation was per formed 94010000 hex TagDataLink Changing the tag Changing the tag da
117. details based on the error code and take suitable actions Output variable ErrorlD Instruction end normally Normal End Output variable Done TRUE Send Processing Execute SktTCPSend instruction Error End Output variable Error TRUE Check error details based on the error code and take suitable actions Output variable ErrorID Instruction end normally Normal End Output variable Done TRUE Checking TCP Status Execute SktGetTCPSatus instruction Output variable BufferDataByte lt Number of send bytes All data received Output variable BufferDataByte gt Number of send bytes SODIAIBS 2490S aui Buisf uo sjrejeg 9 6 Receive Processing Execute SktTCPRecv instruction Error End Output variable Error TRUE Check error details based on Instruction end normally the error code and take suitable actions Output variable ErrorlD Normal End Output variable Done TRUE Close Processing Execute SktClose instruction Error End Output variable Error S TRUE Check error details based on Instruction end normally the error code and take suitable actions Normal End Output variable ErrorlD Output variable Done TRUE SODIAIOS 1890S esf 0 eunpeoold Z 9 6 End socket communications NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 13 9 Socket Service UDP Ope
118. dialog box Actions 5 Make the following settings for each step in the New Inbound Rule Wizard Dialog Box and click the Next Button to move between steps Rule Type Select Custom Program Select All Programs Protocol and support Select ICMPv4 as the protocol type Scope Select Any IP address for everything Action Select Allow the connection Profile Select Domain Private and Public Name Enter any name e g Omron EIP 6 Click the Finish Button The rule that you defined will be registered in the Inbound Rules e g Omron EIP Close the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security Dialog Box e Group 7 When you attempt to connect to the NJ series CPU Unit from the Network Configurator the Windows Security Warning Dialog Box is displayed NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices 8 Click the Unblock Button ES Name Network Configurator Publisher OMRON SOFTWARE Co Ltd Path C program files omron network configurator v3 program net Network location Public network What are network locations Keep blocking Unblock Windows Vista E Name Network Configurator Publisher OMRON SOFTWARE Co Ltd Path C program files omron cx one network configurator program netconfigurator exe Allow Network Configurator to communicate on these networks E Private networks such as my home or work network V Public networks such as those in airports
119. during a single task as set in the variable access time for the task the data is transferred over multiple task periods Therefore add task period x the number of transfers to the time required For details on how to determine the time required to send data refer to 14 3 2 Built in Eth erNet IP Port Data Processing Time 3 Packet Interval RPI This is the communications refresh period set for each connection using the Network Configurator 4 Network Transmission Delay Time The transmission delay on an Ethernet line is 50 us or less This delay time can be ignored b Receive Data Processing Time This is the time required to transfer data received on the built in EtherNet IP port to a variable in the CPU Unit Data is received during task processing Therefore the time required for receive data pro cessing is the same as the task period If the data that is transferred is larger than the amount of data that can be received during a single task as set in the variable access time for the task the data is transferred over multiple task periods Therefore add task period x the number of transfers to the time required For details on how to determine the time required to receive data refer to 14 3 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port Data Processing Time Data is transferred once in each task period Therefore if data transfer has ended in the task period in which data is received the start of trans mission for received data will be d
120. eight tags in a tag set If you include the Controller status in the tag set you can register up to only seven tags and two bytes are added to the size Data is sent and received in the order it is displayed in the tag list To change the order of a tag select the tag and click the Up and Down Buttons amp amp 22 To confirm the changes click the OK Button at the bottom of the Edit Tag Set Dialog Box 23 Click the OK Button in the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 2 Importing Variables with a Network Publish Attribute Created on the Sysmac Studio to the Network Configurator You can create network variables in the Sysmac Studio and import these variables to the Network Con figurator to assign them to tags and tag sets Use the following procedure Creating Global Variables on the Sysmac Studio 7 Create a global variable with the Global Variable Editor of the Sysmac Studio and select nput or Output for the Network Publish attribute of the variable Save the project when you are finished New Project new_NJSO1_0 gt Configurations and Setup Network Ini Nebwork In2 gt g Pow LI Data 2 Data Types Global Variables gt Fa Tasks 2 Select Export Global Variables Network Configurator from the Tools Menu Any global variables with nput or Output set for the Network Publish attribute are
121. exceeded s the network bandwidth usage without multicast filtering under 100 Mbps for each node or the usage of capacity without multicast filtering under 100 for each node If any node exceeds 100 Mbps or 100 check whether the multicast filtering on the Ethernet switch is functioning correctly If the number of multicast filters on the Ethernet switch is less than the total usage of IP multicast addresses bandwidth overloads may occur in some paths and pre vent tag data links from operating correctly depending on the network connection e g cascade connections of Ethernet switches Calculate the number of multicast filters required by each Ethernet switch on the network and make sure that the number does not exceed the number of Ethernet switch multicast filters If the number of Ethernet switch multicast filters is not sufficient use switches with enough multicast filters or revise connection settings such as the RPI settings peo suoneoiunuiuio ey Bunsn py Z t eBesp uipiwpueg eorveq Buysnipy e vr NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 9 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 2 4 Changing the RPI You can check the usage of capacity offline without multicast filtering against the tag data link s allow able bandwidth by following the procedures in 14 2 1 Checking Bandwidth Usage for Tag Data Links The usage of capacity without multicast filtering can be adjusted agains
122. for Ethernet Switch Selec Note 1 An Ethernet switch is not necessarily required tion for details 2 You can use a straight or cross Ethernet cable to connect Connection from USB Across Ethernet 1 N USB Remote Connection HECHE Note An Ethernet switch is required to connect Refer to 2 1 5 Precautions for Ethernet Switch Selection for details EN Additional Information Auto IP automatically assigns IP addresses in Windows 98 and later operating systems Unique IP addresses are automatically assigned from the address 169 254 0 0 to 169 254 255 255 l Precautions for Correct Use If there is more than one node with the same IP address in the EtherNet IP network the built in EtherNet IP port will connect to the node that is detected first An IP Address Duplication Error will not occur NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 7 sBumes ssaippy di Mod dl IeNJeur uHing Z Y uonoeuuo2 euljuo z p 4 Determining IP Addresses il Online Connection Procedure Connect the CPU Unit and the computer that runs the Sysmac Studio via USB or Ethernet and then perform the following procedure 1 Select Controller Commun
123. goes online normally Online is displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the window The network connection icon is displayed in blue on the Network Tab Page in which the Network Configurator is connected Network connection icon Dm m E 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 25 192 168 250 22 NJ501 1500 CJ2M EIP21 CJTw EIP21 4 50 25 l 250 1 Select Network Change Connect Network to switch the connected network Select Connected Network Please select a network where the connected network was supported YIOMJON OU 0 1opeunBijuo2 YOMON eui Bunoeuuo2 8 Z Z Target Network C Create new network Lise the existing network EtherNet IP_1 EtherNet IP_1 EtherNet IP_2 Cancel NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 47 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 The following dialog box is displayed Select Connect Network Port E Select a network port that you would like to connect Browse r Device Information Vendor ID Product Name Device Type Revision Refresh OK Cancel 2 Click the OK Button Select the network to connect to Please select a network where the connected network was supported f Target Network C Create new network Use the existing network EtherNet IP 1 bd EtherNet IP 1 EtherNet IP 2 Cancel I Connections through NJ se
124. has occurred TRUE A major fault level Controller error has occurred FALSE A major fault level Controller error has not occurred This bit indicates whether a partial fault level Controller error has occurred TRUE A partial fault level Controller error has occurred FALSE A partial fault level Controller error has not occurred This bit indicates whether a minor fault level Controller error has occurred TRUE A minor fault level Controller error has occurred FALSE A minor fault level Controller error has not occurred This bit indicates whether an observation level Controller error has occurred TRUE An observation level Controller error has occurred FALSE An observation level Controller error has not occurred 0to3 Reserved Note Bits 14 and 15 are never TRUE for the built in EtherNet IP port h Precautions for Correct Use Do not use ErrSta Controller Error Status _CJB_ErrSta VO Bus Error Status _CJB_MstrErrSta O Bus Master Error Status and _CJB_UnitErrSta O Bus Unit Error Sta tus in the user program There may be a delay in updating them and concurrency problems may occur with function module error status Use this variable only to access status through commu nications from an external device NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 7 se qeueA pauljap wea sAs z 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port e Functional
125. icmpInAddrMaskReps 13 RO Sup According to the The number of Address Mask Reply messages ported standard received icmpOutMsgs 14 RO Sup According to the The total number of ICMP messages sent This ported standard includes messages counted by icmpOutErrors icmpOutErrors 15 RO Sup According to the The number of ICMP messages that could not be Ported standard sent because of an error icmpOutDestUnreachs 16 RO Sup According to the The number of Destination Unreachable mes ported standard sages sent icmpOutTimeExcds 17 RO Sup According to the The number of Time Exceed messages sent ported standard icmpOutParmProbs 18 RO Sup According to the The number of Parameter Problem messages ported standard sent icmpOutSrcQuenchs 19 RO Sup According to the The number of Source Quench messages sent ported standard NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 13 jue y dNNS L L suoneoyioeds gllN v L EL 13 SNMP Agent Name Standard identifier attribute Su yell suit t ey port specifications icmpOutRedirects 20 RO Sup According to the The number of Redirect messages sent ported standard icmpOutEchos 21 RO Sup According to the The number of Echo request messages sent ported standard icmpOutEchoReps 22 RO Sup According to the The number of Echo Reply messages sent ported standard icmpOut
126. imported from the csv file for the import procedure described below Importing to the Network Configurator Importing to the Network Configurator H Precautions for Correct Use Variables with a Network Publish attribute that have variable names that are the same as the I O memory address notation such as 0000 and H0000 are not exported to CSV files 1 Variable names that contain only single byte numerals Example 001 2 Variable names with the following single byte letters uppercase or lowercase followed by sin gle byte numerals H Example H30 W Example w30 D Example D100 e EO to E18 Example EA 100 1 Double click the icon of the device registered in the Network Configurator for which you want to import the variable with a Network Publish attribute to display the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box Right click the icon to display the pop up menu and select Device Parameter Edit 2 Click the Tag Sets Tab at the top of the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box Select Import from File from the To From File Button NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 29 sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z is sjes Be pue she Bulyeain v z 7 7 Tag Data Link Functions Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 NE x Connections Tag Seta In Consume Out Produce Edit Tags Delete all of unused Tag Sets Usage Count 3 32 Import Export to l il
127. in EtherNet IP Port 5 4 NTP Settings Display A Configurations and Setup FiherCAT gt S CU Lpanson Rada NTP server clock information Do not got cat Port No Server specifying method IP address Host name IP address Host name NTP operation Uming Specify atime Specify a tine interval Time Interval min Timeout time soc Setting Description Default NTP server clock information Set whether to obtain clock information from the NTP Do not get server to update the clock in the CPU Unit Port No 12 Set the port number to use to connect to the NTP 123 server to obtain clock information It is normally not necessary to change this setting Aejdsiq sbumes dN 7 S Server specifying method Set the method to use to specify the NTP server to IP address obtain clock information P address Host name IP address Set the IP address of the NTP server Set this setting None if the server specifying method is set to the P address Option Host name Set the host name of the NTP server i e the domain None name of the host Set this setting if server specifying method is set to the Host name Option You can use up to 200 single byte alphanumeric characters dots and hyphens with up to 63 single byte alphanumeric characters between dots NTP operation timing Set the time at which the NTP server is accessed to Specify a time synchronize the clocks Specify a clock time
128. in EtherNet IP Port 5 5 SNMP Settings Display New Project new NIS O hd 79 Elles CAT gt 9 CPU Espoesen Races SNMP aave Port No Address Location Send a recognition trap v Recognition 1 Recognition method IP address Host name Community name Recognition 2 Recognition 2 O Recognition method IP address Host name Community name e SNMP ejdsiq s uUM S dINNS S S Setting Description Default SNMP Specify whether to use the SNMP monitor service If Do not use not using the SNMP monitor service is specified an SNMP manager cannot connect from an external device Port No Set the port number to use to connect to the SMTP 161 server that is used to connect from an SNMP man ager This setting does not normally need to be changed Address Set the communications device administrator name None and installation location as text information You do not necessarily have to input all items This information is read by the SNMP manager You can input up to 255 single byte alphanumeric characters for each item Location None Send a recognition trap Set whether to send an authentication trap If you Do not use select Send a recognition trap and there is access from an SNMP manager that is not set in Recognition 1 or Recognition 2 an authentication trap is sent to the SNMP manager If you select Send a recognition trap specify the SNMP trap settings on the SNMP Trap Tab Page
129. is the system defined variable name The prefix gives the category name e Func Variable name _EIP_ErrSta Meaning This is the mean ing of the vari able tional Classi Meaning Built in EtherNet IP Error Function The function of the variable is described fication EtherNet IP Commun Function This is the error status variable for the built in EtherNet IP port It represents the following error flags e EIP PortErr Communications Port Error e EIP CipErr CIP Communications Error e EIP TcpAppErr TCP Application Commu nications Error Note Refer to Meanings of Error Status Bits given later for the meaning of individual bits Data type The data type of the variable is given Data type WORD Range of values The range of values that the variable can take is given ications Errors Range of values 16 0000 to 16 00F0 Reference The page of the individual system defined vari able specifi cations table is given Reference page 3 12 _EIP_PortErr Communications Port Error This is the error status variable for the com munications port It represents the following error flags e _EIP_MacAdrErr MAC Address Error e EIP LanHwErr Communications Control ler Error e EIP EtnCfgErr Basic Ethernet Setting Error EIP IPAarCfgErr TCP IP Basic Setting Error EIP IPAdrDupErr IP Address Duplication Error e EIP BootpErr
130. is the system defined variable name The prefix Members The member names are given for gives the category name structure variables Meaning This is the meaning of the variable Global local Global Global variable Local Local variable Function The function of the variable is described Data type The data type of the variable is given Range of values The range of values that the vari able can take is given R W access R Read only Retained The Retain Network Publish The Network Publish attribute of the RW Read write attribute of the variable is given variable is given Usage in user program Related instruc tions Whether you can use the vari able directly in the user pro gram is speci fied The instructions that are related to the variable are given If you cannot use the variable directly in the user program the instructions that access the variable are given e Functional Classification EtherNet IP Communications Errors Variable name _EIP_ErrSta Meaning Built in EtherNet IP Error Global local Global Function This is the error status variable for the built in EtherNet IP port It represents the following error flags EIP PortErr Communications Port Error EIP CipErr CIP Communications Error _EIP_TcpAppErr TCP Application Communications Error Note Refer to Meanings of Error Status Bits given later for the meaning of individual bits Data type WOR
131. juawabeuey 214 SA3 Z Y Match case Input the character string to search for and click the Find Next Button When a matching device is found the cursor moves to that position To quit the search operation click the Cancel Button D amp tN Additional Information soll4 sqa Sunes p c v The device is found only if it is located below the present cursor position in the Hardware List To search all the devices select Hardware in the Hardware List before you perform the search procedure NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 5 Appendices A 2 6 Displaying EDS File Properties fi EDS File Property To display the properties of the EDS file use the following procedure 1 Select the desired hardware device from the Hardware List 2 Select EDS File Property The following dialog box is displayed NJ501 1500 Rev 1 Property x Description NJ501 1500 Ethemet Port EDS File Create Date 09 17 2010 00 00 00 Modify Date 09 17 2010 00 00 00 Revision 10 Vendor OMRON Corporation Device Type Communications Adapter Product Code 1639 Revision 1 01 Catalog The time and date when the EDS file was created is displayed along with the device informa tion A 2 7 Creating EDS Index Files i EDS File Create EDS Index File To manually add an EDS file or if a device is not displayed correctly in the hardware list use the follow ing procedure to rec
132. luuse 10 5 1 Table of Commands 0200 e cece eee 10 5 2 Using the Commands 200e eee eeeee 10 6 Using SD Memory Card Operations LL u 10 6 1 SD Memory Card Types sssseseeee nn 10 6 2 Elle Types exer RRTIM p pelle ERG p RERBA 10 6 3 Initializing SD Memory Cards lesse eese 10 6 4 Format of Variable Data lslleleee ee 10 7 Application Example from a Host Computer NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 1 10 FTP Server 10 1 Overview and Specifications 10 1 1 Overview The built in EtherNet IP port contains an FTP file transfer protocol server You can therefore send FTP commands from an FTP client software application on a computer on an Ethernet network to upload and download large files on the SD Memory Card FTP client Intranet Ly Specify the file and upload or download it by using FTP commands such as get and put Ethernet Download d Large file melee To file on SD Memory Card in CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP port 10 1 2 Specifications Item Executable commands Specification open Connects the specified host FTP server user Specifies the user name for the remote FTP server Is Displays file names in the remote host mls Displays file names in the remote host dir Displays file names and details in the remo
133. managers or the destinations of socket instructions and CIP communications instructions DNS client or hosts settings This is useful for example when server IP addresses change for system revisions because the IP addresses are automatically found when host names are used A separate DNS server is necessary to use host names with the DNS client The DNS server is specified directly using its IP address NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 3 1 Introduction Network Management with an SNMP Manager The SNMP agent passes internal status information from the built in EtherNet IP port to network management software that uses an SNMP manager A separate SNMP manager is necessary for network management Complete Troubleshooting Functions A variety of functions are provided to quickly identify and handle errors Self diagnosis at startup Event log that records the time of occurrence and other error details EN Additional Information CIP Common Industrial Protocol CIP is a shared industrial protocol for the OSI application layer The CIP is used in networks such as EtherNet IP CompoNet and DeviceNet Data can be routed easily between networks that are based on the CIP You can therefore easily configure a transparent network from the field device level to the host level The CIP has the following advantages Destination nodes are specified by a relative path without fixed ro
134. name octet Octet Pad BYTE ANSI Extended Symbol Segment BYTE Length of variable name in bytes Array of Variable name octet BYTE Logical Segment Member ID USINT Array index for first element BYTE Logical Segment Member ID USINT Array index for second element The variable name that is specified in the symbolic segment ANSI extended symbol segment must be converted to a text string to pass it to the communications thread The following conversion rules apply Specification Example for Structure Members and Array Elements 0x91 0x05 VarAA 0x00 0x91 OxO4 memB 0x28 0x01 0x28 0x02 VarAA memB 1 2 This example shows how to specify VarAA 1 MemB 1 2 for the following structure variable struct UINT MemA BOOL MemB 10 10 VarAA 3 Variable Name Specification Format NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices BYTE ANSI Extended Symbol Segment BYTE Length of variable name in bytes Array of Variable name octet Octet Pad BYTE Logical Segment Member ID USINT Array index a BYTE ANSI Extended Symbol Segment gt BYTE Length of variable name in bytes Array of Variable name 2 e octet 5 c o BYTE Logical Segment Member ID z USINT Array index for first element BYTE Logical Segment Member ID 5 USINT Array index for second element o Specification Example for Structure Array a o o 0x91 0x05 VarAA 0x00 0x28 0x01 0x91 0x04 memB
135. number of bytes of data that is received must be checked to confirm all data was received before the next receive request is made You can use the RecvDataSize output variable of the socket receive request instruction to check the received data eyeq pues jo Buljuewbel4 z z 6 EN Additional Information If TCP is used to send data to a different segment the data is separated into 536 byte frag ments NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 5 9 Socket Service Using UDP The conditions shown in the following figure occur when data is sent in fragments in UDP communica tions 1 A send request is sent from the user program at the sending node It specifies a vari able with a data length of 2 000 bytes 2 The built in EtherNet IP port separates the send data into 1 472 bytes in data A and 528 bytes in data B 3 Data A and data B are sent in sequence by the sending node 4 Data A and data B are joined to restore the original send data and the data is passed to the user program Sending node Controller Receiving node host computer User program Built in Receiving node User program EtherNet IP port Ethernet line 1 Send request 2 Fragmentin 3 1 i 2 3 g Data A and data B are separated oao aSo aa and sent Original data 2 000 bytes 1 472 bytes SD 4 Receive request 2 000 bytes oo oo EE F SESE A 528 bytes Because UDP communications are perform
136. on the CPU Rack or 2 a communications port on a Communications Unit Route Network type number Remote address hexadecimal hexadecimal 1 Output to Unit on CPU Rack 01 backplane port Remote Unit address Refer to Additional Information below 2 Output from communications 02 Built in EtherNet IP port IP address port on Communications Unit Communications NJ series CPU Unit Backplane port 01 Unit address port 02 Kun im imis es vi icum i cr Ea 1 When Routing the Output to a Unit on the CPU Rack Output the command to the backplane port as a network with the CPU Rack Specify the Unit address as the address of the remote Unit 2 When Routing the Output to a Communications Port on a Communications Unit Output the command to an EtherNet IP port Specify the IP address as the address of the remote node ES Additional Information Unit Addresses A Unit address is used to discriminate between several devices connected to a single node on a network Set the unit address as shown below CPU Unit 00 hex e CPU Bus Units EtherNet IP Units Unit number 10 hex e Special I O Unit Unit number 20 hex Inner Board E1 hex Computer 01 hex The Unit connected to network FE hex NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Route Path Notation Examples The notation of the route path is different for communications on the built in E
137. originator s The Product Type did not match occur get s specifications connection settings when opening connection Contact the target device s manufacturer Check that the target device s EDS file is cor rect 01 0116 Error code returned from target Check the major and Depends on the tar Check the originator s The Major Minor Revisions did not minor revisions set get s specifications connection settings match when opening connection for the target device Contact the target and connection If device s manufacturer necessary obtain Check that the target the most recent EDS device s EDS file is cor file and set it again rect 01 0117 Error code returned from target Check whether the Depends on the tar Check the originator s The tag set specified in the connec originator and target get s specifications connection settings tion s target variables does not exist tag sets and tags are Contact the target Check whether the tar set correctly device s manufacturer get tag sets and tags are set correctly 01 011A Error code generated by originator Unexpected network Unexpected network Depends on the tar Connection could not be established traffic may have traffic may have been get s specifications because the buffer was full due to been received Use received Use the Net Contact the target high traffic the Network Configu work Configurator device s manufacturer rator Device Monitor Devic
138. possible Not possible Not possible Unit version of CPU Unit You cannot select the memory offset type You can set member offsets If you change the memory configuration of a structure variable by setting offsets you must make the same changes for the same structure variable in other NJ series CPU Units on the network Refer to the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual Cat No W504 E1 03 or higher for the pro cedure to change the memory configuration of a structure variable Example The following example shows how the memory configuration of the structure variable members in the NJ series CPU Unit is changed to match the memory configuration of the structure variable members in the CJ series CPU Unit spouse uoneoojy Aiowsyy 9 qe eA p v sejduiex3 ese 1ueuoduj z p v NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 19 Appendices NJ series Structure Variable NJ X Bytes First byte a First byte 4 b First byte 6 Not used First byte 8 c Communications is not possible because the memory configuration is the same CJ series Structure Data type Variable CJ X STRUCT Bytes First byte a First byte 4 b First byte 6 not To align the memory configurations in the NJ series and CJ series CPU Units offsets are set in the Sysmac Studio tt Here the following offsets are set for member c of data type Y of the structure
139. refreshing task This requires you to make adjustments to the variable access time and task period in the Task Setup so that these processes are completed within a single task period sur ejeq Bej ul eur esuodseg O I bL 1 The time required for the data transfer is calculated using the following formula and is set as the variable access time NJ501 Number of variables x 0 58 us Total number of bytes in variables x 0 001 us 1 us NJ301 Number of variables x 1 03 us Total number of bytes in variables x 0 0009 us 1 us 7 52 us If the same refreshing task is set for multiple tag sets the total of all tag values in the tag sets is used 2 Set the variable access time in the Task Setup to a value equal to or greater than the value cal culated in step 1 above Adjust the task period time after adding in the time calculated in step 1 Use the Sysmac Studio to set the variable access time and task period settings For details refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 i Adjusting Packet Intervals RPIs According to the Task Periods Tag data is transferred based on the actual time required for the transfer task period x number of data transfers regardless of the packet interval RPI setting Therefore set the packet interval RPI according to the following guideline SId H srenieiu Joye pue spoued ASEL ueewieq diusuoneleH e vr A
140. reserves the right to stop shipments or require satisfactory security or payment in advance If Buyer fails to make payment or otherwise comply with these Terms or any related agreement Omron may without liabil ity and in addition to other remedies cancel any unshipped portion of Prod ucts sold hereunder and stop any Products in transit until Buyer pays all amounts including amounts payable hereunder whether or not then due which are owing to it by Buyer Buyer shall in any event remain liable for all unpaid accounts Cancellation Etc Orders are not subject to rescheduling or cancellation unless Buyer indemnifies Omron against all related costs or expenses Force Majeure Omron shall not be liable for any delay or failure in delivery resulting from causes beyond its control including earthquakes fires floods strikes or other labor disputes shortage of labor or materials accidents to machinery acts of sabotage riots delay in or lack of transportation or the requirements of any government authority Shipping Delivery Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Omron a Shipments shall be by a carrier selected by Omron Omron will not drop ship except in break down situations b Such carrier shall act as the agent of Buyer and delivery to such carrier shall constitute delivery to Buyer c All sales and shipments of Products shall be FOB shipping point unless oth erwise stated in writing by Omron at which point titl
141. series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 CONTENTS Section 11 FTP Client 11 1 Using the FTP Client to Transfer Files eeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeenen nennen tnnt 11 2 145121 Transfering Files i inuicem eh E eet tee te nr ot I repeteret 11 2 11 142 Gonne ctable ETP Servers 5 o cte E exert e eee vede ites 11 3 1i 159 File Transfer Options i c tee icc re rie deter de ec ter eco cec nadie 11 3 1141 4 Other Functions oct ce eet dee eG testem He eR CURED E OE c ee E Ta e 11 4 11 2 FTP Client Communications Instructions ecece cce creer eene nnne nnne 11 5 11 2 1 Functions of the FTP Client Communications Instructions ecce 11 5 11 2 2 Restrictions on the FTP Client Communications Instructions eeeeeee 11 8 11 3 FTP Client Application Example eeeeeeeeene sienne nennen nnne nnn nn rnnt nnne nenas nnn annt 11 9 Section 12 Automatic Clock Adjustment 12 1 Automatic Clock Adjustment eueeesieeeeeeeee sienne eines ennt nnns inna nn nenas inna nnn 12 2 12 1 1 OVOLVIOW sie E nie eoe bene bei tre a e tue i a e AR TL 12 2 12 122 Specifications cx n eene n eoe et ee a ie ape ma Bede rper n hdi eR 12 3 12 2 Procedure to Use the Automatic Clock Adjustment Function s 12 4 12 2 1 Procedure oisi Ree pret Mu eH eredi reading cv qu den e
142. set USB or EtherNet IP is saved in the project The file is xxx smc If you open a saved project on the Sysmac Studio you can connect to the EtherNet IP net work without redoing the settings 4 2 4 Checking the Current IP Address The current IP address can be confirmed in the Controller Status Pane of the Sysmac Studio either when it is set manually or obtained from the BOOTP server Basic Controller Status Pane Controller Status Pane with Details Controller Status ONLINE 192 168 250 1 ERR ALM RUN mode Not synchronized Not executed sBumes ssaippy dI Mod dl IeNJeur U WINg Z Y user defined error 192 168 250 1 255 255 255 0 Unused 314 670 us 1000 000 us One or more connections are stopped or no connection setting One or more slaves are stopped or no slave setting L701 31810 9999 None ES Additional Information If you change the IP address setting from the Obtain from BOOTP server Option to the Fix at the IP address obtained from BOOTP server Option and synchronize the Controller Setup from the Sysmac Studio you can check the IP address that was obtained from the BOOTP server a m AB Q z o 9 A 3 Q Z z oO o 3 o 3 a U gt Q o o o NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 9 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 3 Private and Global Addresses 4 3 1 Private and Global Addresses There are two kinds of IP addresses private and global
143. settings Except for specified ellipses the input tag set name must be the same as the output tag set name Ellipses can be set for the beginning or end of tag set names Connection type The connection type must be Input Only Multi cast or single cast connec tions can be specified for a connection RPI The default setting is used Timeout The default setting is used Example 1 Automatic Connections with the Same Tag Set Names The following connections are automatically set with the same tag set name A Signal if there is an output produce tag set named A Signal at node A and input consume tag sets named A Signal at nodes B and C Node A Excluded characters None Node B Node C Output tag set A Signal Connection Input tag set A Signal Input tag set A Signal Connection EtherNet IP Example 2 Automatic Connections with the Ellipses The following connections are automatically set with the same tag set name Signal if there is an output produce tag set named O Signal at node A and input consume tag sets named Signal at nodes B and C and O_ and I are set as forward ellipses Node A Excluded characters O and Node B Node C Output tag set O_ Signal Connection Input tag set Signal Input tag set Signal O O Connection EtherNet IP 1 Set
144. specifications connection again task period was too tact the target device s Contact the originator long operation manufacturer device s manufacturer recovers automati cally 15 50 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices A 1 Functional Comparison of EtherNet IP Ports on NJ series CPU Units and Other Series essesleseeeeess A 2 A 2 EDS File Management sseseeseeeeee nnn A 3 A 2 1 Installing EDS Files liliis A 4 A 2 2 Creating EDS Files or en Se eee ee ed ee ee A 4 A 2 3 Deleting EDS Files 0 0 0 0 c cette A 4 A 2 4 Saving EDS Files 2 0 cece tees A 5 A 2 5 Searching EDS Files 0 0 eee eee A 5 A 2 6 Displaying EDS File Properties 00 0 eee eee eee A 6 A 2 7 Creating EDS Index Files 0 0 00 e ects A 6 A 3 Precautions for Using the Network Configurator on Windows XP Windows Vista or Windows 7 esee A 7 A 3 1 Changing Windows Firewall Settings llle A 7 A 4 Variable Memory Allocation Methods sees A 10 A 4 1 X Variable Memory Allocation Rules 0 00 eee eee eee ee A 10 A 4 2 Important Case Examples 0000 cece eee A 18 A 5 Precautions When Accessing External Outputs from NJ series CPU Units nece races Eten a teen onm oe elated he tote A 22 A 6 Accessing Variables with CIP Message Communications
145. tag sets NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 25 7 Tag Data Link Functions Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 1 N1501 1500 xi Connectione Tag Sets ki Conaume Out Produce Nome out Sze Dej in MV In a 2Dyte Auto X Ver In b 2Dyte Auto Vorne 2Dyte Ato X3 Ver In d 2Dyte Auto OK Cancel 12 If an input tag is already registered in an input tag set and you want to change its registration to a different input tag set it is necessary to delete the tag from the tag set in which it was origi nally registered Open the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box select the tag set containing the tag that you want to delete on the Tag Sets Tab Page and click the Delete Button in the Edit Tags Dialog Box If there are other tags registered in that tag set it is possible to delete just one tag by selecting the tag that you want to delete in the Edit Tag Set Dialog Box and clicking the Button e x Connections Tag Sets In Consume Out Produce Edt Tags Delete all of unused Tag Sets Usage Count 4 32 o c A confirmation message is displayed Network Configurator B x Selected Tag sets and Tags that the Tag sets have will be deta HER If you select No it will delete the Tag sets only If the No Button is clicked only the tag set is deleted Click the No Button 7 26 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port Use
146. that are supported by each unit version Unit Version Notation In this manual unit versions are specified as shown in the following table Product nameplate Notation in this manual Remarks Unless unit versions are specified the information in this manual Ver 1 0 or later to the right of Unit version 1 0 or later the lot number applies to all unit versions Unit Versions of CPU Units and Support Software Versions When you set tag data links for the built in EtherNet IP port on an NJ series CPU Unit use the version of the Network Configurator that is given in the following table Unit version of CPU Network Configurator for EtherNet IP Unit Version 3 40 or lower Version 3 40 Version3 50 Version 3 53 or higher 1 00 NA OK OK OK 1 01 or 1 02 NA NA OK OK 1 03 or later NA NA NA OK 22 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Related Manuals Related Manuals The followings are the manuals related to this manual Use these manuals for reference Manual name Cat No Model numbers Application Description NJ series CPU Unit W500 NJ501 Learning the basic specifi An introduction to the entire NJ series syst
147. the ne RE sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z e Rev 1 same major CIP a Rev revision Rev z amp NJ301 1200 Rev 1 m C9 7 RE FRE M D a 3 S N JEO1 1500 Usage of Device Bandwidth A Rev 1 Detail 2 5 Rev 2 v F a lt 2 Hardware List The device names and major CIP revisions Rev L are displayed in the hardware list This is shown in the following table Device name in n CIP revisions hardware list Major revision Revision name in hardware list NJ501 Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 1 Rev 1 Unit version 1 03 or later 2 Rev 2 NJ301 Unit version 1 01 or 1 02 1 Rev 1 Unit version 1 03 or later 2 Rev 2 Select the correct device name If you select the wrong device name an Invalid Device Type error will be displayed when you attempt to download the data and the download will fail NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7T 19 7 Tag Data Link Functions Select devices with the correct major and minor CIP revisions for the unit version If you select the wrong revision a Wrong Unit Revision error will be displayed when you attempt to download the data and the download will fail If either of these errors occurs refer to 7 2 17 Changing Devices and change the device 2 Right click the registered device s icon to display the pop up menu and select Change UNKNOWN Address Change IP Address
148. the clock information from the NTP server 2 The following ports are used by the system and cannot be set by the user 25 53 68 110 2222 2223 2224 9600 and 44818 12 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 SNMP Agent 13 T SNMP Agent wise ecl or i pcr ERAS River Axe exei RR 13 2 13 1 1 OVERVIEW vice ey hey ee i eee eR Reo RA e Whe ab gatas 13 2 13 1 2 Specifications isses pep prec Hey E abate es Wa eaten eee 13 3 13 1 3 SNMP Messages 0 0 eect tte 13 3 13 1 4 MIB Specifications 0 0 eee 13 4 13 2 Procedure to Use the SNMP Agent 00e0 cece eee eeeee 13 20 13 2 1 Procedures nu ed pte hee eee ne E 13 20 13 2 2 Settings Required for the SNMP Agent 202 eee eee 13 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 1 13 SNMP Agent 13 1 SNMP Agent The SNMP simple network management protocol is a network management protocol You can use the SNMP to manage any network that consists of devices that support SNMP The server that manages the network is called the SNMP manager The managed network devices are called SNMP agents EtherNet IP devices are monitored Management information database SNMP manager Ethernet Sched
149. the minor fault level Controller error bit 5 will remain FALSE To receive the Controller status specify the Controller status for the In Consume Tab Page in the dia log box used to edit the receive tag set Select the Include Option for the Controller Status in the upper right of the Edit Tag Set Dialog Box When a tag data link is started the contents of the Controller sta tus is stored in the system variables that are given below e EIP TargetPLCModeSta Target PLC Operating Mode e EIP TargetPLCErr Target PLC Error Information Example Sending the Target PLC Operating Mode of the Target Node with an IP Address of 192 168 250 2 IP address 192 168 2502 _EIP_TrgPLCModeSta Target PLC Operating Mode Value of last byte 2 s Target ID 002 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Controller status Controller Operating Flag NJ series Controller d Controller Status Output tag set Variable a Connection Controller status when included Input tag set 7 Tag Data Link Functions CJ series CPU Unit Controller status ee a Controller status when included O memory Variable f Variable b Variable g Variable c ES Additional Information Variable h L Target data link status
150. the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer Error code returned from target There was a parameter error in the frame used to open the connection This error does not occur Depends on the tar get s specifications Contact the target device s manufacturer Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer Error code returned from target There was a parameter error in the frame used to close the connection This error does not occur Depends on the tar get s specifications Contact the target device s manufacturer Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer Error code generated by originator Some other error occurred This error does not occur The originator gener ates this code when an unsupported response code is returned from the target in reply to an open request Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer Error code returned from target There is no Forward Open or Large Forward Open service in the target device This error does not occur Depends on the tar get s specifications Contact the target device s manufacturer Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer Error code generated by originator The co
151. the same tag set names for the output and input tag sets for the connection The tag set names can also include forward and backward ellipses NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 2 Select Auto Connection Configuration from the Network Menu The connections will be set automatically A dialog box will appear to set forward and backward ellipses for both output and input tag sets as soon as automatic connection setting processing has begun Auto Connection Configuration xj It will compare Originator s Tag set and Target s If these are the same it will be confiaured as connection If you would like to ellipsis a part of Tag set please input the followina words M Consume Variable Forward ellipsis O O Backward ellipsis neut M Produce Variable Forward ellipsis Backward elipsis Opt Input the ellipses and click the OK Button Processing for automatic setting is started 3 If there are tag sets that meet the conditions for automatic connection setting they are dis played N Confirm Auto Connection List o i The connection configuration will be configured as follows If you would not like to use a multi cast connection please clear off the check box amp M Originator Addr Originator Variable Target Address Target Variable amp 192 168 250 2 Signal Input 192 168 250 1 Signal Output g 192 168 250 2 B
152. timer error has occurred in the CPU Unit 3 8 If you cannot connect communications to the CPU Unit from the Sysmac Studio it is also possible that the USB cable is faulty or that the network type on the Sysmac Studio is not set for a direct USB connection Refer to the NJ series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 if you cannot connect communications to the CPU Unit e EtherNet IP Function Module Error Status If the EtherNet IP NET ERR indicator is also lit in addition to the PWR RUN and ERROR indicators then an error in the minor fault level or a higher level has occurred in the EtherNet IP Function Mod ule The indicator lets you check the status given in the following table Indicators Indicated status EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP Function Module Status Lit An error for which normal status cannot be recovered through user actions i e errors for which you must replace the CPU Unit or contact your OMRON rep resentative has occurred Flashing An error for which normal status can be recovered through user actions has occurred Notlit There is no minor fault level or higher level error e Flowchart to Check Error Status on EtherNet IP Function Module with Indicators Start Ethernet communications are not possible A USB connection is required to check the specific cause i If a link is not established with the Nort lit E Ethernet switch replace the Ethernet cable or the Ethernet
153. type Click the OK Button or the Close Button 5 If multiple nodes have been selected and compared the following message is displayed Click the Yes Button SXur1 eyeq Bey eui BujueA 2 2 Network Configurator E i Verifying parameters to selected device will start E OK No The comparison results are displayed in order of the selected nodes NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 59 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 12 Starting and Stopping Tag Data Links fi Automatically Starting Tag Data Links Tag data links are automatically started immediately after the data link parameters are downloaded from the Network Configurator They are automatically started after the CPU Unit s power is turned ON or the Unit is restarted EN Additional Information With CPU Units with unit version 1 04 or later a Tag Data Link Connection Timeout error will occur if a connection is not established with the target device within 1 minute after the tag data links are started in operation as the originator device Reconnection processing is continued periodically even after this error occurs to automatically recover If the application environment allows this error to be ignored such as when a target device is started later than the originator device you can change the event level to the observation level fi Starting and Stopping Tag Data Links for the Entire Network You can start and stop tag dat
154. value was written by Correct the value that is written to the Write values that are in range for vari an EtherNet IP tag data link for a vari variable with a specified range so that ables with specified ranges Write val able with a specified range A value the value is in the range Correct the ues that specify enumerators to that does not specify an enumerator value that is written to the enumera enumeration variables was written by an EtherNet IP tag tion variable so that the value speci data link for an enumeration variable fies an enumerator Attached None information Precautions Write operations for out of range values or values that do not specify enumerators do not end normally Remarks Write operations for in range values or values that specify enumerators end normally 15 30 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name Packet Discarded Due to Full Reception Buffer Event code 84050000 hex Meaning A packet was discarded Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection After link is port timing established Error attributes Level Observation Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None mE Cause and Assumed
155. variable NJ X Programming root Union Enumerated Base Type Offset Type Offset Byte Offset Bit Com E Programming First byte First byte 1 First byte 2 First byte 3 First byte 4 First byte 5 First byte 6 First byte 7 First byte 8 First byte 9 First byte 10 First byte 11 A 20 Memory Bytes 3 Bit Offset Set the location of the first bit of the member variable 2 Byte Offset Set the location of the first byte of the member from the beginning of the structure variable 1 Offset Type Specify User The location of variable c changes according to the offsets Set a byte offset of 6 and a bit offset of 0 no offset for variable c First byte First byte 1 First byte 4 First byte 5 First byte 6 First byte 7 First byte 8 First byte 9 First byte 10 First byte 11 Memory Bytes 2 Byte Offset Variable c starts from the 6th byte from the start of the structure 3 Bit Offset Variable c starts from the Oth bit from the start of the byte NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices e Method 2 Changing the Memory Configuration of the Structure Variable in the Remote Device You can insert a member into the structure variable of the remote device to change it to match the memory configuration of the structure
156. variable in the NJ series CPU Unit Both the memory configu ration and the data types must be the same between the two structure variables You therefore need to create the same members in both the remote device and the NJ series CPU Unit Example The following example shows how the memory configuration of the structure variable in the CJ series CPU Unit is changed to match the memory configuration of the structure variable in the NJ series CPU Unit CJ series Structure Variable CJ X Name Data type NJ series Structure Variable NJ_X Name Data type STRUCT Bytes STRUCT Bytes fas int First byte a a Dn First byte a b m e m DINT i First byte 4 b DINT First byte 4 b Variable Table First byte 6 Not used Variable Table First byte 6 c Name Datatype First byte 8 Name Datatype 3 e cei Cp cs ee LN I n Ns crac Dg Gn E ia LR Qu Du RD ee ee ee J Make the following changes to align the memory configurations in the NJ series and CJ series CPU Units spouse uoneoojy Aiowsy 9 qe eA p v Name Datatype NJ series Structure Variable NJ X Name Datatype CJ series Structure Variable CJ X Bytes Bytes First byte a First byte a First byte 4 b First byte 4 b First byte 6 b2 First byte 4 6 b2 Variable Table First byte 8 c First byte 4 8 c Name Var
157. variable table select the pre registered CIP communications instruction data type sREQUEST PATH This is a structure variable with the same configuration as Rq Path Example Variable table Variable name Data type A sREQUEST PATH Select the same data type as Rq Path for the data type of variable A inputting the Values for Each Structure Variable Member Input the following values into the communications parameters that were registered as members of the structure variable 8 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications m Variable name INT OUTI A D Rq Path data type member name EN INT OUTI A InstancelD INT OUTI A AttributelD suoneoiunuiuio abessayy did Buisf z 8 suononJisu suoneoiunuduJ02 dlO asf o1 sed eyeq eAneAueq Buuedejgd S Z 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 11 8 Message Communications 8 12 Preparing Array Variables to Input and Output Service Data and Response Data CIP communications instructions send and receive data that is stored in array variables Creating Array Variables To input a value into the array variable of a CIP communications instruction you must create a vari able with the same configuration as the array variable in advance Example Creating a Variable to Input Data to the CIPSend Instruction Array Variables CIP communications instruction
158. when the words when the tag includes the Controller tag set includes tag set includes set includes the Con status the Controller sta the Controller sta troller status tus tus Number of tags per 8 7 tags tag set when the tag set includes the Controller status tag set 3 Note Input and output variables cannot be combined Number of regis 32 32 256 trable tag sets Connections Number of connec 32 32 256 tions Maximum data 300 words Refer to 7 20 words 640 words 252 words or 722 size per connec 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data concurrency is maintained words 2 Data con tion Data Link Data for within each connection currency is main information on the con tained within each ditions to maintain con connection currency in the data for one connection Packet intervals RPIs 10 to 1 to 1 to 10 000 ms in 0 5 ms increments 0 5 to 10 000 ms in 10 000 ms 10 000 ms 0 5 ms increments in 1 ms in 1 ms incre incre ments ments Communications bandwidth used 1 000 3 000 3 000 pps 1 6 000 pps 1 pps pps pps 1 Here pps means packets per second and indicates the number of packets that can be processed in one sec ond 2 To use a data size of 505 to 1 444 bytes the system must support a large forward open an optional CIP spec ification The SYSMAC CS CJ series Units support a large forward open but before you connect to nodes of other companies confirm that those devices also supp
159. 0106 Ownership conflict 01 0107 Connection not found at target application 01 0108 Invalid connection type There is a problem with either the connection type or priority of the connection 01 0109 Invalid connection size 01 0100 Device not configured 01 0111 RPI not supported May also indicate problem with con nection time out multiplier or production inhibit time 01 0113 Connection Manager cannot support any more connec tions 01 0114 Either the vendor ID or the product code in the key seg ment does not match the device 01 0115 Device type in the key segment does not match the device NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 29 suoneoiunuiulo abessayy did Buisf 2 8 Sopo2 esuodseH 6 2 8 8 Message Communications General Sta tus hex Additional Status hex Description 01 0116 Major or minor revision information in the key segment does not match the device 01 0117 Invalid connection point 01 0118 Invalid configuration format 01 0119 Connection request failed because there is no controlling connection currently open 01 011A Target application cannot support any more connections 01 011B RPI is smaller than the production inhibit time 01 0203 Connection cannot be closed because the connection has timed out 01 0204 Unconnected Send service timed out while waiting for a response 01 0205
160. 04 Input IN 05 A Out 192 168 250 6 006 NJ501 1300 Sa CNO1 05 Input IN 06 A Out e 192 168 250 7 007 NJ501 1300 se New Edit Delete Edit All Change Target Node ID To From File 9 c Information about the connection with device 192 168 250 10 is registered in the Register Device List Double click this connection to edit the settings NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 19 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1300 Edit Connection x It will add connection configuration to originator device Please configure the Tag Set each of originator device and target device M Originator Device M Target Device Node Address 192 168 250 1 Node Address 192 168 250 10 Comment NJ501 1300 Comment NJ501 1300 Input Tag Set Edit Tag ses Output Tag Set IN 10 202Byte z La fao ut 202Byte z s Multicast connection z Hide Detail m Detail Parameter Packet Interval RPI 10S 10 0 10000 0 ms Timeout Value Packet Interval RPI 4 ow os M Connection Structure E 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1300 5 IN 02 M 50 0ms B g 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1300 5 Out IN 03 M 50 0ms 192 168 250 3 NJ501 1300 emos ADM zl Dal In the Edit Connection Dialog Box input 10 ms as the new RPI value and click the OK Button
161. 090000 hex Meaning The BOOTP client started requesting an IP address Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At power ON or port timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None ZA ta Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention gorrecion The BOOTP client started requesting an IP address Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name FTP Server Started Event code 940A 0000 hex Meaning The FTP agent started normally Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details FTP Detection At power ON or timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None XN LES Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention correoiion The FTP agent started normally Attached None information Precautions None Remarks 15 36 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting
162. 102 1101 The variable type specification is not correct 0102 2101 A read only area is included in the write area 8001 An internal error occurred An informa tion inconsistency was detected in the interface in the Module 800D There is an error in the registered tag information 8014 An internal error occurred 8016 A variable is not correctly registered 20 INVALID_PARAMETER 8017 More than one element was specified for A 28 a variable that does not have elements 8018 Zero elements or data that exceeded the range of the array was specified for an array 8022 The data type that is specified in the request service data does not agree with the tag information The AddlInfor Length in the request service data is not O NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices A 6 4 Specifying Variable Names in Request Paths Variable Names A variable name is specified as a symbolic segment ANSI extended symbol segment Variable Name Specification Format BYTE 91 hex ANSI Extended Symbol Segment BYTE Length in BYTE Length of variable name in bytes Array of Variable name encoded in UTF 8 octet Variable_name Octet pad 00 hex One byte is padded if the variable name length is an odd number of bytes Variable Names Variable names are encoded in UTF 8 I Structure Member Names Structure member names are specified in the same
163. 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 Total usage of IP multicast addresses 17 ES Network Total of Max Mbit s 2 851Mbit s Lue Method 2 Changing the Packet Interval RPI of Only Specific Devices In this example we want faster tag data links for devices 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 10 only To do this click the Set Packet Interval RPI Button at the bottom of the Usage of Device Bandwidth Dialog Box The Set Packet Interval RPI Dialog Box is displayed In the Target Device Area clear the selections of all devices other than 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 10 Input 30 ms as the new RPI value then click the OK Button Set Packet Interval RPI xi M Packet Interval RPI 30 ms 05 10000 0 ms M Target Device 192 168 250 17 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 8 NJ501 1300 192158 250 16 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 7 NJ501 1300 C 192 168 250 15 NJ501 1300 7 192 168 250 6 NJ501 1300 192158 250 14 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 5 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 13 NJ501 1300 7 192 168 250 4 NJ501 1300 192 158 250 12 NJ5O1 1300 192 168 250 3 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 11 NJ501 1300 C 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 9 NJ501 1300 n ONO NOTE Possible API value depends on the device type Please confirm the setting result on message report window Cancel The percentage of the allowed tag data link bandwidth being
164. 16 0E IP address 192 168 250 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port Built in EtherNet IP Port Value of variable written Variable name WritingDat WriteDat Global variable Network Publish attribute Value of variable read Variable name OriginalDat ReadDat A Global variable Network Publish attribute Message sent to read identity information product name 9 a Response RespDat NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 13 suoneoiunululo abessayy did Buisf 2 8 suoneoiunuuuo ebessay NWON ssoejuonoeuuo gI2 104 Buruurej6o4gd ajdwes 9 2 8 8 Message Communications 8 14 LD Variable Data type Initial value Comment OperatingEnd BOOL False Processing finished Trigger BOOL False Execution condition Operating BOOL False Processing WriteDat INT 1234 Source data ReadDat INT 0 Read data RegPath _SREQUEST_ ClassID 0 InstancelD 0 Request path PATH isAttributelD False AttributelD 0 RespDat ARRAY 0 10 OF 11 16 0 Response data BYTE Dummy BYTE 16 0 Dummy RS_instance RS CIPUCMMWrite_instance CIPUCMMWrite CIPUCMMRead_instance CIPUCMMRead CIPUCMMSend instance CIPUCMMSend Determine if instruction execution is completed CIPUCMMWrite_instance Done CIPUCMMRead instance Done CIPUCMMSend instance Done Operating End L F 4 CIPUCMMWrite_instance Error CIPUCMMRead_instan
165. 192 168 250 4 ERT1 MD32SLH 1 Edit Connection It will add a connection configuration to originator device Please confiaure the Taa Set each of oriainator device and taraet device Connection 1 0 Type 01_Output and Input v Originator Device Target Device Node Address 192 168 250 100 Node Address 192 168 250 4 Comment MC_Master Comment ERT1 MD32SLH 1 Input Tag Set Edit Tag Sets Output Tag Set D00100 8Byte 2 Input 136 8Byte Connection Type Output Tag Set Edit Tag Sets Input Tag Set D00200 2Byte s Output_35 2Byte Multi cast connection Connection Point to Point connection Type Regist Close The connection I O type list box in the upper part of the Connection Settings Dialog Box dis plays the connection I O types that can be selected Select the connection I O type accord ing to your application The connection I O types that can be selected depend on the target device tems that can be selected will depend on the connection I O type that is selected Select the output input or both output and input tag sets at the target and specify the corresponding input output or both input and output tag sets at the originator f there is no applicable tag set at the originator you can create a new one by using the Edit Tag Sets Button and Edit Tag Button The following display will appear when you click the Show Detail Button Detail Parameter Packet Interval RP
166. 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Receive data BYTE WkSocket _SSOCKET Handle 0 SrcAdr PortNo 0 Socket lpAdr DstAdr PortNo 0 IpAdr z SendSocketDat ARRAY 0 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Send data BYTE SktTCPConnect_ SktTCPConnect instance SktClearBuf_instance SktClearBuf SktGetTCPStatus_ SktGetTCPStatus instance SktTCPSend instance SktTCPSend SktTCPRcv instance SktTCPRev SktClose_instance SktClose External Variable Data type Constant Comment Variables _EIP_EtnOnlineSta BOOL Online NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 21 S99IAJ8S 9490S ay Husn uo siiejeg 9 6 Burwwesboig ejduies q254 S 9 6 9 Socket Service 9 22 Start sequence when Trigger changes to TRUE IF Triggerz TRUE AND DoTCP FALSE AND _Eip_EtnOnlineSta TRUE THEN DoTCP TRUE Stage INT 1 SktTCPConnect instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance SktClearBuf_instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance SktGetTCPStatus_instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance SktTCPSend_instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Dummy SktTCPRcv instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE RcvDat RevSocketDat 0 Dummy SktClose instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance END_IF IF DoTCP TRUE THEN CASE Stage OF 1 Request a connection SktTCPConnect_instance Execute TRUE SrcTcpPort UINT 0 Local TC
167. 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Determining IP Addresses 4 1 4 2 IP Addresses sm eek ee ere i eae DRE redu EE Se ee 4 2 4 1 1 IP Address Configuration llle 4 2 4 1 2 Allocating IP Addresses sllseleelee e 4 3 4 1 3 Subnet Masks sslseleee een 4 3 4 1 4 CIDR CEP 4 3 Built in EtherNet IP Port IP Address Settings L 4 4 4 2 1 Determining IP Addresses 0 0 00 cece tetas 4 4 4 2 2 Setting IP Addresses 0 cece teens 4 5 4 2 3 Online Connection 0 00 ccs 4 7 4 2 4 Checking the Current IP Address 0 0 0 cece eee eee 4 9 Private and Global Addresses sseessees 4 10 4 3 1 Private and Global Addresses 000 0c e eee eee eens 4 10 4 3 2 Using a Private Address for the Built in EtherNet IP Port 4 11 4 3 3 Using a Global Address for the Built in EtherNet IP Port 4 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 1 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 1 IP Addresses 4 1 1 IP Address Configuration IP addresses are made up of 32 bits of binary data that specify the network number net ID and host number host ID The network number identifies the network and the host number identifies the node or host on the network IP addresses are divided into three classes A B and C so that the address System can be se
168. 4 5 Automatic Clock Adjustment eieiei niente aaien aea aoa nennen 1 14 1 4 6 Socket Service eei oat ac eed es E e o te om ete 1 15 1 4 7 Specifying Host Names ta reU DEREN ERO BE e D rE api Ea 1 15 1 4 8 SNMP Agent e inet ic te t v tot eph d orden edit 1 16 1 5 EtherNet IP Communications Procedures ecce ee eeeeeeeee eene nna na nane cen 1 17 1 5 1 evil ECTS 1 17 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 CONTENTS Section 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 Section 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 Section 4 4 1 4 3 Section 5 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 Installing Ethernet Networks Selecting the Network Devices eseeeeseeseeeeeeees eee enen nennen nnne nnn nn ennen annn nnns nsns nn nnn 2 2 2 1 1 Recommended Network DeVICES ccccccccccccecsesssseseeceeeceeeeeeaueesseeeeceeeeeeecesseeesaeesseseeeeeeeeeeeaes 2 2 2 1 2 Network Devices Manufactured by OMRON ssssseseeseeeneneeeneeen eene nennen nnn 2 3 2 1 3 Ethernet Switch TVp6S oi oed o ecd aeter etel titer tid etus etr certe tede de e tg e 2 3 2 1 4 Ethernet Switch F nctlons 3 cee ie eit tette eeepc Da pe cte e re eee cR Debe Ratios 2 3 2 1 5 Precautions for Ethernet Switch Selection ccccccccccccccccccccceccceeceeseesssssseeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeees 2 4 Network InstallatiOnh 3 1 cei ca duit ce coe asn dia aoa c decas nie RipUa Ua Na nrR adu R RR Sa due Sasadaiceducuagdn
169. 4 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 4 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 583 1 818 Mbit s 2 e 192 158 2503 NJ501 1300 44 50 37 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 2 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1300 87 00 100 33 1 528 1 835 Mbit s 2 Total usage of IP multicast addresses 34 Set Packet Interval RPI Close _SetPacket neva RPN Network Total of Max Mbit s 3 228Mbit s In this case if there is no multicast filter the value becomes 100 3392 If there is no multicast filter for an Ethernet switch communications errors may occur depending on the communications load of the built in EtherNet IP Unit port peo suoneoriunuiuio ay Bunsn py Z t Method 3 Changing the Packet Intervals RPIs of Only Specific Connections In this example we want a faster tag data links for just a particular connection of device 192 168 250 1 Double click device 192 168 250 1 in the Network Configuration Window Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1300 sej durex3 Bunies dH S Z vL Connections 32 32 O 16 T 16 Register Device List 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1300 Variable 192 168 250 2 002 NJ501 1300 CN01_01 Input IN 02 A Out 192 168 250 3 003 NJ501 1300 dna CNO1 02 Input IN 03 A Out 192 168 250 4 004 NJ501 1300 a CNO1 03 Input IN 04 A Out 192 168 250 5 005 NJ501 1300 Aa CNO1
170. 5 8 16 Tag Data Link Communications Start Switch 3 10 3 19 Tag Data Link Communications Status 3 8 3 17 Tag Data Link Communications Stop Switch 3 19 Tag Data Link Connection Failed 3 5 3 15 tag data link parameters downloading 2 cela ee a ada 7 51 setting and downloading eesseeee 7 8 ploadirig all ettet ts 7 54 uploading from individual devices 7 56 Tag Data Link Setting Error sssssse 3 5 3 15 Tag Data Link Start Switch sesssssss 7 60 Tag Data Link Stop Switch esessssss 7 60 tag data links iine alae na eines 1 11 automatically starting 7 60 bandwidth usage and requested packet intervals 14 8 communications method eeeeee 14 2 data concurrenoy sssssseeeeen 7 12 effect on task periods sse 14 23 introduction wicca hai kee gail ir Rer 7 2 maximum response time ceecee 14 25 models other than NJ series CPU Units 7 75 SGING zie e dei RD dete 7 16 starting and stopping eenee 7 10 starting and stopping for individual devices 7 60 Verifyinig eR 7 57 Tag Name Resolution Error sssssse 3 5 3 16 tag Sels cete e Eie stes ste LUE 7 8 creating EEE a ente eu 7 21 Tag Status Tab Page see 15 45
171. 524 pps Total PPS of node 2 s Unit 1000 200ms 1000 2 ms 1000 5 ms for data 1000 200ms 1000 100 ms 1000 100 ms for heartbeat 730 pps Total PPS of node 3 s Unit 1000 5 ms 1000 500 ms for data 1000 100 ms 1000 500 ms for heartbeat 214pps All of the Units are within the allowed Unit bandwidth of 3 000 pps so they can transfer data poyan suoneoiunuuulo2 yu geq beL L L pL NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 3 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 1 2 Calculating the Number of Connections The maximum number of connections for the built in EtherNet IP port is 32 The number of connections must be set to 32 or less combining both connections that the Unit opens as the originator and connections that are opened from an originator with the Unit as the target Example Node 1 opens two connections as the target with node 2 and one connection as the originator with node 3 Therefore the total is three connections Node 2 opens two connections as the originator with node 1 and one connection as the originator with node 2 Therefore the total is two connections Node 3 opens one connection as the target with node 1 and one connection as the target with node 2 Therefore the total is two connections In either case the connections can be opened because the maximum number of connections for the built in EtherNet IP port is 32 max
172. 8 END_IF IF DoSendAndRcv TRUE THEN CASE Stage OF 1 Request creating socket SktUDPCreate_instance Execute TRUE SrcUdpPort UINT 6001 Local UDP port number Socket gt WkSocke t Socket IF SKtUDPCreate instance Donez TRUE THEN Buruuei amp o4gd ejdures daN v 9 6 Stage INT 2 Normal end ELSIF SktUDPCreate instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 10 Error end END_IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 19 9 Socket Service 2 Request receiving data SKktUDPRov instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket TimeOut UINT O Timeout value Size UINT 2000 Receive data size RevDat RcvSocketDat 0 Receive data IF SktUDPRcev_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 3 Normal end ELSIF SktUDPRcev_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 20 Error end END_IF 3 Send request WkSocket DstAdr PortNo UINT 6000 WkSocket DstAdr IpAdr 192 168 250 1 SktUDPSend_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Send data Size UINT 2000 Send data size IF SktUDPSend_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 4 Normal end ELSIF SktUDPSend_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 30 Error end END_IF 4 Request closing data SktClose_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket IF SktClose instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 0 Normal end ELSIF SktClo
173. 83 to 51 00 14 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 3 I O Response Time in Tag Data Links EN Additional Information This section describes the response time of the NJ series CPU Unit built in Ethernet IP port The data processing times for the EtherNet IP Unit the built in EtherNet IP port on the CJ2H CPU6LI EIP CPU Unit and the built in EtherNet IP port on the CJ2M CPU3L CPU Unit are dif ferent For details refer to 7 4 Tag Data Links with Models Other than NJ Series CPU Units 14 3 1 Timing of Data Transmissions The following diagram shows the timing of tag data link transfers between the built in EtherNet IP port and the CPU Unit Data is transferred when system common processing 2 is performed for the task set as the refreshing task Data received syur eea eL ui eui esuodse O I rL Primary periodic task l O refresh Control processing Refreshing c iv D o iv aL Sc a 2 Controller 3 a5 Ba se Pr ing 2 System common 98 Execution of 3 2 59 ocessing Bes processing 1 a8 programs amp 8 2e na suoissiusuej eyeq jo Buwi L e pL Data exchange processing Controller task period You can set either of the following types of tasks as the refreshing task Primary periodic task The primary periodic task has the highest execution priority It executes processes with high speed an
174. B Variable C 8 bytes Variable C ARRAY O 1 OF UNI A Variable D ARRAY O 1 OF UNI B C 1 a C 1 b First byte 12 First byte 13 First byte 14 First byte 15 D O c D O d First byte 17 First byte 18 First byte 4 19 D 1 c D 1 d First byte 20 First byte 21 First byte 4 22 First byte 4 23 First byte integer multiple of 4 Variable D 8 bytes NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 17 spouse uoneoojy Aiowsyy 9 qeeA p v seing uoneooj v A1ouie N aiqeueA L p v Appendices A 4 2 Important Case Examples When you exchange structure variable data between an NJ series CPU Unit and a remote device you must align the memory configuration of the structure variable members with those of the remote device This section describes what to do in either the NJ series CPU Unit or in the remote device ES Additional Information This is not necessary when you exchange data between NJ series CPU Units i Aligning the Memory Configuration with a Remote Device There are two methods that you can use to align the memory configuration with a remote device For example the differences in the memory configuration for structure variables between an NJ series CPU Unit and a CJ series CPU Unit are shown below This section describes how to align the memory configuration for these Units Data Type Definitio
175. CJ1W EIP21 mounted to CJ1 CPU Unit CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 CJ1W EIP21 mounted to CJ2 CPU Unit CJ2B EIP21 Built in EtherNet IP port in CJ2H CPU Unit CJ2M EIP21 Built in EtherNet IP port in CJ2M CPU Unit CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 mounted to CS1 CPU Unit NJ301 Built in EtherNet IP port on NJ series CPU Unit NJ501 Use the following procedure to create connections i e data links with the Wizard 1 Set tags and tag sets for all devices before starting the Wizard Refer to 7 2 4 Creating Tags and Tag Sets for the setting procedure 2 For tag data links between OMRON PLCs a connection is created in the PLC i e the origina tor device that receives data as input data First select the registered device for which you want to create a connection in the Network Con figuration Window of the Network Configurator and then select Device Parameters Wizard from the menus EtherNet IP_1 192 168 250 1 1921682502 1921582503 El Sx MCI MC2 MC3 parameter aN wizard Edit a Open Xd Save as The following dialog box will be displayed before the Wizard starts Network Configurator Click the Yes Button to delete the connections that have been set with OMRON PLCs before starting the Wizard NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 41 syur eyeg Bey Buas Z Z m pJeziM eui Buis suonoeuuo BulyeasD 9 2 2 7 Tag Data Link Functions 3
176. CMM Explicit Description Reads the value of a variable with a Network Publish attribute from the specified remote Controller on the CIP network and stores the value in a variable at the local Controller Write Variable Writes the value of a variable at the local controller to a variable CIPUCMMWrite UCMM Explicit with a Network Publish attribute at the specified remote Controller on the CIP network Send Explicit Sends a specified CIP command to the specified remote Controller Message on the CIP network CIPUCMMSend UCMM Refer to 8 2 9 Response Codes and 8 3 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNet IP Port for information on the service codes and response codes that are used with the NJ series CPU Units NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Communica tions method CIP UCMM connectionless messages suoneoiunululo abessayy did Buisf 2 8 M Q L 2 8 8 Message Communications Instruction CIPOpen Name Open CIP Class 3 Connection Large Forward Open Description Opens a CIP class 3 connection Large Forward Open with the specified remote node CIPOpenWithD ataSize Open CIP Class 3 Connection with Specified Opens a CIP class 3 connection with the specified remote node that allows class 3 explicit messages of the specified data length or shorter to be sent and received Data Size Read Variable Reads the value of a variable with a N
177. CPU Unit Goonline with the Controller and then select Synchronization from the Controller Menu The data on the computer and the data in the physical Controller are compared automatically Click the Transfer to Controller Button Note Use the Synchronization Menu of the Sysmac Studio to upload and download data sesseJppy dl Bunies z z v 5 After the IP address settings are downloaded the IP address is reflected in the CPU Unit as fol lows Setting a User specified IP Address After the IP address settings are downloaded the set IP address is automatically saved in the CPU Unit Obtaining the IP Address from the BOOTP Server Each Time the Power Is Turned ON After the data is downloaded the IP address from the BOOTP server is automatically saved in the CPU Unit Each time the power supply is turned ON the IP address from the BOOTP server is automatically saved in the CPU Unit EN Additional Information If you cannot obtain the IP address from the BOOTP server or the obtained IP address is not cor rect select the Fixed setting Option in the IP Address Area and manually set the IP address subnet mask and default gateway Requests to the BOOTP server to obtain the IP address will continue if there is a failure to connect to the BOOTP server Obtaining the IP Address from the BOOTP Server Once When the Power Is Turned ON and Then Not Allow It to Change After the I O address is downloaded the IP address from the BOOTP server
178. Create the connection following the instructions that are given by the Wizard after the Wizard starts See the following figure Connection Configuration Wizard New connections will be added Please select a Tag Set that you would like to receive as input from the Taa Sets list Originator Device Target Device MS Me 192 168 250 1 MC1 Device 7 MC Error 2Byte Tagset im i JJ MC Status Bye 7145 192 168 250 2 MC2 192 168 250 100 JJ MC Error 2Byte MC Master J MC Status 4Byte P 192 168 250 3 MC3 v 3 MC Error 2Byte v 3 MC Status 4Byte Show Detail Next gt Cancel 4 A list of tag sets is displayed on the right side of the Wizard Dialog Box with target devices that support receiving input data Select the tag sets that you want to receive at the originator device The following tables describes the meanings of the icons and check marks displayed in the tag set list Icon Display position Status K All All output tag sets for all devices are selected Device All output tag sets for the applicable device are selected Tag set The applicable output tag sets are selected These are the tag sets that will be set in the connection All All or some output tag sets for some devices are selected Device Some output tag sets for applicable devices are selected D All All output tag sets for all devices are not selected Device All output tag sets for
179. D Memory po Mi SD Memory Fi Card Card NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction 1 4 4 FTP Client The built in EtherNet IP port contains an FTP client With it you can use FTP client communications instructions to transfer files between the CPU Unit and host computers on Ethernet This makes it possible to exchange data files between a host computer and the Controller with the Con troller as the FTP client and the host computer as the FTP server Eg Host computer FTP server Ethernet File data Built in EtherNet IP Port PI NJ series _ ih Controller SD Memory LJ Card Downloading Data Uploading Data File data File dai HI r SD Memory SD Memory J Card Card 1 4 5 Automatic Clock Adjustment With the built in EtherNet IP port clock information is read from the NTP server at the specified time or at a specified interval after the power supply to the CPU Unit is turned ON The internal clock time in the CPU Unit is updated with the read time NTP server NTP command Ethernet Built in EtherNet IP port NJ series Controller H Precautions for Correct Use An NTP server is required to use automatic clock adjustment 1 14 NJ series C
180. D Range of values 1640000 to 16400F0 R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc You can access this variable from the user program with the following 3 12 instruction GetEIPError tions NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name EIP PortErr Meaning Communications Port Error Global local Global Function This is the error status variable for the communications port It represents the following error flags e EIP MacAarErr MAC Address Error e EIP LanHwErr Communications Controller Error e EIP EtnCfgErr Basic Ethernet Setting Error EIP IPAarCfgErr TCP IP Basic Setting Error EIP IPAdrDupErr IP Address Duplication Error e EIP BootpErr BOOTP Server Error e EIP IPHTbIErr TCP IP Advanced Setting Error Note If a link OFF or Built in EtherNet IP Processing Error occurs it is recorded in the event log and then corre sponding bit turns ON Refer to Meanings of Error Status Bits given later for the meaning of individual bits Data type WORD Range of values 1640000 to 16 00FO R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Related instruc tions Possible You can access this variable from the user program with the following instruct
181. Data A upper bytes 1 000 bytes The remaining data is discarded 2 000 bytes 2 000 bytes 2nd send request Bulsseo0 g uondeoeu eieq 2 6 3 2nd receive request request for 2 000 bytes 2 000 bytes NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 7 9 Socket Service When There Is Only One Receive Request for Data Sent for Multiple Send Requests You cannot use just one receive request to receive the data that was sent for multiple send requests regardless of the size of the data Example 2 Receive Request for 1 000 Bytes when 200 Bytes of Data Was Sent for Two Send Requests 1 The data that was sent from the sending node in two sends is stored in the receive buffer 2 Even if a receive request is made for 2 000 bytes of data only the 100 bytes that was sent for the first send request is received Sending node host computer Receiving node Controller User program Built in EtherNet IP port User program 1 Data received to Ethernet line receive buffer 2 1st receive request request for 1 000 bytes 1st send request 100 bytes Data A 2nd send request You can receive the rest of the data with another 100 bytes l 100 bytes 9 2 4 Broadcasting You can set the destination IP address to a broadcast address for a UDP socket to broadcast data to the host and all nodes on the same network as the EtherNet IP port If there is a router on the network packets are no
182. EIP21 No Yes CS1 CPU Unit CS1W EIP21 CS1W EIP21 No Yes To specify an I O memory address for a tag do not specify the I O memory address for the tag directly Instead create a variable set an AT specification of the I O memory address on the Sysmac Studio and then specify the variable with the AT specification for the tag 7 76 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Message Communications 8 1 8 2 Overview of the CIP Message Communications Service 8 2 8 1 1 Overview of the CIP Message Communications Service 8 2 8 1 2 Message Communications Service Specifications su 8 2 Using CIP Message Communications lseeesse 8 3 8 2 1 OVOtVieW ox mU IANUE ED vex E ERR EA dud edet 8 3 8 2 2 CIP Communications Instructions lile eee 8 3 8 2 3 Using CIP Communications Instructions 0000 cece eee 8 4 8 2 4 Route Path eom Re ee lee BE EP eL ep P EE 8 6 8 2 5 Preparing Derivative Data Types to Use CIP Communications Instructions 8 10 8 2 6 Sample Programming for CIP Connectionless UCMM Message Gomimunications zie muito DERE wad pa eae Wa AU RUE RI RA 8 13 8 2 7 Sample Programming for CIP Connection Class 3 Message Communications 3 554504 Se has Rey se ed ek ete Rs 8 19 8 2 8 Operation Timing aaaea c eee cette eee 8 26 8 2 9 Response Codes 0 cece eee nn 8 27 CIP Objects Sent to the B
183. Err Meaning Target Node Error Information Global local Global Function This variable indicates that the connection for the Registered Target Node Information was not established or that an error occurred in the target Controller The array elements are valid only when the Registered Target Node Information is TRUE Array x is TRUE A connection was not normally established with the target node for a target node ID of x the Registered Target Node Information is TRUE and the Normal Target Node Information is FALSE or a connection was established with the target node but an error occurred in the target Controller Array x is FALSE The target node is not registered for a target node ID of x the Registered Target Node Informa tion is FALSE or a connection was normally established with the target node the Registered Target Node Infor mation is TRUE and the Normal Target Node Information is TRUE An error occurred in the target Controller the Target PLC Error Information is TRUE Data type ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions 3 18 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name _EIP_NTPResult Members ExecTime Meaning NTP Last Operation Time Global local Global
184. EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 37 Punoouse qnoj j Z S suonduoseg 1013 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting 15 2 3 Troubleshooting 15 38 Problem Tag data is not concurrent Correction Check the following items and correct the user program Data concurrency is maintained for each connection between the CPU Unit and the built in EtherNet IP port To maintain data concurrency for tag data links set a refreshing task for the network variables that are assigned to tags Refer to 7 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data Link Data for details Refer to the product manuals for products from other manufacturers At startup some of the receive data is FALSE when it should be TRUE f the user program uses receive data make sure that the All Tag Data Link Communications Status in communications status 1 or the Controller Operating Mode for the target node is TRUE before you use the receive data To use operation information from the Controller use Controller sta tus in the tag sets on both the sending and receiving nodes f the Fault Action setting of the output produce tag is enabled The out put produce data changes to FALSE when a fatal error occurs in the CPU Unit Check the error status at the output producing Controller Tag data link communications are not stable Use a 100 Mbps Ethernet switch if 100 Mbps is set or if you are using a 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps repeater hub For unit version 1 03 or late
185. Ethernet Switches Manufacturer Cisco Systems Inc Model Consult the manufacturer Inquires Cisco Systems Inc CONTEC USA Inc Consult the manufacturer Contec USA Inc Phoenix Contact USA Consult the manufacturer Phoenix Contact Twisted pair Cables 100Base TX and Connectors Modular Plugs and STP Plugs Product Manufacturer Model Inquires Sizes and conduc Cables Tonichi Kyosan NETSTAR C5E_ Kanetsu Planning Department tor pairs AWG 24 x Cable Ltd SAB 0 5 x 4P 4 pairs P Kuramo Electric KETH SB Kuramo Electric Co Ltd Co Ltd SWCC Showa FAE 5004 SWCC Showa Cable Systems Cable Systems Co Ltd Co Ltd RJ45 Connec Panduit Corpora MPS588 Panduit Corporation Japan tors tion Branch Osaka Sales Office Sizes and conduc Cables Kuramo Electric KETH PSB Kuramo Electric Co Ltd tor pairs AWG 22 x Co Ltd OMR 2 pairs RJ45 Assembly OMRON XS6G T421 1 OMRON Corporation Cus Connectors tomer Support Center Sizes and conduc Cables Fujikura Ltd F LINK E Kanetsu Planning Department tor pairs 0 5 mm x 0 5mm x 4P 4 pairs RJ45 Connec Panduit Corpora MPS588 Panduit Corporation Japan tors tion Branch Osaka Sales Office We recommend using combinations of the above cables and connectors e Boots Manufacturer TSUKO Always use an Ethernet switch for tag data links in the network MK Boots IV LB TSUKO l Precautions for Co
186. F MAC address USINT 04 hex Interface Counters The path to the link object in the Read Struct physical layer In Octets The number of octets received UDINT Reads the current value through the interface This includes unnecessary multi cast packets and discarded pack ets counted by nDiscards In Unicast Packets The number of unicast packets UDINT Reads the current value received through the interface This does not include discarded packets counted by nDiscards In NonUnicast Packets The number of packets besides UDINT Reads the current value unicast packets received through the interface This includes unnecessary multicast packets but does not include discarded packets counted by nDiscards In Discards The number of discarded incom UDINT Reads the current value ing packets received through the interface In Errors The number of incoming packets UDINT Reads the current value that had errors This is not included in nDiscaras In Unknown Protos The number of incoming packets UDINT Reads the current value that were of an unknown protocol Out Octets The number of octets sent UDINT Reads the current value through the interface Out Unicast Packets The number of unicast packets UDINT Reads the current value sent through the interface Out NonUnicast Packets The number of packets besides Read UDINT Reads the current value unicast packets sent through the interface Out Discards The number of discarded sent UDINT Reads the c
187. FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP TDLinkOpnErr Meaning Tag Data Link Connection Failed Global local Global Function TRUE Establishing a tag data link connection failed due to one of the following causes The information registered for a target node in the tag data link parameters is different from the actual node information There was no response from the remote node FALSE Cther than the above Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 15 peujjop uiejs s JenplAlpul 40 suoneoijioeds E E Se qeuueA 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name EIP TDLinkErr Meaning Tag Data Link Communications Error Global local Global Function TRUE A timeout occurred in a tag data link connection FALSE Other than the above Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program
188. FTPGetFileList Instruction The FTPGetFileList instruction gets a list of the files and folders in a specified directory on the FTP server The following information is obtained The number of files and folders in the specified directory The names of the files and folders The last updated dates of the files and folders The file sizes The read only attributes of the files and folders You can specify the following option Open mode for data connection FTP server Ethernet File and folder information from the specified directory on the FTP server FTP client NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 5 suononasu suomneorunuiuio U93119 did Z LL suomnonasu suomneoiunuluo 1u8i 2 dL ey Jo SUOHOUNY L z LL 11 FTP Client FTPGetFile Instruction The FTPGetFile instruction downloads the specified file from the specified directory on the FTP server to the specified directory in the SD Memory Card You can use wildcards to specify the file name to allow you to download more than one file at the same time If the directory specified for the download does not exist in the SD Memory Card the directory is cre ated and the data is downloaded in it You can specify the following options Transfer mode Open mode for data connection Deleting files after transfer Overwriting FTP server Ethernet Downloading
189. False Processing finished Trigger BOOL False Execution condition Operating BOOL False Processing WriteDat INT 1234 Source data ReadDat INT 0 Read data RegPath _SREQUEST_ ClassID 0 InstancelD 0 isAt Request path PATH tributelD False AttributelD 0 RespDat ARRAY 0 10 OF 11 16 0 Response data BYTE Dummy BYTE 16 0 Dummy RS_instance RS CIPOpen instance CIPOpen CIPWrite instance CIPWrite CIPRead instance CIPRead CIPSend instance CIPSend CIPClose instance CIPClose Determine if instruction execution is completed CIPWrite instance Done CIPOpen instance Done CIPRead instance Done CIPOpen instance Error CIPWrite instance Error CIPRead instance Error CIPSend instance Error CIPClose instance Error Accept trigger CIPOpen CIPWrite CIPRead CIPSend Trigger instance Busy instance Busy instance Busy instance Busy 1 34 M M M CIPSend instance Done CIPC T o AE e CIPClose_ instance Busy Set OperatingEnd Reset1 OperatingEnd ose_instance Done RS instance RS Operating Q1 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Execute instructions CIPOpen instance Operating ClPOpen Execute Done 02 192 168 250 2 RoutePath Busy UINT 20 TimeOut Error ErrorID ErrorlDEx Handle CIPWrite instance CIPOpen instance Done CIPWrite Execute Done CIPOpen instan
190. First byte 40 First byte 41 First byte 42 First byte 43 D 1 d First byte 44 First byte 45 First byte 46 First byte 47 spoujejy uonesojy Aowa 3qeneA v v s Nny uoneoo y Aioweyy SJqeJeA L p v NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 15 Appendices Example The alignments and the amounts of memory that are allocated for the four variable declara tions given in the following figure are given in the following table Variable Alignment bytes Amount of memory that is allocated bytes rom m NINI NIN First byte CO oo A A integer multiple of 2 Elo lo Eat First byte 1 Eb Firstbyte 2 First byte integer multiple of 2 EIST Oyie ES F c First byte 4 First byte 5 F d 0 to F d 7 First byte 6 First byte integer multiple of 2 First byte G 0 a 0 to G 0 a 7 First byte 8 First byte 9 G O b First byte 10 First byte 11 G 1 a 0 to G 1 a 7 First byte 12 First byte 13 G 1 b First byte 14 First byte integer multiple of 2 Firstbyte 15 H 0 c First byte 16 First byte 17 H O d 0 to H O d 7 First byte 18 First byte 19 H 1 c First byte 20 First byte 21 H 1 d 0 to H 1 d 7 First byte 22 First byte 23 Not used NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Por
191. Gateway Address The default gateway UDINT Set value Nama Server The primary name server UDINT Set value Nama Server2 The secondary name server UDINT Set value Domain Name The domain name STRING Set value 06 hex Host Name The host name reserved Write STRING Always 0000 hex 1 The value is always FALSE for a CPU Unit with unit version 1 01 or earlier Service Codes Specify the service to execute with the service code Sevice Parameter name Description SUPRONEdSELVICES 2 code Classes Instances 5 01 hex Get_Attribute_All Reads the values of the attributes Sup No sup o ported ported 2 OE hex Get_Attribute_Single Reads the value of the specified attribute Sup Sup 2 ported ported 9 10 hex Set Attribute Single Writes a value to the specified attribute The built in EtherNet IP port No sup Sup restarts automatically after the value is written to the attribute When ported ported o the restart process is not completed and the next Set Attribute Single F is executed the general status 0C hex Object State Conflict is Ww returned z Request Paths IOIs to Specify Objects F When you specify an object specify the request path IOI for each service code as given below Service code Attribute ID 01 hex Get Attribute All Specifying a service for a class 00 hex Not required s OE hex Get Attribute Single e Specifying a service for an instance 01 Reading a class attribute 01 or 02 10 hex Set Attribute Si
192. General Additional Source of error Status Status Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3 hex hex OMRON error code 01 0810 Error code returned from target This error may occur The meaning of this The meaning of this New data could not be obtained from ifthe CPU Unit s task error code is defined by error code is defined by the CPU Unit when opening connec period was long each vendor so it each vendor so it tion The Unit will automatically when opening the depends on the targets depends on the origina recover and attempt to open the connection or some specifications Con tor s specifications connection again problem in the Con tact the target device s Contact the originator troller caused the manufacturer device s manufacturer Controller to stop If the task period was too long operation recovers automati cally If the Controller has stopped iden tify the error from the error information in the CPU Unit 01 0811 Error code generated by originator This error may occur The meaning of this The meaning of this New data could not be obtained from ifthe CPU Unit s task error code is defined by error code is defined by the CPU Unit when opening connec period was long each vendor so it each vendor so it tion The Unit will automatically when opening the depends on the target s depends on the origina recover and attempt to open the connection If the specifications Con tor s
193. I 50 0 ms 0 5 10000 0 ms Connection Name Possible to omitl Timeout Value Packet Interval RPI x 4 Connection Structure 192 168 250 100 MC Master 5 MC1_Error M 50 0ms 192 168 250 1 MC1 5 MC Error Regist Close The specified values for detailed parameters will be displayed Change the values as required Connection names are automatically created using the following rule default N where N is a 3 digit number 001 002 etc starting from 1 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 45 sxur eeg Bey Buas Z Z m Buiddoug pue BuiB6e4q eoieq Aq suonoeuuo Buneel 7 2 7 7 Tag Data Link Functions ES Additional Information The following dialog box will be displayed if a target device that does not have I O data is dropped Network Configurator N This device does not have Output Tag Sets Before dropping again refer to the manual of the applicable device and create the I O data i e output tag sets required to create a connection 3 After you have set all of the connection click the Regist Button to create the connection When creating the connection has been completed the input tag set and output tag set will be blank Next you can continue to create connections by selecting the connection I O type and setting a tag set 7 2 8 Connecting the Network Configurator to the Network This section describes how to Connect the Netwo
194. IP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2H CPULIL EIP CJ2M CPUSL 1 NJ501 and NJ301 Connection status Handling General Additional Source of error Status Status Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3 hex hex 00 0000 Normal status code The connection has been opened and the tag data link is communicat ing normally 01 0100 Error code returned from target This error does not Depends on the tar Depends on the origi Attempted to open multiple connec occur get s specifications nator s specifications tions for the same connection This error should not This error should not occur If is does con occur If is does con tact the target device s tact the originator manufacturer device s manufacturer 01 0103 Error code returned from target This error does not Confirm that the target Confirm that the origi Attempted to open a connection with occur supports Class 1 nator supports Class 1 an unsupported transport class 01 0106 Duplicate consumers If the tag data link is Depends on the tar If the tag data link is Attempted to open multiple connec stopped or started get s specifications stopped or started this tions for single consumer data this error may occur Contact the target error may occur according to the tim device s manufacturer according to the tim ing but the system ing but the system will will recover automat recover automatically ically 01 0107 Error code returned from target
195. Indicator Color Status Operating status Ethernet communications are not possible The power supply is OFF or the Controller is being reset Not lit A MAC address error or communications Controller error occurred The same IP address is assigned to more than one node Ethernet communications are in progress NET RUN Tag data link connection establishment in progress origina Flashing A tor operation IP address acquisition with BOOTP in progress Green i prey Normal Lit If only the target is set for the tag data link this indicator lights regardless of whether the connection from the originator is established It remains lit even if the data links are stopped Not lit There are no Ethernet communications errors ot li The power supply is OFF or was reset A user recoverable error occurred An error occurred in TCP IP communications or CIP com munications NET ERR Flashing FTP Server Setting Error NTP Server Setting Error etc Tag Data Link Setting Error Tag Data Link Verification Error Red etc The same IP address is assigned to more than one node A user non recoverable error occurred Lit AMAC address error or communications Controller error occurred Link not established Not lit The cable is not connected LINK ACT The power supply is OFF or was reset wan Flashing Data communications in progress after establishing link ellow Lit Links established 1 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built
196. J series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 4 Click the In Consume Tab and then click the New Button The Edit Tag Dialog Box is dis played x Name Var In 4 Size 2 Byte Use Bit Data Hold Cie oe 5 Enter the variable name directly into the Name Box Example Var In a ES Additional Information You can use the following characters in tag names 0 to 9 A to Z a to z single byte kana _ underbar and multi byte characters e g Japanese e You cannot use the following characters in tag names amp amp 2 Q 96 spaces or text strings that start with numerals 0 to 9 The maximum length of a tag name is 255 bytes Specify array variables structure variables and union variables as shown below e Specifying array elements array 2 3 or array 2 3 and array 2 3 4 or array 2 3 4 Specifying structure members Struct member Separate the member name with a period Specifying union members Union member Separate the member name with a period To specify a specific I O memory address for a tag create a variable with an AT specification for the I O memory address on the Sysmac Studio If you specify the variable with the AT spec ification for the tag on the Network Configurator a tag data link is created to the I O memory address that was set for the AT specification e sur eeg Bey Buras Z
197. J501 1300 I2M FIP 1 cm CSTw EIP21 E Rev 1 Hev 2 ai NJ501 1200 x NJ501 1400 3 NJ501 1500 8 SYSMAC Gateway 2 Ge henenc Device sj DeviceType Communications Adapter m 3 Genenc Device Usage of Device Bandwidth Detail 2 p Mes Codc Date Deseripti Ready L EtheeNet IP TiUnknown Intel R 82562 M 3 Gigabit Network Connection 169 254 37 11 1000M O Offine NUM e Connections Example Seventeen NJ501 1300 Units are connected to the network Each device has one 100 word tag for transmission and sixteen 100 word tags for recep tion so that the Units exchange data mutually By default the packet intervals RPIs are set to 120 ms for all of the connections The devices IP addresses range from 192 168 250 1 to 192 168 250 17 IP address 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 3 192 168 250 17 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 Send 100CH In_01_b mo 02 M 17 network variables 100CH note note c In mono mono Les 03 c 100 words each Send NJ501 1300 17 Units Connection RPI 120 ms 14 16 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load Checking the Device Bandwidth Usage When the Detail Button is clicked in the Usage of Device Bandwidth Area it is apparent that the per centage of the allowed tag data link bandwidth being used by each device s tag data lin
198. KET Handle 0 Socket SrcAdr PortNo 0 IpAdr DstAdr PortNo 0 IpAdr SendSocketDat ARRAY 0 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Send data BYTE SktUDPCreate instance SktUDPCreate SktUDPSend instance SktUDPSend SktUDPRcv_instance SktUDPRcv SktClose instance SktClose Variable Data type Constant Comment Variables _EIP_EtnOnlineSta BOOL Online 9 16 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service Start sequence when Trigger changes to TRUE IF Triggerz TRUE AND DoSendAndRcv FALSE AND Eip EtnOnlineStaZ TRUE THEN DoSendAndRcv TRUE Stage INT 1 SktUDPCreate_instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance SktUDPSend_instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Dummy SktUDPRcv_instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE RcvDat RevSocketDat 0 Dummy SktClose instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance END_IF IF DoSendAndRcv TRUE THEN CASE Stage OF 1 Request creating socket SktUDPCreate_instance Execute TRUE SrcUdpPort UINT 6000 Local UDP port number Socket gt WkSocke t Socket IF SKtUDPCreate instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 2 Normal end ELSIF SktUDPCreate instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 10 Error end END_IF 2 Send request WkSocket DstAdr PortNo UINT 6001 WkSocket DstAdr pAdr 192 168 250 2 SktUDPSend_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSo
199. Load 14 2 1 Checking Bandwidth Usage for Tag Data Links The Network Configurator can display the bandwidth actually used for tag data links at each bu ilt in EtherNet IP port based on the connections set in the network configuration The device bandwidth used by tag data links can be checked by clicking the Detail Button in the Usage of Device Band width Area at the bottom of the Network Configuration Window Ethernet ip_1 C EtherNet IP_2 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1500 NJ501 1500 CJ2M EIP21 zd E 5010 E 2502 j Usage of Device Bandwidth xi 1921582501 NJ501 1500 0 00 5 00 0 000 0 043 Mbi 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1500 6 00 6 00 Zz 0 050 0 050 Mbi i 192 168 250 10 CJ2M EIP21 2 00 2 00 0 050 0 050 Mbi 1 Total usage of IP multicast addresses 1 Close Set Packet Interval RPI Close SePeckenineva RR Network Total of Max Mbit s O 050Mbit s Item Description The IP address of the device Comment A description of the device The comment is displayed below the device icon The model number of the device is displayed by default Usage of Capacity without Multi The percentage of the allowable communications bandwidth used for tag data cast Filter links for the device is displayed Bandwidth used Allowable tag data link bandwidth The values outside parentheses are for when multicast filterin
200. Lot number and serial number MAC address The following information is provided on the ID information label Item Description Unit model Gives the model of the Unit Unit version Gives the unit version of the Unit Lot number and Gives the lot number and serial number of the Unit serial number DDMYY Lot number C For use by OMRON xxxx Serial number M gives the month 1 to 9 January to September X October Y November Z December MAC address Gives the MAC address of the built in port on the Unit i Confirming Unit Versions with Sysmac Studio You can use the Unit Production Information on the Sysmac Studio to check the unit version of the CPU Unit CJ series Special I O Units CJ series CPU Bus Units and EtherCAT slaves The unit versions of CJ series Basic I O Units cannot be checked from the Sysmac Studio CPU Unit and CJ series Units 1 Double click CPU Expansion Racks under Configurations and Setup in the Multiview Explorer Or right click CPU Expansion Racks under Configurations and Setup and select Edit from the menu The Unit Editor is displayed for the Controller Configurations and Setup layer 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Unit Versions 2 Right click any open space in the Unit Editor and select Production Information The Production Information Dialog Box is displayed F gt Production information x Model information Lot number NJ501 1500
201. M Fast Ether Information related to the interface includes man Ported net Port ufacturer name product name and hardware interface version ifType 3 RO Sup ethernet csmacd 6 The type of interface classified according to the ported physical link layer protocol directly under the net work layer of the protocol stack NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 5 13 SNMP Agent because they were of an illegal or unsupported protocol For example Ethernet packets did not have IP set for the field that identifies their higher level proto col 55 Sup Implementation Subtree name Standard identifier attribute port specifications ifMtu 4 RO Sup 1500 MTU value ported The maximum size in octets of datagrams that can be sent and received through this interface ifSpeed 5 RO Sup 10000000 Estimated bandwidth ported If a stable accurate value cannot be obtained for the bandwidth a nominal value is set instead ifPhysAddress 6 RO Sup The MAC address of MAC address ported the EtherNet IP port The physical address under the network layer of the interface ifAdminStatus 7 RW Sup According to the The preferred status of the interface ported standard You cannot send normal packets in the testing state up 1 down 2 testing 3 ifOperStatus 8 RO Sup According to the The current status
202. Manual W506 13 3 13 SNMP Agent 13 1 4 MIB Specifications This section describes the specifications of the MIB that is supported by the built in EtherNet IP port li MIB System Diagram The built in EtherNet IP port MIB consists of the following tree structure root I iso 1 L org 3 L aod 6 L internet 1 mgmt 2 L mib 2 1 IKE system 1 Unit information interface 2 Interface information H ip 4 IP information icmp 5 ICMP information H tcp 6 TCP information udp 7 UDP information L snmp 11 SNMP information i MIB Groups MIB group Stored information Standard MIB system group The MIB for information related to the device interfaces group The MIB for information related to the inter face ip group ip The MIB for IP information ipAddrTable The MIB for addressing table information related to IP addresses ipRouteTable The MIB for information related to IP routing tables ipNetToMediaTable The MIB for information related to IP address conversion tables ipForward The MIB for information related to IP forward ing tables icmp group The MIB for ICMP information tcp group tcp The MIB for TCP information udp group udp The MIB for UDP information snmp group snmp The MIB for SNMP information 13 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 SNMP Agent Jj Detailed Descriptions of MIB Objects e System Group
203. Memory error 84010000 hex IP Address The same IP The IP address of the built in S page 15 18 Duplication address is used EtherNet IP port is also used as Error more than once the IP address of another node NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 9 15 Troubleshooting Event code Event name Meaning Assumed cause mein Reference Maj Prt Min Obs Info 84020000 hex BOOTP Connection with the e Server setting error S page 15 19 Server Con BOOTP server Server is down nection Error failed An error occurred in the com munications path 14210000 hex Identity Error The CIP identity Non volatile memory failure S page 15 19 information in non volatile memory was not read cor rectly 34200000 hex Tag Data Link An error was Power was interrupted when a S page 15 20 Setting Error detected in the download was in progress for communications the data link settings settings for tag data e Memory error links 34230000 hex TCP IP An error was Setting error S page 15 21 Advanced detected in the Power was interrupted when a Setting Error hosts in the IP download was in progress for IP Router router table the TCP IP advanced settings Table Memory error 34240000 hex FTP Server An error was Setting error S page 15 22 Setting Error detected in the FTP Power was interrupted when a server settings download was in progress for the FTP server setti
204. NCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY Further in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted Indemnities Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Omron Companies and their employees from and against all liabilities losses claims costs and expenses including attorney s fees and expenses related to any claim inves tigation litigation or proceeding whether or not Omron is a party which arises or is alleged to arise from Buyer s acts or omissions under these Terms or in any way with respect to the Products Without limiting the foregoing Buyer at its own expense shall indemnify and hold harmless Omron and defend or set tle any action brought against such Companies to the extent based on a claim that any Product made to Buyer specifications infringed intellectual property rights of another party Property Confidentiality Any intellectual property in the Products is the exclu Sive property of Omron Companies and Buyer shall not attempt to duplicate it in any way without the written permission of Omron Notwithstanding any charges to Buyer for engineering or tooling all engineering and tooling shall remain the exclusive property of Omron All information and materials supplied by Omron to Buyer relat
205. Net IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Lights System defined Variable Data type Name variables EIP TDLinkAllRunSta BOOL Tag Data Link All Run Status Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention corocon Tag data link connections to all target nodes have been established Attached None information Precautions None Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 35 BunooysajqnoL Z S 4 suonduoseg 1013 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name IP Address Fixed Event code 9408 0000 hex Meaning The correct IP address has been determined and Ethernet communications can start Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At power ON or port timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Lights System defined Variable Data type Name variables None E Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention conection The correct IP address has been determined and Ethernet communica tions can start Attached Attached Information 1 IP address example COA8FA01 hex address 192 168 250 1 information Precautions None Remarks Event name BOOTP Client Started Event code 94
206. Net IP Port User s Manual W506 7T 69 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 3 Ladder Programming for Tag Data Links 7 3 1 7 70 Ladder Programming for Tag Data Links If data in the ladder program is linked by tag data links add conditions 1 to 3 in the ladder program for that data If you want to use target node Controller information in the input conditions add conditions 4 and 5 Conditions to enable the NJ series Built in EtherNet IP Port s tag data links 1 The following error bits in the Built in EtherNet IP Error variable EIP ErrSta are FALSE Major fault Bit 7 Partial fault Bit 6 and Minor fault Bit 5 2 Also the Online variable EIP EtnOnlineSta is TRUE Conditions showing that connections are established with the target device and tag data links are operating 3 The bit corresponding to the target node address in the Normal Target Node Informa tion variable EIP EstbTargetSta is TRUE Condition for the Target PLC Operating Mode operating or stopped EIP TargetPLCModeSta valid for OMRON Controllers only 4 The Controller operating mode of the target node is ON Condition for the Controller error status fatal or non fatal error of the target node valid for OMRON Controllers only 5 The target node Controller error information element in the Target PLC Error Informa tion EIP TargetPLCErr is FALSE When you want to use the Target Node Controller Error Flag the Con
207. O Tag set name SP1_OUT Controller status Controller Status Tag a Tag i Tag b Tag ii Data flow Tagc Originator device Target device n this example a connection is established with the originator s tag list with tags a to g inputs which are in a tag set called SP1 IN and the target s tag list with tags i and ii outputs which are in a tag set called SP1_OUT NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 11 1 Introduction Message Communications Class 3 UCMM Unconnected Message Service User specified CIP commands can be sent to devices on the EtherNet IP network CIP commands such as those for reading and writing data can be sent and their responses received by executing the CIP Send instruction from the user program in the NJ series CPU Unit without a connection NJ series Controller Built in EtherNet IP port FciP SEND Ethernet EtherNet IP CIP command Response CIP messages CIP commands and responses can also be transferred to another CIP based network via the EtherNet IP Unit with the CIP routing function for message communications With NJ series Controller CIP routing between built in EtherNet IP ports and EtherNet IP Units is possible EtherNet IP NJ series CPU Unit EtherNet IP Unit Ethernet Built in EtherNet IP port L Version Information You can use the EtherNet IP Unit w
208. OMRON Machine Automation Controller NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual NJ501 15 J NJ501 14 J NJ501 13 J NJ301 12 J NJ301 11 J CPU Unit always in control W506 E1 08 OMRON 2011 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is constantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication Trademarks Sysmac and SYSMAC are trademarks or registered trademarks of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other countries for OMRON factory automation products Windows Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 and Windows 8 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the USA and other countries e EtherCATe is registered trademark and patented technology licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH Germany ODVA CIP CompoNet DeviceNet a
209. P Display for information on the TCP IP Dialog Box 9 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service 9 5 Socket Service Instructions You can use the following socket service instructions for socket services use Refer to the NJ series Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W502 for information on the socket service instructions UDP TCP Instruction Socket service UDP sockets SktUDPCreate Create UDP Socket instruction SKktUDPRcv UDP Socket Receive instruction SktUDPSend UDP Socket Send instruction TCP sockets SktTCPAccept Accept TCP Socket instruction SktTCPConnect Connect TCP Socket instruction SktTCPRev TCP Socket Receive instruction SktTCPSend TCP Socket Send instruction SktGetTCPStatus Read TCP Socket Status instruction Services for both SktClose Close UDP TCP Socket instruction pie cel TCP SktClearBuf Clear UDP TCP Socket Receive Buffer instruction l Precautions for Correct Use You can execute a maximum of 32 socket service instructions at the same time Use exclusive control in the user program so that no more than 32 socket service instructions are executed at the same time NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 11 suononJsu BDIAIBS O490S 6 6 9 Socket Service 9 6 Details on Using the Socket Services 9 6 1 9 12 Using the Socket Services The built in EtherNet IP port has the total number of socke
210. P port number Automatically assigned DstAdr 2192 168 250 2 Remote IP address DstTcpPort UINT 6000 Destination TCP port number Socket gt WkSocke t Socket IF SktTCPConnect instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 2 Normal end ELSIF SktTCPConnect_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 10 Error end END IF Clear receive buffer SktClearBuf instance Execute z TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket IF SktClearBuf instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 3 Normal end ELSIF SktClearBuf_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 20 Error end END_IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service 3 Request reading status SktGetTCPStatus instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocke t Socket IF SktGetTCPStatus instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 4 Normal end ELSIF SktGetTCPStatus_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 30 Error end END_IF 4 Send request SktTCPSend_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Send data Size UINT 2000 Send data size IF SktTCPSend_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 5 Normal end ELSIF SktTCPSend instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 40 Error end END_IF 5 Request receiving data SktTCPRev_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket TimeOut UINT O Timeout value Size UINT 2000 Receive data size RcvDa
211. PPS The number of packets transferred each second is called the used bandwidth or PPS packets per sec ond The PPS is calculated from the RPI and heartbeat as follows for each connection PPS used in a connection pps 1 000 RPI ms 1 000 Heartbeat transmission period ms Use the following equation to calculate the total number of packets transferred by each built in Ether Net IP port Unit in 1 second Built in EtherNet IP port s total PPS Total PPS of originator connections Total PPS of target connec tions Connections set as target connections must be added too The maximum number of packets that the CPU Unit can transfer in 1 second called the allowed Unit bandwidth is 3 000 pps so set the connection below this maximum value Example ui9js S suoneoiunululo2 L p L Node 1 has both originator and target connections with send RPI of 200 ms and 2 ms and receive RPI of 500 ms Node 2 has originator connections only with receive RPIs of 200 ms 2 ms and 5 ms Node 3 has target connections only with send RPIs of 5 ms and 1 ms O Originator T Target HB Heartbeat RPI 200 ms HB 200 ms RPI 500 ms AHB 500 ms O OF WAT Noea ASS eee N des 0 RPI 5 ms T HB 100 ms Each node s total PPS is calculated as follows Total PPS of node 1 s Unit 1000 200 ms 1000 2 ms 1000 500 ms for data 1000 200 ms 1000 100 ms 1000 500 ms for heartbeat
212. PU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction o o 3 E 1 4 6 Socket Service i Sz You can send data to and receive data from any node on Ethernet with the UDP or TCP protocol To a8 send receive data with a socket service you execute multiple socket communications instructions in 5 sequence in an ST program to execute the required communications processes After a connection with 9 the other communications device is opened with an open instruction the values of the variables thatare 6g specified for the send instruction are sent and the data that was received for a receive instruction is stored in the specified variables The connection is closed with a close instruction and communications end For TCP you can also read the socket status and received data You can use a total of 16 TCP ports and UDP ports UNIX computer or other node with socket service interfaces cn Ethernet 8 TCP UDP Built in EtherNet IP port 8 protocol NJ series CPU Unit Communications processes are performed with socket commu ST Programming nications instructions for UDP i SktUDPCreate j Open processing S m SktUDPSend pm gt Send processing 4 gt of 12 Nil i I TCP UDP e 8 7 SktUDPRev gt Receive processing protocol E i
213. R ge eL QR dE nx 12 4 12 2 2 Settings Required for Automatic Clock Adjustment sse 12 4 Section 13 SNMP Agent a e a E E E E AT 13 2 19 191 o TEE ET A TT 13 2 1331 27 Specitficatioris Sure ente toa reete EA epe edt Ma le tet es 13 3 1951 3 SNMP M6SSAa9Q S ener REG FOI DU ON EDEN EG RR UR RRUT XR ERR IDR RR t 13 3 1921 4 MIB Specifications iG E OSEE e E dee aedi aa 13 4 13 2 Procedure to Use the SNMP Agent esssseeeeessessseenee nennen enne nnn tn nnns nnne nnn nnn 13 20 13 2 1 Procedures irme Reuse e pep de pl erra reete rd 13 20 13 2 2 Settings Required for the SNMP Agent esssssssseeeeeneneeenee nennen 13 20 Section 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 1 Communications System eeeeeeeiieesiseeeeeees seen nnne nn annnm n nnn tn ansia nsn tR nasse nnn nnn 14 2 14 1 1 Tag Data Link Communications Method sse rennen 14 2 14 1 2 Calculating the Number of Connections ssessessseeeeeeeeeeennee nennen nennen 14 4 14 1 8 Packet Interval RPI Accuracy ssssseeseeeeeeennenen nennen nnne nennen nnne enne 14 5 14 2 Adjusting the Communications Load eese eese eeeee seen 14 6 14 2 1 Checking Bandwidth Usage for Tag Data Links essen 14 7 14 2 2 Tag Data Link Bandwidth Usage and RPl ssssseeee emere
214. RAY 0 255 OF BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 17 EIP EstbTargetSta 255 Normal Target Node Information This variable gives a list of nodes that have normally established built in EtherNet IP connections Array x is TRUE The connection to the node with a target node ID of x was estab lished normally Array x is FALSE The connection to the node with a target node ID of x was not established or an error occurred ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 18 _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta 255 3 8 Target PLC Oper ating Mode This variable shows the operating status of the target node Controllers that are con nected with the built in EtherNet IP port as the originator The array elements are valid only when the corresponding Normal Target Node Infor mation is TRUE If the corresponding Nor mal Target Node Information is FALSE the Target Node Controller Operating Informa tion indicates the previous operating status Array x is TRUE This is the operating state of the target Controller with a node address of x Array x is FALSE Other than the above NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 18 Variable name EIP TargetPLCErr 255 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Meaning Target PLC Error Information Function This variable shows the error sta
215. RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT OFF Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_IPAdrDupErr BOOL IP Address Duplication Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention SSUES The IP address of the built in Ether Perform either of the following and Perform allocations so that IP Net IP port is also used as the IP then cycle the power supply to the addresses of nodes on the network address of another node Controller or reset the Controller are used for only one node Check the IP addresses of other nodes and correct the IP address settings so that the same address is not used by more than one node Remove the node that has the duplicate IP address from the net work Attached Attached information 1 Duplicated IP address example COA8FA01 hex address 192 168 250 1 information Precautions Remarks A duplicated address error occurs if an ARP is sent with the set IP address and there is an ARP response 15 18 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name BOOTP Server Connection Error Event code 84020000 hex Meaning Connection with the BOOTP server failed Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At BOOTP opera port timing tion Error attributes Level Partial fault R
216. S 8 i za strn Bl ix Network Configurator E i EtherNet IP Hardware ia Vendor E os OMRON Corporation Communications Adapter amp amp CH w EIP21 Rev 1 amp Rev 2 CJTw EIP21 CJ2 5 Select any of the options as necessary The options are listed below Description Select target network Allows you to select specific networks from the network configuration and open them Add to current document Allows you to add the networks from the network configuration file that is currently open to the current configuration file ES Additional Information The save format will depend on the Network Configurator version You can import configuration files ncf created with the Network Configurator for EtherNet IP version 2 or lower if you select External Data Import from the File Menu 7 2 16 Checking Connections You can check the consistency of connection parameters for network configuration files with device parameters that were set with the Network Configurator or device parameters uploaded from the net Work 1 Select Check Connection from the Network Menu The following dialog box is displayed if parameters are normal Network Configurator xi o No connection errors found 7 66 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions The following dialog box is displayed if there are parameter errors Check the displayed detai
217. Signal Input 192 168 250 1 B Signal Dutput g E 3 x o i Cancel Click the OK Button Processing for automatic setting is started sBumes uonoeuuo S Z Z NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 39 7 Tag Data Link Functions 4 A device connection structure tree is displayed when processing is completed t Device s Connection Structure Tree E Ea Display Type C Based on Slave Device Target M Display Option Display Route Path IV Display the detail of Connection Structure Network Configurator EA EtherNet IP_1 m B 192 168 250 5 NJ501 1500 Ei 5 MC Status M 50 0ms E g 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 5 MC Status B S QutData S InData M 50 0ms E 2 192 168 250 4 FZ Series 8 Output 100 Input_101 E 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 5 Signal Dutput Ei 5 B Signal Input M 50 0ms 5 B Signal Qutput 4 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 Edit Monitor 5 mm Ve Use the device connection structure tree as required to change the RPI and timeout settings fl Device Connection Structure Tree Connection settings can be displayed on the network configuration Select View Device s Connection Structure Tree from the Network Menu t Device s Connection Structure Tree E Display Type C Based on Slave Device Target Display Option Display Route Path IV Displ
218. Status Codes and Troubleshooting This section explains how to identify and correct errors based on the tag data link s connection status The connection status can be read using the Connection Tab Page of the Network Configurator s Moni tor Device Window Refer to 15 3 1 The Network Configurator s Device Monitor Function for details ES Additional Information The connection status has the same meaning as the Connection Manager s General and Addi tional error response codes as defined in the CIP specifications The following table shows the likely causes of the errors causes for each configuration and connection status code 15 46 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Configuration 1 Originator CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2H CPUL I 15 Troubleshooting Target CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2H EIP CJ2M CPUSL NJ501 and CPULIL EIP CJ2M CPUSI NJ501 NJ301 and NJ301 Configuration 2 CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2H CPULT Products from other manufacturers EIP CJ2M CPUSL NJ501 and NJ301 Configuration 3 Products from other manufacturers CS1W E
219. The tag data link bandwidth used by device 192 168 250 1 Usage of Capacity increases to 50 17 which indicates that a RPI is set to a higher speed for this device Usage of Capacit Mbit s without M Usage of IP multi 19216825017 501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 16 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 119216825015 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 14 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 13 501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 19216825012 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 11 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 19216825010 NJ501 1300 51 00 51 00 0 741 Mbi 1921682509 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 1921682508 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 2507 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 191921682506 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 5 501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 491921682504 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 3 NJ501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 2 501 1300 40 83 50 83 0 740 Mbi 192 168 250 1 501 1300 50 17 51 00 0 741 Mbi Su Perg on pers Paru ara nens ere arai SEN ina arn ee rural poro pero ur Set Packet Interval RPI Total usage of IP multicast addresses 18 Network Total of Max Mbit s 2 117Mbit s In this case the tag data link bandwidth that is used by device 192 168 250 10 Usage of Capacity also increases from 40
220. Timestamps 23 RO Sup According to the The number of Timestamp messages sent ported standard icmpOutTimestampReps 24 RO Sup According to the The number of Timestamp Reply messages sent Ported standard icmpOutAddrMasks 25 RO Sup According to the The number of Address Mask Request messages Ported standard sent icmpOutAddrMaskReps __ 26 RO Sup According to the The number of Address Mask Reply messages ported standard sent 13 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Ip Group Tcp 13 SNMP Agent T5 Sup Implementation Name Standard identifier attribute port specifications tcpRtoAlgorithm 1 RO Sup According to the The algorithm used to determine the timeout value Ported standard for resending Other 1 Other than the following items Constant 2 A constant RTO value Rsre 3 The algorithm specified by the MIL STD 1778 standard Vanj 4 The Van Jacobson algorithm tcpRtoMin 2 RO Sup According to the The minimum resend timeout value in 0 01 s ported standard This value depends on the algorithm used to determine the resend timeout value tcpRtoMax 3 RO Sup According to the The maximum resend timeout value in 0 01 s ported standard This value depends on the algorithm used to determine the resend timeout value tcpMaxConn 4 RO Sup According to the The total number o
221. Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 7 8 Message Communications Communicating between EtherNet IP Units Example Communicating via EtherNet IP Units Mounted to CPU Unit 1 and CPU Unit 2 CPU Unit 1 EtherNet IP Unit 1 CPU Unit 2 EtherNet IP Unit 2 utl 1 ME Unitaddress Backplane 11hex port 01 i Backplane KaM a 3 M 4 port 01 pns m IP address 192 168 250 2 rCommunications port 402 1 EtherNet IP port 1 CPU Unit 1 to EtherNet IP Unit 1 Network type number 01 Output the command via internal backplane port Remote address 11 Unit address of EtherNet IP Unit Unit number 1 10 hex 2 EtherNet IP Unit 1 to EtherNet IP Unit 2 Network type number 02 Output the command via EtherNet IP port Remote address Specify the remote IP address 3 EtherNet IP Unit 2 to CPU Unit 2 Network type number 01 Output the command via internal backplane port Remote address 0 unit address of CPU Unit Route path 01 11 02 192 168 250 2 01 00 1 2 3 L Version Information You can use the CJ1W EIP21 EtherNet IP Unit mounted to an NJ series Controller with a CPU Unit with unit version 1 01 or later and Sysmac Studio version 1 02 or higher Accessing via a Relay Node Example Communicating from CPU Unit 1 to CPU Unit 3 via CPU Unit 2 CPU Unit 1 CPU Unit 2 EtherNet IP Unit 2 CPU Unit 3 EtherNet IP Unit 3
222. Units 1 3 System Configuration and Configuration Devices 1 5 1 2 1 Devices Required to Construct a Network 0 0 ce eee eee eee 1 5 1 2 2 Support Software Required to Construct a Network 05 1 6 Built in EtherNet IP Port 0 0 cee eee eee eee 1 7 1 3 1 Specifications a eee ie ie de LAMPES PERMITS 1 7 1 3 2 Part Names and Functions 0 cee eee tee 1 9 Introduction to Communications Services 1 11 1 4 1 CIP Common Industrial Protocol Communications Services 1 11 1 4 2 BOOTP Client roseis i isie spe innne p hE TEER vita uere uei 1 12 124 3 FIP Server obo r at eet el a O eee 1 13 1 4 4 EAE EE ei E Lei E cer esa ET 1 14 1 4 5 Automatic Clock Adjustment 0 0 0 cece eee 1 14 1 4 6 Socket Service 2 eet 1 15 1 4 7 Specifying Host Names 0 cece ee 1 15 1 4 8 SNMP Agent oor RE Eu awit a bade 2 dae URL a E a EROR 1 16 EtherNet IP Communications Procedures eessss 1 17 1 5 1 Outline vr eor eee uere t gane are t ees 1 17 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 1 1 Introduction 1 1 Introduction 1 1 1 EtherNev IP Features EtherNet IP is an industrial multi vendor network that uses Ethernet The EtherNet IP specifications are open standards managed by the ODVA Open DeviceNet Vendor Association just like DeviceNet Eth erNet IP is not jus
223. Ver 1 00 30810 Hardware version D F D D D Software version SYSTEM 1 00 00 23327 BOOT 20110726 IOPFP B 3 0 IOPFW 1 02 Runtime 165 Model inf tion Rack 0 Slot 0 Unit 4 CJ1W SCU22 Ver 2 0 110711 Unit revision _ PCB revision Rack 0 Slot 0 s 4 CHW SCU22 Ver 2 0 110711 Software revision A 0 Rack 0 Slot 1 Unit 1 CHW DAO41 Ver 031201 Rack 0 Slot 1 Unit 1 CJ1W DA041 Ver 031201 Unit revision A PCB revision A Software revision A 3 Production information Simple Display Detailed Display In this example Ver 1 00 is displayed next to the unit model The following items are displayed CPU Unit CJ series Units Unit model Unit model Unit version Unit version Lot number Lot number Rack number slot number and unit number EtherCAT Slaves 1 Double click EtherCAT under Configurations and Setup in the Multiview Explorer Or right click EtherCAT under Configurations and Setup and select Edit from the menu The EtherCAT Configuration Tab Page is displayed for the Controller Configurations and Setup layer 2 Right click the master in the EtherCAT Configurations Editing Pane and select Display Produc tion Information The Production Information Dialog Box is displayed 3 Production Information E3 Type information Serial number Node9 R88D KNO1L ECT Rev 2 1 OMRON Corporation 0x00000000 The following items are displayed Node address Type information Serial numb
224. Z m H Precautions for Correct Use Specify variable names for tags To specify an I O memory address for a tag do not specify the l O memory address for the tag directly Instead create a variable set an AT specification of the l O memory address on the Sysmac Studio and then specify the variable with the AT specifica tion for the tag If you enter I O memory addresses for tag names on the Network Configurator as shown below the tags are directly assigned to the I O memory addresses in the CPU Unit and not to the variables Always specify variable names for tags sjes Be pue she Bunealg v z 7 1 Variable names that contain only single byte numerals from 0000 to 6143 2 Variable names with the following single byte letters uppercase or lowercase followed by single byte numerals e H HOOO to H511 e W w000 to w511 D D00000 to D32767 EO to E18 EO 00000 to EO 32767 to E18 00000 to E18_32767 You can check the memory address or variable to which a tag is assigned with the icons in the Edit Tags Dialog Box NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 23 7 Tag Data Link Functions Edit Tags In Consume Dut Produce m 0000 Tag that is directly assigned to an I O memory address SJInput Signal Tag that is assigned to a variable with a Network Publish attribute 6 Input the size of the tag in bytes in the Size Field Input the tag
225. a Links NJ501 Refreshing task Primary periodic task Task period 500 us variable access time 396 Setting Tag Sets Tag set Refreshing task Number of variables Total size of variables Tag set A Primary periodic task 8 600 bytes Tag set B Primary periodic task 4 200 bytes Tag set C Primary periodic task 10 1 000 bytes NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 1 Calculate the variable access time as shown below Tag set A 8 variables x 0 58 us 600 bytes x 0 001 us 1 us 6 68 us 12 92 us Tag set B 4 variables x 0 58 us 200 bytes x 0 001 us 1 us 6 68 us 10 2 us Tag set C 10 variables x 0 58 us 1 000 bytes x 0 001 us 1 us 6 68 us 14 48 us 2 Calculate the number of data transfers Time required for the data transfer 12 92 us 10 2 us 14 48 us 37 6 us Variable access time set for the task 500 us x 0 03 15 us Number of data transfers 37 6 us 15 us 2 5 times Thus approximately three data transfers are required 3 Calculate the actual time required for the data transfer 500 us x 3 times 1 500 us 14 3 3 Relationship between Task Periods and Packet Intervals RPIs Effect of Tag Data Links on Task Periods The tag data is transferred during task processing Therefore the tag data transfer process is added to the task processing for tasks set as a tag s
226. a link s allowable bandwidth by changing the packet intervals RPI settings for all of the device s connections together In this case the usage of capacity will also change for the target devices of the connection for which the packet interval is changed 1 Click the Set Packet Interval RPI Button at the bottom of the Usage of Device Band width Dialog Box 2 The Set Packet Interval RPI Dialog Box will be displayed In the Target Device Area deselect the target devices that are not being adjusted by removing the check marks Set Packet Interval RPI X Packet Interval RPI 900 ins 0 5 10000 0 ms r Target Device C 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 C 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1500 900000000 00000500000 000000000000 00000 00000000000 000000000000 0000004 NOTE Possible RPI value depends on the device type Please confirm the settina result on messaae report window Cancel 3 Input a new RPI value and click the OK Button 14 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load Method 3 Changing a Particular Connection s Packet Interval RPI Setting The usage of capacity without multicast filtering can be adjusted against the tag data link s allowable bandwidth by individually changing the packet interval RPI for a particular connec tion In this case the usage of capacity will also change for target device of
227. a links for the entire network from the user program or from the Network Configurator H Precautions for Correct Use Use the same method i e either the user program or the Network Configurator to both start and stop tag data links For example if you use the _EIP_TDLinkStopCmd Tag Data Link Com munications Stop Switch system defined variable stop tag data links you cannot start them from the Network Configurator Using Commands in the User Program You can change the corresponding elements in the following system defined variables to TRUE in the user program to start and stop tag data links for individual devices Refer to Section 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port EIP TDLinkStartCmd Tag Data Link Start Switch e EIP TDLinkStopCmd Tag Data Link Stop Switch ES Additional Information Change the Tag Data Link Start Switch to TRUE while the Tag Data Link Communications Stop Switch is FALSE If the Tag Data Link Stop Switch is TRUE the tag data links do not start even if the Tag Data Link Start Switch is changed to TRUE Furthermore if the Tag Data Link Start Switch and the Tag Data Link Stop Switch are both TRUE an error occurs the Multiple Switches TRUE Error system defined variable changes to TRUE and the event is recorded in the event log After you start the tag data links do not force the Tag Data Link Start Switch to change to FALSE from the user program or from the Sysmac S
228. ables for tags 1 Creating Tags and Tag Sets with the Network Configurator s Device Parameter Edit ing Function 2 Importing Variables with a Network Publish Attribute Created in the Sysmac Studio to the Network Configurator 1 Creating Tags and Tag Sets with the Network Configurator s Device Parameter Editing Function Creating a Tag Set lt j 1 Double click the icon of the device for which to create a tag set to display the Edit Device Param a eters Dialog Box Right click the icon to display the pop up menu and select Parameter Edit 2 O Ethernet iP_1 amp a Q m x m e Parameter S Ms tn 3 6 i Maintenance grecum 7 External Data db Cut Copy X Delete Change Node Address Change Device Comment sjes Be pue she Bulyeaig v z 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 21 7 Tag Data Link Functions 2 Click the Tag Sets Tab at the top of the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box There are two kinds of tag sets input consume and output produce Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 x Connediors Tag Seta In Consume Out Produce Creating and Adding Tags 3 Click the Edit Tags Button The Edit Tags Dialog Box is displayed Register the input consume tags and output produce tags separately Fdit Tag xi In Consume Out Produce Nome Fut Size it Usage count 0 256 Cancel 7 22 N
229. ag Status Bhemet Information Status 1 Status 2 Connection Controller Log Tag Status Bhemet Information System Evert Loy Access Event Log System Event Log Aces Evert Log link OFF Detectec IP Addrcaa Fixcd Link Detected Tag Name Resolut neration Started Power Tumed ON 15 44 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Tag Status Tab Page This tab page displays if the tag settings for each tag for tag data links are set so that data can be exchanged with the CPU Unit The following status is displayed depending on the status that is set Normal resolution completed Normal data exchange is possible Resolving The variables with tags are being resolved When the resolution is completed normally a connection will be established and the data exchange will start Size does not match error Different sizes are set for the network variables and the tag settings A connection will not be established for a tag for which this error occurs No tag A network variable is not set in the variable table in the CPU Unit for the specified tag setting A connection will not be established for a tag for which this error occurs Attribute error Writing is not possible for Read Only and Constant attri butes If the status is not Normal resolution completed check the tag data link settings or the network vari able settings in the variable table in the NJ series CPU U
230. ags Create CPU Unit variables for input consume tags and output produce tags You can create up to 256 tags for a built in EtherNet IP port on an NJ series CPU Unit There is a maximum data size of 600 bytes 300 words for each tag You can import and export network variables that are created on the Sysmac Studio to CSV files This allows you to register them as tags on the Network Configurator Output tags can be defined to clear output data to O or to hold the out put data from before the error when a fatal error occurs in the CPU Unit Setting Tag Sets You can create output tag sets and input tag sets and assign tags to them You can create a total of up to eight I O tag sets You can create up to 32 tag sets for a built in EtherNet IP port on an NJ series CPU Unit The maximum data size of 1 tag set is 600 bytes 300 words You can specify the Controller status in a tag set to indicate the CPU Unit s operating status operat ing information and error information Setting Connections The target device output tag set and the originator device input tag set are associated as con nections You can open a total of up to 32 connections for the built in EtherNet IP port Additional Information Counting Connections The number of connections is the total of the number of input tag sets that receive data and the number of nodes that send data for output tag sets Refer to the following figure One connec tion is consumed for ea
231. ags is synchronized with the execution period of the program that accesses the network variables f a variable that uses an AT specification is used as a tag you do not need to set a refreshing task It is refreshed in the primary periodic task uone1edo JO M Q v L Z M Precautions for Correct Use You cannot use the following notation which specifies an I O memory address in the variable name of any variable used in a tag data link 1 Variable names that contain only single byte numerals Example 001 2 Variable names with the following single byte letters uppercase or lowercase followed by sin gle byte numerals H Example H30 W Example w30 D Example D100 e EO to E18 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 7 7 Tag Data Link Functions Setting and Downloading Tag Data Link Parameters Network Configurator The tag data link parameters e g connection information that are described below are created with the Network Configurator and then the parameters are downloaded to all originator devices on the Eth erNet IP network When the tag data links are used on the built in EtherNet IP port use the Network Configurator to make the following settings 1 2 Creating the Configuration Information You can register the EtherNet IP ports and EtherNet IP Units to create the connections that define the tag data links Refer to the 7 2 3 Registering Devices for details Setting T
232. al Target Node Information is TRUE An error occurred in the target Controller the Target PLC Error Information is TRUE ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 18 _EIP_NTPResult NTP Operation Information Use the GetNTPStatus instruction to read the NTP operation information from the user program Direct access is not possible _SNTP_ RESULT page 3 19 ExecTime NTP Last Operation Time Gives the last time that NTP processing ended normally The time that was obtained from the NTP server is stored when the time is obtained normally The time is not stored if it is not obtained from the NTP server normally Note Do not use this variable in the user program There may be a delay in updating it Use this variable only to access status through communica tions from an external device DATE AND TIME Depends on data type page 3 19 ExecNormal NTP Operation Result TRUE Indicates an NTP normal end FALSE Indicates that NTP operation ended in an error or has not been executed even once Note Do not use this variable in the user program There may be a delay in updating it Use this variable only to access status through communica tions from an external device NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 19 sej qeueA pauljap wea sAs z 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in
233. always 2 bytes for the size 20 bytes for the name Unused area is padded with spaces Instance Attribute ID None Service Codes Specify the service to execute with the service code Service ur Supported services Parameter name Description code Classes Instances OE hex Get Attribute Single Reads the value of the specified attribute Supported No supported 10 hex Set Attribute Single Writes a value to the specified attribute Supported No supported 51 hex Reset System Alarm All Resets all errors in the CPU Unit Supported No supported Request Paths lOls to Specify Objects When you specify an object specify the request path IOI for each service code as given below Classi instance Rebate Ib Specifies the attribute of the class to read or write 01 hex 02 hex or 64 to 66 hex Service code Get Attribute Single Set Attribute Single OE hex 10 hex NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 39 HOd dl 19N JeUm U H Ng eui 0 jues sioe qo dID 8 xeH v2 dI SSeIQ 12e gO 1ejouo G 8 8 Message Communications 8 40 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Socket Service posce euet 9 1 Basic Knowledge on Socket Communications 9 2 9 1 1 Sockets 2 y gp ARIS Sel CHR D ER e ee ewe ger ee ae 9 2 9 1 2 Port Numbers for Socket Services 000 cece ee
234. ameters Dialog Box and set the following connection information The target devices with which connections are opened The connection type multi cast or unicast The length of the packet intervals RPI Connection name optional Make the connections settings in the originator only The connections settings are not necessary in the target device H Precautions for Correct Use Make the connections settings after you create tag sets for all of the devices involved in tag data links i Connection Settings Connections Tab Page Registering Devices in the Register Device List 1 Double click the icon of the device for which to make originator settings in the Network Configu ration Pane of the Network Configurator The Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box is displayed Right click the icon to display the pop up menu and select Parameter Edit 2 Click the Connections Tab in the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box All of the devices regis tered in the network except the local node are displayed Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 E xi Connections Tag Sets Unregister Device List Connections 0 22 0 0 T 0 lt Register Device List Product Name 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 Variable Target Variable us pese NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 3 In the Unregister Device List click the ta
235. ansfer settings are all made with the parameters of the FTP client communica tions instructions No settings are required from the Sysmac Studio The FTP client communications instructions and their functions are given in the following table You can execute up to three FTP client communications instructions at the same time Instruction Function FTPGetFileList Gets a file list from the FTP server FTPGetFile Downloads one or more files from the FTP server FTPPutFile Uploads one or more files to the FTP server FTPRemoveFile Deletes one or more files on the FTP server FTPRemoveDir Deletes a directory on the FTP server Downloaded files are stored on the SD Memory Card When uploading files files that are stored on the SD Memory Card are uploaded to the FTP server Therefore to upload or download files an SD Mem ory Card must be inserted in the NJ series CPU Unit FTP server E Uploading and downloading files are executed f with FTP client communications instructions Ethernet Downloading i Uploading FA File on SD Memory Card T in CPU Unit ini Built in EtherNet IP Port FTP client 11 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 FTP Client 11 1 2 Connectable FTP Servers An NJ series CPU Unit can connect to the following FTP servers Refer to the relative manuals for infor mation on setting and using the FTP servers
236. anuals Refer to Hele vant Manuals on page 2 and Related Manuals on page 23 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Relevant Manuals Relevant Manuals The following table provides the relevant manuals for the NJ series CPU Units Read all of the manuals that are relevant to your system configuration and application before you use the NJ series CPU Unit Most operations are performed from the Sysmac Studio Automation Software Refer to the Sysmac Stu dio Version 1 Operation Manual Cat No W504 for information on the Sysmac Studio Purpose of use Introduction to NJ series Controllers Setting devices and hardware Manual Basic information jenuejy S Jos o1eMpJeH HUN ndo seues rN Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP Using the database connection service Software settings jenuew SAos oueMoS HUN Ndd seues rN enue J9Sf 04 U0D uono N jenuejy sasn Jenue y o2uoJajoH Mod 1Vv249ui3 ur ying SUOI INALSU seues PN enue y o5ua19JjeH suononuasu jou023 uonoy senues pN HUN Add seues PN HUN Ndd seues PN Jenuejy s Jesf 40d di 9NJ9ui3 Ul yINg HUN Add seues fN jenuew sasn HUN Ndd uonoeuuo eseqejeg seues pN jenueyy 6unoous ej qnoJj seues pN Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP Using the database connection service Writi
237. ard mounted in the CPU Unit The directory tree is shown below root MEMCARD 1 SD usr bin Used by system dev A connection is initially made to the root directory EN Additional Information e The date of the MEMCARD1 directory displayed for Is dir or mkdir commands in the root directory is the date of the file system volume label The login date is displayed for MEMCARD1 if a volume label has not been created 10 2 2 Connecting to the FTP Server Input the FTP login name and password to login to the built in EtherNet IP port from an FTP client appli cation Use the Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings in the Sysmac Studio to set the FTP login name and password ES Additional Information When a general purpose FTP application is used you can use a graphical user interface similar to Explorer to transfer and read files Login Name and Password Setting The FTP login name and password are not set by default Use the Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings to set any login name and password Login Messages Status Message Normal connection 220 xxx xx xx xx FTP server ready XXX XX XX XX CPU Unit model example NJ501 1300 Connected to maximum num 530 FTP server busy Goodbye ber of connections 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 3 s Iejoq uonoun 1913S d14Z 01 So 4 peuoddng Z 0 10 FTP Server Setting Restrictions The following restrictio
238. are received from the remote node and as TCP socket connection and close instructions are executed in the user program When the state changes connection requests SYN close requests FIN and acknowledgements ACK to those requests are sent to and received from the remote node NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices The following figure shows TCP state transitions The TCP states are given in the boxes in the figure Between the states the text on top is the condition for a change in state and the text on the bottom is the action that is performed when the state changes If no action is given then none is performed Example When SYN and ACK are received in SYN SENT state ACK is sent and the state changes to ESTABLISHED CLOSED Active OPEN YN t Passive OPEN zen SYN received SEND SYN ACK sent SYN sent gt d SYN SYN received SYN 9 RECIEVED ACK sent SENT g ACK for SYN received SYN ACK received a o ACK sent g CLOSE 9 nmn o PIN sant ESTABLISHED CLOSE FIN received FIN sent ACK sent FIN WAIT 1 CLOSE WAIT ACK for FIN received FIN received CLOSE AUR SeNi FIN sent FIN WAIT 2 CLOSING LAST ACK FIN received ACK for FIN received ACK for FIN received ACK sent Timeout 2MSL TIME WAIT CLOSED NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 37 Appendices A 8 Version Information
239. ata 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Variable length Meaning Simple Data Segment 1 0 0 0 1 ANSI Extended Symbol Segment A data segment is mainly used for an ANSI extended symbol segment This segment sub type is used to read and write the values of variables NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 25 Appendices ANSI Extended Symbol Segment me eee Type Segment Sub Type Symbol Size anno 6 5 4 3 2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Symbol ANSI ct tt ttt Symbol ANSI 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O A 6 3 Read and Write Services for Variables fi Read Service for Variables Specify service code 4C hex to read the value of the variable that is specified by the request path Service Code 4C Hex Request Data Format Request Path Data Variable name specification 4 al Request Service Data 0 1 UINT Specify the number of elements to read for an array variable Response Service Data USINT Data type of variable to read USINT Additional information Field length in bytes Additional information CRC value of structure The actual data is stored in little endian format Data Type Code for data type of variable to read Refer to A 6 5 Specifying Data Formats When Writing to Variables AddInfoLength The size of the AddInfo area is stored only when accessing a structure variable Set 02 hex for a structure variable Otherwise set 00 hex Addlnfo The CRC code of t
240. ata Link Settings m Edit Device non volatile memory me Parameters queer Dialog Box ay Transferred NJ series CPU AN Built in EtherNet IP port For details on the Network Configurator refer to Section 7 Tag Data Link Functions NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction 1 3 Built in EtherNet IP Port 1 3 1 Specifications Item Communications protocol Specifications Unit version 1 03 or later Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 TCP IP or UDP IP Supported services Sysmac Studio connection tag data link CIP mes sage communications socket services FTP server FTP client automatic clock adjustment NTP client SNMP agent DNS client and BOOTP client Physical layer 100Base TX or 10Base T 100Base TX is recom mended 1 Transmission specifications Media access method CSMA CD Modulation Baseband Transmission paths Star form Baud rate 100 Mbps 100Base TX Transmission media Shielded twisted pair STP cable Category 5 5e or higher Transmission distance 100 m max distance between hub and node Number of cascade connections There is no limitation when an Ethernet switch is used CIP service Tag data links cyclic commu nications Number of connections Packet interval refresh cycle 32 10 to 10 000 m
241. ata is sent and resends data when necessary Precautions for TCP Socket Services If the TCP socket is closed on the remote node without warning during communications i e if the connection is closed the socket at the local node must also be closed You can use the Read TCP Socket Status instruction SktGetTCPstatus to see if the connection is closed Immediately close the Socket at the local node if the TCP socket at the remote node is closed If the remote node s TCP socket closes without warning the data to send may remain in the buffer at the local node The remaining data is discarded in the local node s TCP close processing The steps that are required in applications to avoid this include sending data from the sending node that permits closing and closing the socket only after checking the remote node While open processing is performed for a TCP socket a port that was closed first cannot be opened again for 60 seconds from the time the close processing is performed for the remote socket How ever this is not true if you specified O automatic assignment by the Unit as the port for the SktTCP Connect instruction You can use Connect from another socket to open a connection to a socket that was opened with Accept A connection is not opened if you try to use Connect from another socket to open a connec tion to a socket that was opened with Connect Also a connection is not opened if you attempt to use Accept from another socket to
242. atus must indicate which part of the key check failed 26 Path Size Invalid The size of the path that was sent with the service request is either too large or too small for the request to be routed to an object 27 Unexpected attribute in list An attempt was made to set an attribute that is not able to be set at this time 28 Invalid Member ID The member ID specified in the request does not exist in the specified class instance and attribute 29 Member not settable A request to modify a non modifiable member was received 2A Group 2 only server general fail This error code is reported only by group 2 only servers ure with 4K or less of code space and only in place of Service not supported Attribute not supported or Attribute not settable 2B CF Reserved by CIP for future extensions DO FF Reserved for Object Class and This range of error codes is to be used to indicate object service errors class specific errors This code range is used only when none of the error codes in this table accurately reflect the error that occurred The additional code field is used to describe the general error code in more detail Examples of Additional Status When General Status Is 01 Hex Status of Connection Manager Object General Sta tus hex Additional Status hex Description 01 0100 Connection in use or duplicate forward open 01 0103 Transport class and trigger combination not supported 01
243. aves and CJ series Units Only Sysmac devices are supported NS series PT EtherNet IP Troubleshooter Built in EtherNet IP port CJ series Units QZ jus jesz Built in EtherCAT port EtherCAT EtherCAT slaves Error management range for NJ series Controller You can use the troubleshooting functions of the Sysmac Studio or the Troubleshooter on an NS series PT to quickly check for errors that have occurred and find corrections for them To use an NS series PT to check events connect the PT to the built in EtherNet IP port on the CPU Unit You can also use the Network Configurator to check the network status Refer to 15 3 Checking Status with the Network Configurator for the procedure to check network status This manual describes the errors that originate in the EtherNet IP Function Module Refer to the NJ series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 for specific corrections when errors occur and for trou bleshooting information on the entire NJ series Controller 15 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting 15 1 1 How to Check for Errors You can check to see if an error has occurred with the following methods Checking method Checking the indicators What you can check Y
244. ay the detail of Connection Structure ag B E Bo Network Configurator Ef EtherNet IP_1 S 192 168 250 5 NJ501 1500 Ei 5 MC Status M 50 0ms BY EtherNet IP_2 E 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1500 B 05 Signal Input M 50 0ms 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 5 MC Status B S OutData S InData M 50 0ms 192 168 250 4 FZ Series 8 Output 100 Input 101 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 5 amp Signal Dutput B 05 B Signal Input M 50 0ms 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 5 B Signal Dutput Edit Monitor You can use the Display the detail of Connection Check Box to switch between device level and con nection level displays of tag data link communications e An asterisk is displayed after the device name of the originator set for the connection mmu G NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions The Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box is displayed if you select a connection and click the Edit But ton You can edit the connections in this dialog box 7 2 6 Creating Connections Using the Wizard You can use the Network Configurator s Wizard to easily create connections between OMRON PLCs following the instructions provided by the Wizard Note The Wizard can be used only with the following OMRON EtherNet IP devices Device name Remarks CJ1W EIP21 NJ CJ1W EIP21 mounted to NJ series Controller CJ1W EIP21
245. ayed out on the display 15 42 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Connection Tab Page Information about the target node that acts as the originator is displayed If all tag data link connec tions to the node are established and normal this information is displayed in blue However if any connection is broken it is displayed in red However this information is displayed in gray if the con nection to the node is stopped In addition the Connection Status Area shows the current status of each connection that is set as the originator This information can be used to identify the cause of tag data link errors Refer to 15 3 2 Connection Status Codes and Troubleshooting for details on the connection status Monitor Device xj Status 1 Status 2 Connection Controller Log Tag Status Ethemet Information Target Node Status IIo 40je4nBijuo2 YAOMION OU YM SNIS Bupioeu E G uonounJ JOWUOW BdIAEq SJO EINBYUOD YOMAN SUL L GL NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 43 15 Troubleshooting Controller Event Log Tab Page This tab page displays the Controller event log that is stored in the CPU Unit The error history shows errors that have occurred It can be saved in a file in the computer Refer to the operation manual of the CPU Unit for details on error information Status 1 Status 2 Connection Controle Log T
246. ber of nodes Also the heartbeat frame is sent from the originator to the target for each connection The target uses the heartbeat to check to see if errors have occurred in the connection with the originator The data transmission period of the heartbeat frame depends on the RPI settings Heartbeat Frame Transmission Period f packet interval lt 100 ms the heartbeat frame transmission period is 100 ms f packet interval 2 100 ms the heartbeat frame transmission period is the same as the RPI Example In this example 2 tag data link connections are set for node 2 the originator and node 1 the tar get The RPI for output data 1 is set to 10 ms The RPI for output data 2 is set to 15 ms In this case output data 1 is sent from node 1 to node 2 every 10 ms and output data 2 is sent from node 1 to node 2 every 15 ms as shown in the following diagram Also data is sent from node 2 the originator to node 1 the target with a heartbeat of 100 ms for connection 1 and a heartbeat of 100 ms for connection 2 Node 1 Node 2 Target Output data 1 Originator Connection 1 heartbeat 100 ms interval Output data 2 10 ms Connection 2 heartbeat 100 ms interval Output data 1 15 ms 10 ms Output data 2 Output data 1 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load I Requested Packet Interval RPI and Bandwidth Usage
247. ble but control may be affected User action is required Observation Errors in the observation level do not affect NJ series Controller control opera tions Observations are reported in order to prevent them from developing into errors at the minor fault level or higher Information Events that are classified as information provide information that do not indicate errors i Event Levels for Built in EtherNet IP Errors The event levels for errors that are related to built in EtherNet IP are given in the following table S140114 JO M8IAJ9AQ L SL Level Source Communications port CIP communications TCP application Major fault None None None e Communications Con e None None a troller Failure q MAC Address Error m P Address Duplication 3 Error D BOOTP Server Connec Partial fault tion Error 2 e Basic Ethernet Setting z Error n TCP IP Basic Setting 3 Error EtherNet IP Processing Error d 3 S o GL c oO NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 7 15 Troubleshooting Level Source Communications port CIP communications TCP application e TCP IP Advanced Set e Identity Error FTP Server Setting ting Error Tag Data Link Setting Error DNS Server Connec Error NTP Client Setting Error tion Error Tag Data Link Timeout SNMP Setting Error Tag Data Link Connec NTP Server Connec Minor fault tion Failure tion Error Tag Data Link Connec tio
248. btain them in advance YOWN L 1onujsuo2 oj peunbeg sanaq rL z L Network device Function 1 Per Node These Units are used to connect to an EtherNet IP net NJ501 NJ series CPU Unit built in Ether work Net IP port OMRON PLCs CJ2H CPULIL EIP or CU2M CPU3L CJ2 CPU Unit built in EtherNet IP port CJ series CJ1W EIP21 EtherNet IP Unit CS series CS1W EIP21 EtherNet IP Unit 2 Twisted pair cable The twisted pair cable has a RJ45 Modular Connector at each end This cable is used to connect the built in EtherNet IP port or EtherNet IP Unit to an Ethernet switch Use an STP shielded twisted pair cable of cat egory 5 5e or higher 3 Ethernet switch This is a relay device that connects multiple nodes in a star LAN For details on recommended devices to con figure a network refer to 2 1 1 Hecommended Network Devices The CJ1W EIP21 cannot be mounted to an NJ series CPU Unit with a unit version of 1 00 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 5 1 Introduction 1 2 2 Support Software Required to Construct a Network This section describes the Support Software that is required to construct an EtherNet IP network The built in EtherNet IP port has Ethernet Settings and Tag Data Link Settings which are stored in the non volatile memory of the CPU Unit Support Software is provided for each as described below Built in Ethe
249. byte 10 Variable E First byte 11 2 bytes integer multiple of 2 Example INT array with five elements First byte Memory Variable Table integer multiple of 2 Bytes Name Dawes First byte A oJ First byte Variable A ARRAY O 4 OF INT integer multiple of 2 First byte 1 First byte 2 First byte 3 Variable A First byte integer multiple of 1 2 First byte 4 A 2 First byte 4 10 bytes 2 integer multiple of 2 First byte 5 First byte A 3 First byte 6 2 integer multiple of 2 First byte 7 4 First byte 8 First byte 4 9 Structures For a structure variable the members are located in memory in the order that they are declared Each member is located at an integer multiple of the alignment of the data type of the member Therefore there can be unused memory between members or at the end of members The alignment of a struc ture is the largest alignment of all of the members The amount of memory that is allocated is the inte gral multiple of the alignment that is larger than the total amount of memory that is allocated when the members are arranged in order at integral multiples of the alignment of the data types of the members Example The alignments and the amounts of memory that are allocated for the four variable declara tions given in the following figur
250. byte 8 Variable B First byte 9 First byte 10 8 bytes 2 bytes First byte 11 First byte 12 First byte 13 First byte First byte 14 integer multiple of 8 First byte 15 First byte 17 First byte 18 Variable C First byte 19 First byte 20 First byte 21 First byte 22 First byte 23 spouse uoneooj y Aioweayy 9 qeeA p v 8 bytes seing uoneooj v A1oule N aiqeueA L p v NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 13 Appendices i Arrays A continuous section of memory is allocated for the elements of the array based on the data size of the data type of the array variable The alignment of an array is the same as alignment of the data type of the elements Example Continuous variables in the following order two BOOL variable one BOOL array with five elements one BOOL array with 19 elements and one BOOL array with four elements First byte integer multiple of 2 Memory Duae integer multiple of 2 Erst byte Variable A B Tso First byte 1 2 bytes es udi le of 2 Variable B PUN C Pee i p anmavi tsjor oor First byte 4 MU IE ARRAY 5 8 OF BOOL Variable C First byte 4 5 2 bytes First byte 6 First byte 7 Variable D First byte First byte 8 4 bytes integer multiple of 2 integ First byte 9 First
251. c Supported Array variables Elemenis ccc 2 Supported Structures ddd Supported Structure variables Members ddd xxx Supported Unions eee Supported Union variables Members eee yyy Supported 4 The maximum number of tags is given for the following conditions All tag sets contain eight tags The maximum number of tag sets 32 is registered 7 1 4 Overview of Operation In this manual the connection information that is set is called tag data link parameters This section describes how to set tag data links with the Sysmac Studio and the Network Configurator i Setting Network Variables Sysmac Studio First create any variables that you want to use for tag data links as network variables in the Sysmac Studio syu eed 5ej o1 uononpoaul L Z 1 Set the Network Publish attribute to Input or Output in the Global Variable Table for the variables you want to use for tag data links i e as tags m 2 To maintain concurrency in tag data within a tag set set all tags i e variables with a Network Publish attribute within the same tag set as follows Set a refreshing task for variables with a Network Publish attribute to maintain concurrency as described below for tag data link data Refer to 7 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data Link Data for details on the concurrency of tag data link data Maintain concurrency in the tag data in a tag set The timing of updating network variables that are assigned to t
252. cally 6 Local Hardware Fault Always FALSE 7 to 31 Reserved Always FALSE NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 37 HOd dl 19N JeUm U H Ng eui 0 jues si2e qo dID 8 xeH 94 CI sseio 1 efqo xur11euJeur3 p e 8 8 Message Communications 2 Control Bit Details Bit Name Description 0 Auto negotiate FALSE Auto negotiation is disabled communications setup is always set to 10 Mbps TRUE Auto negotiation is enabled communications setup is automatically set to 100 or 10 Mbps 1 ForcedDuplex Mode FALSE Half duplex TRUE Full duplex When auto negotiation is enabled bit O is TRUE this should always be FALSE 210 16 Reserved Always FALSE Service Codes Specify the service to execute with the service code Service UE Supported services Parameter name Description code Classes Instances OE hex Get Attribute Single Reads the value of the specified attribute Supported Supported 10 hex Set Attribute Single Writes a value to the specified attribute Supported Supported 4C hex Get and Clear Specify Attribute4 or Attributed to reset the value of the attribute to 0 Not sup Supported ported Request Paths IOls to Specify Objects When you specify an object specify the request path IOI for each service code as given below Service code Class ID Instance ID Attribute ID OE hex Get Attribute Single F6 hex Specifying a servic
253. category Access Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables None x He Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention correouon Changing the tag data link settings started Attached Attached information 1 Controller status 01 hex PROGRAM mode 02 hex RUN mode information Precautions None Remarks 15 32 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name Tag Data Link Download Finished Event code 94020000 hex Meaning Changing the tag data link settings finished Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection At user operation timing Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category Access Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables None TA 2 Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention Correction Changing the tag data link settings finished Attached Attached information 1 Controller status 01 hex PROGRAM mode 02 hex RUN mode information Precautions None Remarks Event nam
254. cates that more than one data link start stop switch changed to TRUE at the same time Data Link Status Comparison Error The remote node information in the tag data link parameters was different from the actual node information Main causes The specified target does not exist The variable name does not match The connection size is different Connection resources are not sufficient Tag Data Link Error There were two or more errors in a connection as an originator Invalid Parameter An error was found in the validation check of the parameters for tag data links that are saved in non volatile memory All Tag Data Links Tag data links are communicating in all connections as the origina tor Tag Data Link Tag data links are communicating in one or more connections as the originator Configuration Error Status Ethernet Link Status TRUE when a link is established with the Ethernet switch Ethernet Basic Settings Logic Error TRUE when the following settings are incorrect TCP IP settings IP address subnet mask or link settings IP Router Table Error TRUE when there is a mistake in the IP router table information Ethernet Ext Config Logical Error Always FALSE BOOTP Server Error TRUE when one of the following errors occurs when using the BOOTP server The IP address received from the BOOTP server is incorrect A communications timeout occurred wit
255. cations The various segments are joined to form the request path to specify the variable to access Member ID Specify the character Specify the variable name Specify the array index codes for the variable and member name name ANSI Extended Symbol Segment NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices i Logical Segment A logical segment is used to give the range of the variable array in the request path Segment Format Bits Segment Type Logical Type Logical Format 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 gt 8 D Logical Type o Meaning 4 3 2 p 0 lo fo ClassID S o 0 0 1 Instance ID D 0 1 0 Member ID S 0 1 1 Connection Point Q T 1 0 0 Attribute ID z 1 0 1 Special Do not use the logical addressing definition for the Logical Format h 1 1 0 Service ID Do not use the logical addressing definition for the Logical Format H 1 1 1 Reserved 3 3 c Logical Format S Meaning o 1 0 T 0 0 8 bit logical address 0 1 16 bit logical address 1 0 32 bit logical address 1 1 Reserved An 8 bit or 16 bit logical address can be used for the class ID and attribute ID An 8 bit 16 bit or 32 bit logical address can be used for the instance ID yyed 1senbeH z 9 v 7 Data Segment A data segment is used to give the character codes of the specified variable name in the request path Segment Type Segment Sub Type Data Segment D
256. cations for your application Please consult with your Omron s representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased Product Errors and Omissions Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions OMRON AUTOMATION amp SAFETY OMRON AUTOMATION AND SAFETY THE AMERICAS HEADQUARTERS Chicago IL USA 847 843 7900 800 556 6766 e www omron247 com OMRON CANADA INC HEAD OFFICE OMRON ARGENTINA SALES OFFICE Toronto ON Canada 416 286 6465 866 986 6766 www omron247 com Cono Sur 54 11 4783 5300 OMRON ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO HEAD OFFICE M xico DF 52 55 59 01 43 00 01 800 226 6766 mela omron com OMRON ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO SALES OFFICE OMRON CHILE SALES OFFICE Santiago 56 9 9917 3920 OTHER OMRON LATIN AMERICA SALES Apodaca N L 52 81 11 56 99 20 01 800 226 6766 mela omron com 54 11 4783 5300 OMRON ELETR NICA DO BRASIL LTDA HEAD OFFICE Sao Paulo SP Brasil 55 11 2101 6300 www omron com br OMRON EUROPE B V Wegalaan 67 69 NL 2132 JD Hoofddorp The Netherlands e 31 0 23 568 13 00 e www industrial omron eu Authorized Distributor U3 4 6 0 1 Automation Control Systems Machine Automation Controllers MAC Programmable Controllers PLC e Operator interfaces HMI Distributed I O Software Dri
257. cause Correction Prevention Correction A network convergence occurred The load on the network is too high Make sure that unnecessary broad Check whether there are nodes that cast frames are not sent on the net send unnecessary broadcast frames work Do not connect the Ethernet on the network and remove them cable in a loop After that check that the received number of frames has reduced in the network statistical information Attached None information Precautions None Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 31 Punoouse qnoj j z s1 suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name Link OFF Detected Event code 84060000 hex Meaning An Ethernet Link OFF was detected Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection Continuously port timing Error attributes Level Observation Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Se Sas OFF System defined Variable Data type Name variables None Em Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention corecion An Ethernet cable is broken discon Connect the Ethernet cable securely Connect the Ethernet cable securely nected or loose If the cable is broken replace it Ch
258. cause Correction Prevention Coton The amount of data for the EtherCAT Reduce the number of PDOs that are None slave configuration network pub used by the EtherCAT slaves lished information or other data Reduce the number of data types that exceeds the value that is specified for are used for network published vari the CPU Unit ables or reduce the length of the text strings that are used for names Attached None information Precautions You may not be able to perform online editing or other operations Remarks This event code was added for unit version 1 02 of the CPU Unit 15 26 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name DNS Server Connection Error Event code 84030000 hex Meaning Connection with the DNS server failed Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At DNS operation port timing Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery after down loading the DNS settings Effects User program Continues Operation Communications using DNS stop Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name Mapas _EIP_DNSSrvErr BOOL DNS Server Connection Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention Gotrecton Parameter erro
259. ce Error CIPUCMMSend instance Error Accept trigger CIPUCMMWrite CIPUSMMRead CIPUCMMSend RS instance _instance Busy _instance Busy _instance Busy RS Operating Trigger Set OperatingEnd Reset1 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Execute instructions CIPUCMMWrrite instance Operating CIPUCMMWrite Execute Done 02 192 168 250 2 RoutePath Busy UINT 20 TimeOut Error WritingDat DstDat ErrorlD UINT 1 Size ErrorlDEx WriteDat SrcDat CIPUCMMRead_instance CIPUCMMWrite_instance Done CIPUCMMRead Execute Done 02 192 168 250 2 RoutePath Busy UINT 20 i Error OriginalDat ErrorlD UINT 1 i ErrorlIDEx ReadDat ReadOut RevSize CIPUCMMRead instance Done MOVE ENO UINT 1 ReqPath ClassID MOVE ENO UINT 1 ReqPath InstancelD MOVE ENO RegPath isAttributelD MOVE ENO UINT 7 RegPath AttributelD CIPUCMMSend instance CIPUCMMSend Execute Done 02 192 168 250 2 RoutePath Busy suoneoiunuiuio abessayy did Buisf z 8 UINT 20 TimeOut Error BYTE 16 0E ServiceCode ErrorlD ReqPath RqPath ErrorlDEx Dummy ServiceDat RespSize UINT 0 Size RespServiceDat ReadDat suoneoiunuuuo ebessay NWON ssoejuonoeuuo gI2 104 Buruurej6o4gd ajdwes 9 2 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 15 8 Message Communications Processing after n
260. ce Handle Handle Busy WritingDat DstDat Error UINT 1 Size ErrorlD WriteDat SrcDat ErrorlDEx CIPRead instance CIPWrite instance Done CIPRead Execute Done CIPOpen instance Handle Busy OriginalDat Error UINT 1 i ErrorlD ErrorlDEx ReadDat ReadDat CIPRead instance Done UINT 1 ReqPath ClassID UINT 1 ReqPath InstancelD ReqPath isAttributelD suoneoiunuiuio abessayy did Buisf z 8 UINT 7 Done ClPOpen_instance Handle Busy BYTE 16 0E i ErrorlD ReqPath ErrorlIDEx Dummy i RespSize UINT 0 i RespSize ReadDat suoleolunwiwog ebesseay SSBID uonoeuuo ID 40 Buruurejboj4gd ejdures J 2 8 CIPClose_instance CIPSend instance Done CIPClose Execute Done ClPOpen_instance Handle Handle Busy Error ErrorlD ErrorlDEx NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 21 8 Message Communications Processing after normal end Operating CIPClose instance Done Processing after error end Operating CIPOpen instance Error CIPWrite instance Error CIPRead instance Error CIPSend instance Error CIPClose_instance Error 8 22 Inline ST 1 Processing after normal end 2 Inline ST 1 Processing after error end 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications ST Variable Data type Initial value Comment Trigger BOOL False Execution condition D
261. ce details Communications Detection At power ON or port timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Partial fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery cycle the power supply or reset Controller Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT OFF Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables EIP EtnCfgErr BOOL Basic Ethernet Setting Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention BUS Setting error Identify the error from the attached None information correct the setting and then download the settings again Power was interrupted when a down Perform the Memory All Clear opera Do not turn OFF the power supply to load was in progress for the Ethernet tion or download the settings the Controller while a download is in basic settings progress for the Ethernet basic set tings Memory error If operation is not recovered by the None above replace the CPU Unit Attached Attached information 1 Type of errors 01 hex Non volatile memory access error 02 hex Inconsistency in settings information Attached information 2 Error details 00 hex Non volatile memory access error 11 hex Incorrect baud rate setting 12 hex Unsupported baud rate Precautions The cause of error can be identified with the attached information Remarks 15 16 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Po
262. ch connection setting whether the connection is a multi cast connection or a unicast point to point connection Example of Calculating the Number of Connections Example for built in EtherNet IP port with IP address of 192 168 250 254 in bidirectional connection with 16 nodes 192 168 250 254 192 168 250 1 Tagset in1 Tagset out Tagset in2 Tagset in Tagset in16 192 168 250 2 Tagset out Tagset in Tagset_out32 The maximum number of connections for node 192 168 250 254 is 32 192 168 250 16 Tagset_out Tagset_in An EtherNet IP Unit must be mounted to the Controller to increase the maximum number of con nections Refer to the following figure NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Example of Calculating the Number of Connections The maximum number of connections 32 per port would be exceeded if a built in EtherNet IP port with an IP address of 192 168 250 254 is used in a bidirectional connection with 17 nodes In this case bidirectional communications can be performed with 17 nodes or more by adding an EtherNet IP Unit with the IP address of for example 192 168 250 253 to the same Controller creating an output tag set in the new EtherNet IP Unit and creating connections 168 250 254 192 168 250 1 192 Tagset_in1 Tagset_out Y Tagset in2 Tagset in17 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 253 M
263. characters dots and hyphens 255 charac ters max Description Specify whether to use the recognition 2 settings Use Do not use public Default Do not use Recognition method Set the method to use to specify SNMP managers for which access is permitted P address Host name Make these settings to permit access by only certain SNMP managers Access is not allowed unless an IP address or host name is set IP address IP address Set the IP address of the SNMP manager If the default setting of 0 0 0 0 is used access is permitted from all SNMP manag ers Setthis setting if the recognition method in the recognition 2 settings is set to the P address Option None Host name Set the host name of the SNMP manager Set this setting if the recognition method in the recognition 2 settings is set to the Host name Option You can use up to 200 single byte alphanumeric characters dots and hyphens with up to 63 sin gle byte alphanumeric characters between dots None Community name Set the community name to enable the SNMP manager to access information from the built in EtherNet IP port Single byte alphanumeric characters dots and hyphens 255 charac ters max These settings are required if the SNMP service is enabled 5 10 public NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port
264. ches ON ONErr Error _EIP_TcpAppErr TCP Applica _EIP_TcpApp TCP IP Setting Error tion Communi CfgErr cations Error _EIP_NTPSrv NTP Server Connec Err tion Error _EIP_DNSSrv DNS Server Connec Err tion Error NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Meanings of Error Status Bits Bit WORD 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit Meaning 15 Master detected error This bit indicates whether the master detected a Controller error in the Unit slave for the error status of the Controller error These bits show Unit errors They will not change to TRUE for errors in Ether Net IP communications TRUE The master detected a Controller error FALSE The master has not detected a Controller error Valid for CJB U ErrSta and EC SIVErrTDI 14 Collective slave error status This bit indicates if a Controller error was detected for levels e g a Unit slave axis or axes group that are lower than the event source i e for a function module TRUE A Controller error has occurred at a lower level FALSE A Controller error has not occurred at a lower level Valid for CJB ErrSta MC ErrSta and EC ErrSta 8 to 13 Reserved This bit indicates whether a major fault level Controller error
265. ck time in the CPU Unit is updated with the read time NTP server EN Automatic clock adjustment l Time query sent Ethernet EtherNet IP 23 59 59 Z Clock data is obtained from the NTP server and written to the CPU Unit at the following times e When power supply is turned ON to CPU Unit At specified times or at specified intervals Time information written Built in EtherNet IP port NTP client NTP client NTP client The NTP Network Time Protocol server is used to control the time on the LAN NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 12 Automatic Clock Adjustment 12 1 2 Specifications Item Specification Protocol NTP Port No 123 UDP However you can change the port number in the Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings on the Sysmac Studio Access to NTP server Writes the clock information from the Obtains the clock information from the NTP NTP server to the local CPU Unit server set up on the Network and applies the information obtained to the local CPU Unit NTP Operation Timing Clock information is automatically updated at the following times if the NTP function is used After links are established when the power supply to the CPU Unit is turned ON At specified times or at specified intervals according to the option selected for the jueu
266. cket Socket SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Send data Size UINT 2000 Send data size IF SktUDPSend_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 3 Normal end ELSIF SktUDPSend_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 20 Error end END_IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 17 S99IAJ8S 9490S ay Husn uo siiejeg 9 6 Bulwwesboig ejdures daN v 9 6 9 Socket Service 3 Request receiving data SKktUDPRocv instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket TimeOut UINT 0 Timeout value Size UINT 2000 Receive data size RevDat RcvSocketDat 0 Receive data IF SktUDPRcev_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 4 Normal end ELSIF SktUDPRcev_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 30 Error end END_IF 4 Request closing data SktClose_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket IF SktClose instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 0 Normal end ELSIF SktClose_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 40 Error end END IF 0 Normal end DoSendAndRcv FALSE Trigger FALSE ELSE Interrupted by error DoSendAndRcv FALSE Trigger FALSE END CASE END IF e Remote Node Programming In this example programming is also required in the remote node The order of sending and receiv ing is reversed in comparison with the above procedure WO Nu 9 18 The SktUDPCreate instruction is used to request creating a UDP socket The SktUDPR
267. cket Services Communications processing are sometimes delayed when multiple functions of the built in Ether Net IP port are used simultaneously or due to the contents of the user program Communications efficiency is sometimes reduced by high communications traffic on the network line The close processing for a close request instruction discards all of the buffered send and receive data for the socket For example send data from a send request instruction immediately before the close processing is sometimes not sent After a socket is open the built in EtherNet IP port provides a receive buffer of 9 000 bytes per TCP Socket and 9 000 bytes per UDP socket to enable data to be received at any time If the receive buffer is full data received by that socket is discarded Make sure that the user application always executes receive requests to prevent the internal buffer from becoming full Precautions for UDP Socket Services The destination IP address can be set to a broadcast address for a UDP socket to broadcast data to all nodes on the network However in this case the maximum length of send data is 1 472 bytes Data lengths broken into multiple fragments 1 473 bytes or more in UDP cannot be sent For UDP socket controls to confirm the reliability of communications such as the confirmation of send data are not performed To improve the reliability of communications when you use UDP sock ets make sure the user program confirms that d
268. cketinera RPN Network Total of Max Mbit s 1 886Mbit s mee Changing Settings Method 1 Same Packet Interval Setting for All Connections The percentage of the allowed tag data link bandwidth being used Usage of Capacity was 40 8396 with the RPI set to 120 ms for all of the connections so the RPI will be set to 40 ms with a target of 80 or less of the allowable bandwidth Click the Set Packet Interval RPI Button at the bottom of the Usage of Device Bandwidth Dialog Box to display the Set Packet Interval RPI Dialog Box Input 40 ms as the new RPI value then click the OK Button sejdurex3 Dunes dH S Z vL Set Packet Interval RPI EE xj Packet Interval RPI AC ms 0 5 10000 0 ms Target Device v 192 168 250 17 NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 16 NJ501 1300 V 192 168 250 7 NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 15 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 6 NJ501 1300 v v v 192 168 250 8 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 14 NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 5 NJ501 1300 192 158 250 13NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 4 NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 12 NJ501 1300 132 168 250 3 NJ501 1300 v 192 158 250 11 NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1300 v 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1300 192 168 250 9 NJ501 1300 I L NOTE Possible RPI value depends on the device type Please confirm the settina result on messaae report window Cancel If the packet interval for all connections has been set to t
269. crements 2 After you make all of the settings click the OK Button 7 e Editing Settings for All Connections You can edit the connection settings between the originator and all of the target devices selected in 2 the Register Device List together in a table a o 1 Click the Connections Tab and then click the Edit All Button The following Edit All Connec tions Dialog Box is displayed 2 x S n Terget Deve Corrente Conmectio In Target Vari Originator Connextio RPI Tmeou s oO 192 168 250 1 defaut oc ul In MC Stetus MC Status MuB cast 50 RPIx4 z 192 168 250 4 default 002 Consume D 2 in Input 101 InData Muls cast 50 RPIXx 4 a o NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 35 7 Tag Data Link Functions The settings are as follows Setting Target Device Description Select the target device Connection Name Any name can be given to the connection 32 single byte characters max If this field is left blank a default name is assigned The connection name is used as a comment Connection I O Type Select InputOnly tag type to use tag data links with a CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2B EIP21 CJ2M EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 CJ1W EIP21 NJ NJ501 or NJ301 When you create tag data links for other devices select the connection I O type specified in that device s EDS file Use the Input Only ID type setting when anot
270. ct an Ethernet switch it is necessary to consider whether to select the Ethernet switch based on the kind and amount of commu nications you want to execute in the network Refer to the following precautions when you select an Ethernet switch Refer to 14 2 Adjusting the Communications Load to estimate the communications load for tag data links Selecting the Ethernet Switch Based on the Types of Network Communications Executing Tag Data Links Only We recommend that you use an L2 Ethernet switch without multicast filtering or an L2 Ethernet switch with multicast filtering An L2 Ethernet switch with multicast filtering prevents increased traffic due to unnecessary multicast packets so the tag data links can operate at higher speed If either of the following conditions exists the amount traffic will be the same for both kinds of L2 Ethernet switches with or without multicast filtering The tag data links are set to share the same data with all nodes in the network The multicast packets are transferred to all nodes in the network just like a broadcast The tag data link settings are all one to one unicast and multicast packets cannot be used If multicast filters are being used settings must be made in the Ethernet switch There must be enough multicast filters for the network being used Executing Tag Data Links and Message Communications We recommend an L2 Ethernet switch with multicast filtering and L4 QoS If yo
271. ct or disconnect twisted pair Allow extra space for the bending radius of the twisted pair cable The required space depends on the communications cable and connector that are used Consult with the manufacturer or sales agent Approx 90 mm j 1 Lay the twisted pair cable 2 Connect the cable to the Ethernet switch 3 Connect the twisted pair cable to the connector on the built in EtherNet IP port Be sure to press the connectors both the Ethernet switch side and Ethernet side until they lock into place NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port ELE a 3 1 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 3 2 3 2 System defined Variables 0 ccc eee eee ee eee 3 3 3 3 Specifications for Individual System defined Variables 3 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 1 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 3 1 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port You can use the system defined variables that are provided for the built in EtherNet IP port in programs to check the status of the built in EtherNet IP port Checking for Errors in the Built in EtherNet IP Port You can check for built in EtherNet IP port errors Sysmac Studio setting errors Network Configura
272. cted in the communications controller of the built in EtherNet IP port Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection Continuously port timing Error attributes Level Partial fault Recovery Cycle the power Log category System supply Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT OFF Lights System defined Variable Data type Name variables EIP LanHwErr BOOL Communications Controller Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention gorrection Communications Controller hardware Replace the CPU Unit None error Attached None information Precautions After the _E P_LanHwErr system defined variable changes to TRUE it will not change to FALSE unless the power sup Remarks ply to the Controller is cycled Event name MAC Address Error Event code 14200000 hex Meaning The MAC address in non volatile memory was not read correctly Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At power ON or port timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Partial fault Recovery Cycle the power Log category System supply Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT OFF Lights System defined Variable Data type Name waiiebies EIP MacAdrErr BOOL MAC Address Error Cause an
273. ctions Refer to the NJ series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 for the procedures to check for errors with the Sysmac Studio Checking with the Troubleshooter of an NS series PT If you can connect communications between an NS series PT and the Controller when an error occurs you can check for current Controller errors and the log of past Controller errors You can also check the cause of the error and corrections To perform troubleshooting from an NS series PT connect the PT to the built in EtherNet IP port on the CPU Unit Refer to the NJ series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 for the procedures to check for errors with an NS series PT fi Checking with Instructions That Read Error Status You can use instructions in the user program to check the error status of each function module The fol lowing table gives the instruction that is used to get error information for the EtherNet IP Function Mod ule SJ0JJ3 JO M9IAJ9AQ L SL Instruction Outline of function GetEIPError Get EtherNet IP Error Status The GetEIPError instruction gets the highest level status partial fault or minor fault and highest level event code of the current Controller errors in the EtherNet IP Func tion Module For details on the instructions that get error status refer to the NJ series Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W502 i Checking with System defined Variables You can use system defined variables to check for errors
274. ctrical or electronic components circuits system assemblies or any other materi als or substances or environments Any advice recommendations or information given orally or in writing are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty See http www omron com global or contact your Omron representative for published information i Limitation on Liability Etc OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CON SEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY Further in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 Terms and Conditions Agreement Application Considerations i Suitability of Use Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations which apply to the combination of the Product in the Buyer s application or use of the Product At Buyer s request Omron will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product This information by itself is not sufficient for a com plete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the end product machine sys tem
275. ctual time required for data transfer Task period x Number of data transfers RPI For details on the actual time required to transfer data refer to 14 3 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port Data Processing Time Example Relationship between the RPI Setting and the Time Required for Data Transfer Task period 10 ms Number of data transfers 2 Actual time required for data transfer 10 ms x 2 times 20 ms NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 23 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load J 1 Controller 1 Transmission path 14 24 Regardless of the RPI value the time required for the data transfer is 20 ms RPI of 10 ms Example Primary periodic task NC o uec jue uc Toi ueg uc oi uee uc 1 l t 1 Task period 10 ms t Send data S v Task period x 2 processing Refreshing period Tag data link service during RPI f isstss 10 ms i lt gt To Controller 2 iB Transmission path Controllerit1 OI I O refreshing UPG MC Example Primary periodic task MC oi uec uc oi uro uc ol 1 Task period 10 ms Fi Vv Task period x 2 User program execution Motion control Data link processing system common processing 3 RPI of 20 ms UPG MC OL UPG
276. cution ConnectSvr FTPAddr Connected FTP server SvrDirName Backup yyyy mm dd FTP server directory name LocalDirName Local directory name FileName im MeV File name PutFileResult PutResult Uploaded file results IF FTPPutFile instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT40 Normal end ELSIF FTPPutFile instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT420 Error end END IF 0 Processing after normal end DoFTPTrigger FALSE Trigger FALSE ELSE Processing after error end DoFTPTrigger FALSE Trigger FALSE END_CASE END_IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 13 ejduexa3 uoneorddy 1uai2 did LIE 11 FTP Client 11 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Automatic Clock Adjustment Ir 12 1 Automatic Clock Adjustment essess 12 1 1 Overview 12 1 2 Specifications 12 2 1 Procedure 12 2 2 Settings Required for Automatic Clock Adjustment NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 12 2 Procedure to Use the Automatic Clock Adjustment Function 12 1 12 Automatic Clock Adjustment 12 1 Automatic Clock Adjustment 12 2 12 1 1 Overview With the built in EtherNet IP port clock information is read from the NTP server at the specified time or at a specified interval after the power supply to the CPU Unit is turned ON The internal clo
277. cv instruction is executed to request reception The receive data is stored in Rev SocketDatf Execute the SktUDPSend instruction to request sending The data in SendSocketDat is sent The SktClose instruction is executed to close the socket NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service ST Variable Data type Initial value Comment Trigger BOOL False Execution condition DoSendAndRcv BOOL False Processing Stage INT 0 Status change RevSocketDat ARRAY 0 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Receive data BYTE WkSocket _sSOCKET Handle 0 Socket SrcAdr PortNo 0 IpAdr DstAdr PortNo 0 IpAdr z SendSocketDat ARRAY 0 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Send data BYTE SktUDPCreate instance SktUDPCreate SktUDPSend instance SktUDPSend SktUDPRcv_instance SktUDPRev SktClose_instance SktClose External A Variable Data type Constant Comment _EIP_EtnOnlineSta BOOL Online Start sequence when Trigger changes to TRUE IF Trigger TRUE AND DoSendAndRcv FALSE AND _Eip_EtnOnlineSta TRUE THEN T DoSendAndRcv TRUE 9 Stage INT 1 a SktUDPCreate_instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance 9 SktUDPSend_instance Initialize instance T Execute FALSE a SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Dummy SKtUDPRocv instance Initialize instance 9 Execute FALSE 8 RcvDat RevSocketDat 0 Dummy d SktClose instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance
278. d if one output tag set is sent to multiple nodes If multi cast connections are used however use an Ethernet switch that has multi cast filtering unless the tag set is received by all nodes in the net work If an Ethernet switch without multi cast filtering is used the multi cast packets are broadcast to the entire network and so packets are sent to nodes that do not require them which will cause the communications load on those nodes to increase To use a multi cast connection and send an out put tag set in one packet to multiple nodes the following settings for the receiving node must be the same as the settings of the sending node the connection type multi cast the connection I O types packet internals RPI and timeout values uoneledo JO MeIAJeAQ f L 7 H Precautions for Correct Use The performance of communications devices is limited to some extent by the limitations of each produc s specifications Consequently there are limits to the packet interval RPI settings Refer to 14 2 Adjusting the Communications Load and set an appropriate packet interval RPI NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 9 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 1 5 Starting and Stopping Tag Data Links Tag data links are automatically started when the data link parameters are downloaded from the Net work Configurator and the power supply to the NJ series Controller is turned ON Thereafter you can start and stop tag data
279. d Assumed cause Correction Prevention correction 7 Non volatile memory failure Replace the CPU Unit None Attached None information Precautions After the _E P_MacAdrErr system defined variable changes to TRUE it will not change to FALSE unless the power Remarks supply to the Controller is cycled NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 15 Punoouse qnoj Z S suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name EtherNet IP Processing Error Event code 14220000 hex Meaning A fatal error was detected in the EtherNet IP Function Module Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection Continuously port timing Error attributes Level Partial fault Recovery Cycle the power Log category System supply Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT OFF Lights System defined Variable Data type Name variables None me Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention correction s Hardware has failed Replace the CPU Unit None Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name Basic Ethernet Setting Error Event code 3421 0000 hex Meaning An error was detected in the Ethernet settings Source EtherNet IP Function Module Sour
280. d high precision Periodic tasks Periodic tasks are executed during the time between executions of the primary periodic task You do not need to specify a refreshing task for tags that use an AT specification Data is transferred for these tags during the primary periodic task The task during which to perform tag data link processing is specified for each tag Set the refreshing task on the Sysmac Studio for each variable you want to set as a tag Refer to the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual Cat No W504 for details on setting refreshing tasks 14 3 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port Data Processing Time This section describes the data processing time required to transfer data between the built in Ether Net IP port and the CPU Unit NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 21 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 22 li Data Processing Time Overview The time required for data processing consists of the following three elements 1 1 Variable Access Time First we calculate the time required to transfer tag data This calculation is performed for each task Therefore if multiple tag sets are set for the same refreshing task use the total for all tag values in the tag sets NJ501 Number of variables x 0 58 us Total number of bytes in variables x 0 001 us 1 us 6 68 us NJ301 Number of variables x 1 03 us Total number of bytes in variables x 0 0009 us
281. dard indices are udpLocalAddress and udpLocalPort udpLocal 1 RO Sup According to the stan Address The local IP address of this UDP listener A value Ported dard of 0 0 0 0 is used for UDP listeners that accept datagrams from any IP interface related to the node udpLocalPort 2 RO Sup According to the stan The local port number for this UDP listener ported dard Ip Group Snmp Name Standard identi fier attribute snmplnPkts 1 RO Sup According to the The total number of SNMP messages received ported standard snmpOutPkts 2 RO Sup According to the The total number of SNMP messages sent ported standard snmpInBadVersions 3 RO Sup According to the The total number of messages received of an ported standard unsupported version snmplnBadCommunity 4 RO Sup According to the Names The total number of messages received from an ported standard unregistered community snmplnBadCommunity 5 RO Sup According to the Uses The total number of messages received that spec Ported standard ify an operation that is not allowed by that commu nity snmpInASNParseErrs 6 RO Sup According to the The total number of messages received that ported standard resulted in an ASN 1 error or BER error during decoding snmpInTooBigs 8 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs received with an error Ported standard status of tooBig NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherN
282. de address of x is established normally Array x is FALSE A connection is not established or an error has occurred NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 4 Tag Data Links with Models Other than NJ Series CPU Units The performance of tag data links depends on the CPU Unit and EtherNet IP Unit model as shown below When you use tag data links between the built in EtherNet IP port on the NJ series CPU Unit and another CPU Unit or EtherNet IP Unit use tag data link settings that match the Unit with the lower communications performance e Differences in Tag Data Link Performance Specifications CJ2M CPUS NJ series CPU Unit Unit version CS1W EIP21 Item Unit ver Unit ver CJ1W EIP21 or sion 1 00 sion 1 03 2 0 2 1 or later vus SO ICE Be to 1 02 or later Tags Total size of all 9 600 words 640 words 184 832 words tags Maximum size of 300 words 299 words 20 words 19 640 words 639 722 words 721 1 tag when the tag set words when the words when the words when the tag includes the Controller tag set includes tagsetincludes set includes the Con status the Controller sta the Controller sta troller status tus tus Number of regis 256 3 32 256 trable tags Tag sets Maximum size of 1 300 words 299 words 20 words 19 640 words 639 722 words 721 tag set when the tag set words when the words
283. deczcaageces 2 6 2 2 1 Basic Installation Precautions n ssas e ees N p an a a A nnne nn nnne nns nnns nn nnn annia 2 6 2 2 2 Recommended Network DeVICES ccccccccceccecsssssesecceeececeeceaneessssesecceceeeeeeeeeaesaneseeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 2 6 2 2 3 PRECAUTIONS TOTO DTE UU TII UEMTIEEUTEMT 2 6 Connecting to the Network eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene nenne neni nn snnt mansi nnns sinn nsns inan sna nn nnn 2 8 2 3 1 Ethernet Connectors doi e Mee ace eoe octet ad ec ek ted ec e emer ceret tas 2 8 2 3 2 Connecting the Cable e De Ri de re e alo e e ee 2 8 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 3 2 System defined Variables cues eeeeeieeeeeeeeeeeen nennen nasa nant nan nanmanna nnmnnn 3 3 Specifications for Individual System defined Variables eese 3 12 Determining IP Addresses IP lo gt eee EI ET 4 2 4 1 1 IP Address Gonfig ration 5 gee eee rede an or pn ERO Inh des 4 2 4 1 2 Allocating IP Addresses 3 inre E D de Ee ee eld 4 3 4 1 3 S bnet Masks 5 1 d ele uie eiui ic cad ay p eie as RH 4 3 4 1 4 ppc ELE 4 3 Built in EtherNet IP Port IP Address Settings eese 4 4 4 2 1 Determinirig IP Addresses init e I UE REED RARE POE Aaaa aiiai 4 4 4 2 2 Setting IP Addresses iit EE tree
284. der programming FTP Client for File Transfers to and from Host Computers An FTP client is built into the Controller so that you can read and write files on workstations and computers that have an FTP server from the Controller You can use the FTP client communications instructions to transfer one or more files between the Controller and an FTP server SHUN NdI seues fN uo uod gl 9N19u13 Ur ing Jo senje84 c L L Automatic Controller Clock Adjustment The clocks built into Controllers connected to Ethernet can be automatically adjusted to the time of the clock in the NTP server If all of the clocks in the system are automatically adjusted to the same time time stamps can be used to analyze production histories A separate NTP server is necessary to automatically adjust the Controller clocks Socket Services Socket services can be used to send receive data between general purpose applications and Con trollers You can use these communications services to send and receive any data to and from remote nodes i e between host computers and Controllers or between Controllers You can exe cute socket communications instructions in order in a program to execute communications pro cesses with the socket services There are two socket services the UDP socket service and TCP Socket service Host Names You can directly specify IP addresses but you can also use the host names instead of the IP addresses for NTP servers SNMP
285. directory 250 CWD command successful Results Get DEF BIN from ABC directory ftp gt get ABC DEF BIN 200 PORT command successful 150 opening ASCII mode data connection for ABC DEF BIN bytes 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s Results NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 7 10 FTP Server 10 5 Using FTP Commands This section describes the FTP commands which the host computer FTP client can send to the FTP server of the built in EtherNet IP port The descriptions should also apply to most workstations but slight differences may arise Refer to your workstation s operation manuals for details 10 5 1 Table of Commands The FTP commands which can be sent to the built in EtherNet IP port are listed in the following table Command Description open Connects the specified host FTP server user Specifies the user name for the remote FTP server Is Displays file names in the remote host mls Displays file names in the remote host dir Displays file names and details in the remote host mdir Displays file names and details in the remote host rename Changes a file name mkdir Creates a new directory in the working directory in the remote host rmdir Deletes a directory from the working directory in the remote host cd Changes the work directory in the remote host to the specified directory
286. dress is defined Also there are no errors FALSE The built in EtherNet IP port s communications is disabled due to an error in initial processing restart processing or a link OFF error Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP TDLinkRunSta Meaning Tag Data Link Communications Status Global local Global Function TRUE At least one connection is in normal operation FALSE Other than the above Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_TDLinkAllRunSta Meaning All Tag Data Link Communications Status Global local Global Function TRUE Tag data links are communicating in all connections as the originator FALSE An error occurred in at least one connection Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_RegTargetSta 255 Meaning Registered Target Node Information Global local Global Function This variable gives a list of nodes for which built in EtherNet IP connections are registered This variable is valid only when the built in EtherNet IP port is the originator Array x is TRUE The connection to t
287. dth packets that can be processed in 1 max max second pps packets per second Connection resources Number of connections that can be 32 max established Packet interval RPI Requested Refresh period for tag data 10to 10 000 1 to 10 000 Packet Interval ms in 1 ms ms in 1 ms increments increments When the tag data link settings exceed the capabilities of the Ethernet switch being used increase the packet interval RPI value Particularly when using an Ethernet switch that does not support multicast filtering the settings must be made considering that multicast packets will be sent even to nodes with out connection settings ES Additional Information If the Network Configurator is used to set the connection type in the connection settings to a mul ticast connection multicast packets will be used If the connection type is set to a point to point connection multicast packets are not used In addition if the required tag data link performance cannot be achieved with the Ethernet switch s capabilities re evaluate the overall network configuration and correct it by taking steps such as select ing a different Ethernet switch or splitting the network The following sections show how to check the device bandwidth being used by the tag data links in the designed network and how to set the appropriate values NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications
288. e or A confirmation dialog box is displayed that asks you how you want to import the variables as shown below To import all variables with a Network Publish attribute click the Yes Button To import only some of these variables click the No Button Network Configurator d i All of the network variables will be imported OK No After you import the variables to the tags click the Yes Button to automatically create tag sets or click the No Button to set up tag sets manually Network Configurator 5 xj New Toy sels wil be ueated automatically from the Tags that vill beioortea o The variables will be imported as shown below on the Tag Sets Tab Page Each variable will be imported into a different tag set and the device parameters will be automatically edited The variable name will be used for the tag set name 7 30 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 3 NJ501 1400 xj Connections Tag Sete In Coneume Out Produce N01_InData X2IN02 InData Edt Togo Delete al of unused Tog Soi Usage Count 2 22 E ewe To place more than one input variable input tag imported from the Sysmac Studio into one tag set you must delete the input tags that were registered Select the tag set containing the vari ables you want to put into a tag set then click the Delete Button A confirmation dia
289. e USINT 00h UINT Num of Elem Lt 01 hex Fixed length 8 byte Data Applicable data types LINT ULINT ULINT BCD LREAL and LWORD Data Format suoneoiunuiuio abessay did ui sojqeueA Buisso2oy 9 Y USINT Data Type USINT 00 hex MINT Num of Elem D j 01 hex H 00 hex Data Least significant byte Most significant byte e Boolean Data Data Format sej qeueA oj Bupu M ueuM sieuu04 geq Buifioeds 9 v USINT Data Type C1 hex USINT 00 hex MINT iNumofElem D 1 01 hex H 00 hex USINT Status 01 hex TRUE 00 hex FALSE USINT Forced status information 01 hex Forced 00 hex Not forced Specify 0 when writing data NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 33 Appendices A 34 fl Derived Data Types Arrays and structures are handled as derived data types Accessing One Member The data format for accessing one element of an array or one member of a structure is the same as the data format for the corresponding elementary data type Example If you specify Var 5 to access a variable defined with UINT Var 10 use the same data for mat as for UINT data Accessing More Than One Element at the Same Time Arrays Accessing an Entire Array If you access an array variable without specifying an element the entire array is accessed The following data format is used Data Format
290. e Monitor or the or the Ethernet Tab Ethernet Tab Page to Page to check the check the bandwidth bandwidth usage usage and correct the and correct the load load If there are places If there are places where broadcast where broadcast storms occur such as storms occur such loop connections in the as loop connections network connection for in the network con mat then correct them nection format then correct them 01 011B Error code returned from target This error does not Depends on the tar Set the originator s RPI The RPI was set to a value that is occur get s specifications setting to 1 ms or below the specifications Contact the target greater device s manufacturer 01 0203 Error code generated by originator Tag data link communications from the target timed out Check the power The connection timed out supply and cable wiring of the devices in the communications path including the target and switches If performance has dropped due to heavy traffic change the performance settings For example increase the timeout time or RPI setting 01 0204 Error code generated by originator There was no response from the target Check the power supply and The connection open process timed cable wiring of the devices in the communications path including the tar out get and switches 15 48 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Connection status Source of error Error code returned from ta
291. e Tag Data Link Stopped Event code 94030000 hex Meaning Tag data links were stopped by Network Configurator or manipulation of a system defined variable Or the data link table was downloaded from the Network Configurator again Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection At user operation timing Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category Access Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_TDLinkStopCmd BOOL Tag Data Link Communications Stop Switch Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention correction Tag data links were stopped by Net work Configurator or manipulation of a system defined variable Attached Attached information 1 Controller statusO1 hex PROGRAM mode information 02 hex RUN mode Attached information 2 Operation method01 hex Operation from the Network Configurator 02 hex Operation with a system defined variable Precautions None Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 33 Buljooysajqnoll z s1 suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name Tag Data Link Started Event code 94040000 hex Meaning Tag data links were started by Network Configurator or manipulation of a system defined variab
292. e UINT 0 stage Trigger BOOL FALSE Execution condition BackupToMemory BackupToMemory Instance of Backup Card_instance Card ToMemoryCard instruction Prepare connected FTP server settings IF P_First_RunMode THEN FTPAddr Adr 2 192 168 250 2 Address FTPAddr PortNo UINT 21 Port number FTPAddr UserName FtpUser User name FTPAddr Password 12345678 Password END_IF Accept trigger R_TRIG_instance Trigger UP_Q IF UP_Q TRUE AND BackupToMemoryCard_instance Busy FALSE AND FTPPutFile_instance Busy FALSE THEN DoFTPTrigger TRUE Stage INT 1 BackupToMemoryCard instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE FTPPutFile_instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE ConnectSvr FTPAddr SvrDirName Backup yyyy mm dd LocalDirName FileName aSr Ne Se PutFileResult PutResult END_IF IF DoFTPTrigger TRUE THEN CASE Stage OF 1 Execute BackupToMemoryCard instruction BackupToMemoryCard_instance Execute TRUE Execution IF BackupToMemoryCard_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 2 To next stage ELSIF BackupToMemoryCard_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 10 Error end END IF 2 Execute FTPPutFile instruction 11 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 FTPPutFile instance 11 FTP Client Execute TRUE Exe
293. e and risk of loss shall pass from Omron to Buyer provided that Omron shall retain a security inter est in the Products until the full purchase price is paid d Delivery and shipping dates are estimates only and e Omron will package Products as it deems proper for protection against nor mal handling and extra charges apply to special conditions Claims Any claim by Buyer against Omron for shortage or damage to the Products occurring before delivery to the carrier must be presented in writing to Omron within 30 days of receipt of shipment and include the original trans portation bill signed by the carrier noting that the carrier received the Products from Omron in the condition claimed Warranties a Exclusive Warranty Omron s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron or such other period expressed in writing by Omron Omron disclaims all other warranties express or implied b Limitations OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED ABOUT NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABIL 14 15 16 17 18 ITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expense
294. e are also an Active Mode and a Passive Mode to open a data connection that dif fer in which party makes the connection request The following table describes the differences Open mode Request to establish a connection Active Mode The FTP server makes the connection request Passive Mode The FTP client makes the connection request For example if the FTP server is not on the Internet and you use Active Mode to open the data con nection the connection request from the FTP server may not be permitted due to security policies In that case you must use Passive Mode to open the data connection when you request a connec tion from the FTP client NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 3 11 FTP Client e File Deletion after Transfer You can specify whether to delete the source files after the file transfer If the file transfer fails for any reason the source files are not deleted even if deletion is specified Overwriting You can specify whether to overwrite a file of the same name at the file transfer destination If you specify not overwriting files and a file of the same name as the transferred file exists at the transfer destination the source file is not transferred 11 1 4 Other Functions You can also use the following two functions for file transfers Retrying connection processing with the FTP server Using wildcards to specify the files to transfer These functions are describ
295. e are given in the following table Variable Alignment bytes Amount of memory that is allocated bytes A 4 8 B 4 8 C 4 16 D 4 16 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices x First byte Data Type Definitions Structure STR_A STRUCT integer multiple of 4 Aa First byte 1 First byte 2 First byte 3 Variable A First byte 4 8 bytes First byte 5 First byte First byte 6 B integer multiple of 4 integ First byte 7 T FT B c First byte 8 First byte 9 First byte 4 10 hens EB Variable B First byte 11 mI DH 8 bytes B d First byte 12 First byte 13 fa CNT bbe m Structure STR_B STRUCT INT d domt Variable Table Variable A Structure STR_A Variable B Structure STR_B Variable C ARRAY 0 1 OF STR A Variable D ARRAY O 1 OF STR B First byte integer multiple of 4 First byte 14 First byte 15 First byte 17 First byte 18 First byte 19 C O b First byte 20 First byte 21 First byte 22 Variable C First byte 23 16 bytes C i a First byte 24 First byte 25 First byte 26 First byte 27 C 1 b First byte 28 B First byte 29 Bei mult aon cM _ REI First byte 31 EN D ol c First byte 33 First byte 34 EN First byte 35 Not used EE D 0 d First byte 36 First byte 37 First byte 38 Variable D First byte 39 16 bytes D 1 c
296. e eee eaee 9 2 9 2 Basic Knowledge on Protocols eeeeeeeeeees 9 3 9 2 1 Differences between TCP and UDP 20 00 cee eee eee 9 3 9 2 2 Fragmenting of Send Data 1 0 eects 9 5 9 2 3 Data Reception Processing 0 e ee eee ete 9 6 9 2 4 Broadcasting 4 ent niapi narte dake eae T ERREUR RUERR UE 9 8 9 3 Overview of Built in EtherNeUIP Port Socket Services 9 9 9 3 1 9d ER PU 9 9 9 3 2 Proced rS asis TTP H ne 9 9 9 4 Settings Required for the Socket Services 9 10 9 4 1 Settings Required for the Socket Services 20000 eee eee 9 10 9 5 Socket Service Instructions 00 cece eee eee 9 11 9 6 Details on Using the Socket Services 9 12 9 6 1 Using the Socket Services 0 000 cece eee eee eens 9 12 9 6 2 Procedure to Use Socket Services 0 0c cece eee eens 9 13 9 6 3 Timing Chart for Output Variables Used in Communications 9 14 9 6 4 UDP Sample Programming ssssleee een 9 16 9 6 5 TCP Sample Programming 0c cece eee eee 9 21 9 7 Precautions in Using Socket Services 000 cence ees 9 27 9 7 1 Precautions for UDP and TCP Socket Services 00055 9 27 9 7 2 Precautions for UDP Socket Services 0000 eee eee eee 9 27 9 7 3 Precautions for TCP Socket Services
297. e for a class 00 hex Not required 10 hex Set Attribute Single Specifying a service for an instance Reading a class attribute 01 or 02 Always 01 hex hex Reading and writing an instance attribute 01 to 06 hex 4C hex Get and Clear Specify an attribute to reset its value to 0 01 to 05 hex 8 38 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications 8 3 5 Controller Object Class ID C4 Hex This object is used to get the status of the Controller or to change the operating mode of the Controller e Class ID Specify C4 hex e Instance ID Specify 00 hex Class Attribute ID The class attribute ID specifies the attribute value of the entire object Read write data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data type Value 01 hex Revision Revision of the object Read UINT Always 0002 hex 02 hex Max Instance The maximum instance number Read UINT Always 0001 hex 64 hex PLC Mode This can be used to read and Write UINT Specify this when you want to modify the Controller operating write to an attribute mode 0000 hex PROGRAM mode 0004 hex RUN mode 65 hex PLC Error Status Indicates when there is a Control Read UINT 0000 hex There is no Controller ler error Changes to TRUE when error a fatal or non fatal error occurs 0001 hex There is a Controller error 66 hex PLC Model Indicates the model of the Con Read STRING troller The length is
298. e the file via FTP Refer to 10 5 2 Using the Commands For details on how to use ladder diagram instructions to process files refer to the NJ series Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W502 eyed eiqeueA jo Pwo p 9 0L NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 17 10 FTP Server 10 7 Application Example from a Host Computer 10 18 The following procedure provides an example of FTP operations from a host computer In this example the following assumptions are made The IP address of the built in EtherNet IP port is registered in the hosts as host name nj The FTP login name is LogIn Manufacturing results is stored in the SD Memory Card in the CPU Unit in a file that is named RESULT BIN A processing instructions data file called PLAN BIN already exists on the workstation In the following procedure the manufacturing results file RESULT BIN in the SD Memory Card in the CPU Unit is transferred to a workstation and then a manufacturing instructions file PLAN BIN on the workstation is transferred to the SD Memory Card in the CPU Unit Underlined text is keyed in from the FTP client The workstation prompt is indicated as and the cursor is indicated as Nl 1 Start the FTP application and connect to the built in EtherNet IP port ftp nj connected to nj 220 IPaddress NJ501 1300 FTP server FTP version ready Name nj root gy FTP started 2 En
299. e transmission paths when Ethernet switches are cascaded If the value exceeds the bandwidth of a cascade connection in the actual network e g 100 Mbps the maximum bandwidth for part of the communications path may be exceeded depending on how the network is wired This may prevent the tag data links from operating correctly If this occurs either calculate the bandwidth usage for each communications path and be sure that the maximum bandwidth is not exceeded for any cascade connection or adjust the bandwidth for all cascade connections so that the total maximum network bandwidth is not exceeded Adjust the bandwidth according to instructions in 14 2 4 Changing the RPI 14 2 2 Tag Data Link Bandwidth Usage and RPI 14 8 The usage of capacity without multicast filtering can be adjusted against the tag data link s allowable bandwidth by using the packet interval RPI setting If the RPI is made shorter the usage of capacity will increase If the RPI is made longer the usage of capacity will decrease The RPI can be set in any one of the following ways Setting the same interval for all connections Setting a particular device s connection Setting a particular connection When the same RPI is set for all connections the usage of capacity will basically increase proportion ally as the RPI is made shorter Example If the RPI is set to 50 ms for all connections and the usage of capacity is 40 the usage of capacity may increase to
300. eads ID information from the CPU Unit page 8 31 Resets the built in EtherNet IP port TCP IP interface object Writes and reads TCP IP settings page 8 33 Ethernet link object Reads Ethernet settings page 8 35 Reads Ethernet status Controller object Gets the Controller status page 8 39 Changes the operating mode of the Controller 8 3 2 Identity Object Class ID 01 Hex This object reads the ID information of the CPU Unit and resets the built in EtherNet IP port e Class ID Specify 01 hex Instance ID Specify 00 or 01 hex Attribute ID The attribute ID specifies the information to read Class Attribute ID The class attribute ID specifies the attribute of the entire object Read data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data Value type 01 hex Revision Revision of the object Read UINT 0001 hex 02 hex Max Instance The maximum instance number Read UINT 0001 hex Instance Attribute ID The instance attribute ID specifies the attribute of the instance Read data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data Value type 01 hex Vendor ID Vendor ID Read UINT 002F hex 02 hex Device Type Device type Read UINT 000C hex 03 hex Product Code Product code Read UINT Refer to 1 Status Details of the Built in EtherNet IP Port below 04 hex Revision Device revision Read Struct Major Revision Major revision Read USINT Refer to 2 Status Details of the Minor Rev
301. easmTimeout 13 RO Sup 60s The maximum number of seconds to wait to ported receive all IP datagrams for reassembly if a frag mented IP datagram is received ipReasmReqds 14 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams received that require Ported standard reassembly There is a flag in the IP header that indicates if the datagram is fragmented You can use that flag to identify fragments ipReasmOKs 15 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams received that were Ported standard successfully reassembled ipReasmFails 16 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams received that were Ported standard not successfully reassembled ipFragOKs 17 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams that were success Ported standard fully fragmented ipFragFails 18 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams that were not suc ported standard cessfully fragmented For example because the Don t Fragment flag was set for the IP datagram ipFragCreates 19 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams created as a result of Ported standard fragmentation ipAddrTable 20 NA An address information table for IP addresses NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 9 jueby dNNS L EL suoneoyioeds IN v L EL 13 SNMP Agent 13 10 the next destination h
302. ecified by user page 5 10 ognition 2 Make these settings to permit access by IP address only certain SNMP managers Host name Community name 13 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 SNMP Agent Tab page Setting Setting conditions Reference SNMP Trap Settings SNMP trap Required page 5 11 Port No Specified by user Note Required to change from the default value of 162 e Trap 1 and trap 2 page 5 12 s IP address Required S Host name Set an IP address or a host name as the 2 SNMP trap destination 3 Community Specified by user name e Version Required 3 o Set the version of the SNMP manager Z v gt 2 EN Additional Information 3 Make the settings in the SNMP Settings Dialog Box and SNMP Trap Dialog Box if the SNMP agent is used Refer to 5 5 SNMP Settings Display for information on the SNMP Settings Dialog Box Refer to 5 6 SNMP Trap Settings Display for information on the SNMP Trap Dialog Box 1ue8y dNNS eui 10J pesinbey sbumes Z Z 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 21 13 SNMP Agent 13 22 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load EIE 14 1 Communications System seeeeeseeeeeeee 14 2 14 1 1 Tag Data Link Communications Method sees 14 2 14 1 2 Calculating t
303. eck the cable to make sure that it is not disconnected The Ethernet switch power supply is Turn ON the power supply to the Do not turn OFF the power supply to turned OFF Ethernet switch Replace the Ethernet the Ethernet switch switch if it fails Baud rate mismatch Correct the settings so that the same Set the same baud rate as for the baud rate is used as for the remote remote communications nodes communications nodes Noise Implement noise countermeasures if Implement noise countermeasures there is excessive noise One of the following operations was None None performed This error occurs when the operations This error occurs when the operations The Identify object was reset on the left are performed on the left are performed Settings were downloaded from the Network Configurator and Ether Net IP was restarted Settings for EtherNet IP were down loaded from the Sysmac Studio or the Memory All Clear operation was performed Attached None information Precautions You can change the event level to the minor fault level If you change the level to the minor fault level the Recovery col Remarks umn above will be changed to Automatic recovery Event name Tag Data Link Download Started Event code 9401 0000 hex Meaning Changing the tag data link settings started Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection At user operation timing Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log
304. ecovery Automatic Log category System recovery Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Requests to the BOOTP server will continue until there is a response from the BOOTP server Data refreshing with the PLC Function Module will continue An IP address was not set for the EtherNet IP port when it was supposed to be set from the BOOTP server Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT OFF Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables EIP BootpErr BOOL BOOTP Server Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention gorrection Server setting error Correct the server settings at the Check to make sure that the server remote connection settings at the remote connection are correct Server is down Check if the server at the remote con Check to make sure that the server at nection is operating normally and set the remote connection is operating it to operate normally if it is not normally An error occurred in the communica Check the communications path to None tions path the server and take corrective mea sures if there are any problems Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name Identity Error Event code 14210000 hex Meaning The CIP identity information in non volatile memory was not read correctly Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection At power ON or timing Controller reset Error a
305. ection via EtherNet IP OK OK OK using CX One Sysmac Studio Online connection via EtherNet IP OK OK OK OK using Network Configurator Mounting in a Controller with an OK NJ series CPU Unit 1 This is equivalent to the event log in the built in EtherNet IP of an NJ series Controller 2 You cannot use the following functions if you connect to the CPU Unit through an EtherNet IP Unit Placing the Sysmac Studio online with the CPU Unit However you can place the Network Configurator online Using the Troubleshooter of an NS series PT A 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices A 2 EDSFile Management This section describes the EDS file management functions used in the Network Configurator H Precautions for Correct Use For Windows Vista or Windows 7 we recommend that you start the Network Configurator as the administrator Otherwise the following condition will result due to user management for Windows security functions The results of the following operations are not applied for logins with other user accounts and must be repeated installing creating and deleting EDS files and creating EDS index files You can run the Network Configurator as the administrator with the following procedure 1 Select the Network Configurator from the Start Menu and then right click 2 Select Run as administrator from the pop up menu that is displayed a Inte
306. ed in datagram units as shown above send data is returned to the original data format before it is passed to the user program 9 2 3 Data Reception Processing This section describes data reception processing for TCP and UDP TCP Receive Processing With TCP communications the receive data that is stored in the receive buffer can be separated and received The receive buffer holds up to 9 000 bytes This can be used to receive data that exceeds the size that can be received with one data request 2 000 bytes i e more than one receive request is used to receive all of the data Also all of the receive data can be received if there is less data in the receive buffer than the size of the variable that was specified in the receive request Example Receiving 3 000 Bytes of Receive Data in Two Sections 1 The data that was sent from the sending node in two sends is stored in the receive buffer 2 Two receive requests are used to receive all of the send data 9 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service Sending node host computer Receiving node Controller User program Built in EtherNet IP port User program 1 Data received to Ethernet line receive buffer 2 The data is received in two sections 1st send 1st receive request request Request for 1 000 bytes 1 000 bytes ii Req ytes 1 000 bytes 2 000 bytes 2nd send request 2nd receive request request for 2 000 b
307. ed in the following sections e Retrying Connection Processing with the FTP Server You can specify automatically retrying connection processing up to three times when connection processing to the FTP server fails You can set the timeout time that is used to determine connection failure the number of retries and the retry interval Using Wildcards to Specify the Files to Transfer You can use wildcards to specify the names of the files to transfer This allows you to transfer more than one file at one time NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 FTP Client 11 2 FTP Client Communications Instructions All file transfers that use the FTP client are executed with FTP client communications instructions The FTP client communications instructions and their functions are given in the following table Instruction Function FTPGetFileList Gets a file list from the FTP server FTPGetFile Downloads one or more files from the FTP server FTPPutFile Uploads one or more files to the FTP server FTPRemoveFile Deletes one or more files on the FTP server FTPRemoveDir Deletes a directory on the FTP server For details on the FTP client communications instructions refer to the NJ series Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W502 E1 10 or higher 11 2 1 Functions of the FTP Client Communications Instructions This section describes the functions of the FTP client communications instructions
308. ed to Program mode Download with Current mode If the Download after changed to Program mode Button is clicked all CPU Units are changed to PROGRAM mode and the parameters are downloaded Confirm safety for all controlled equipment before you change the CPU Units to PROGRAM mode You can restore the operat ing modes after the parameters are downloaded You can click the Download with Current mode Button to download the parameters even when one or more CPU Units is in RUN mode The Download with Current mode Button is disabled if the EtherNet IP Unit does not support this function e g revision 1 of CJ1W EIP21 or CS1W EIP21 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions During the download the following progress monitor is displayed to show the progress of the download Resetting Device 192 168 250 2 If the operating mode of one or more CPU Units was changed to download the parameters you can return the CPU Units to the previous operating modes If the No Button is clicked the CPU Units remain in PROGRAM mode Network Configurator E xj Controller s mode will be returned to the state before starting nload EM 4 The following dialog box is displayed to show that the download was completed Network Configurator x o Download of device parameter was completed sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z is S1ojeurejeg yur eeq He Hulpeojumoq 6
309. eee 15 7 message communications 1 12 message service Index 4 transmission delay eeen 14 27 MIB QEOUDS isco sick certe eene een tene tu E genet exei nia a inde 13 4 system design pnn e rie a eaa aa Aa RES aie 13 4 MIB objects detailed descriptions eeeeeee 13 5 minor fault event level sssssseseeeeee 15 7 multi cast communications eeeeeeene 7 9 multicast filtering eenm 2 3 Multiple Switches ON Error sessssss 3 5 3 16 N NET ERR indicator esses 1 10 NET RUN indicator ssssssseeen 1 10 network configuration VerilylnQ oii tete uoi o tute T Raids 7 57 network configuration file reading eei tr tapete 7 65 SAVING ene ter eee us 7 63 Network Configurator seen 1 6 connections through NJ series CPU Unit s USB pOr udo ccaehe tee ctt ed ee 7 48 connections via Ethernet to NJ series CPU Unit 7 49 Ethernet connections sesesssssssess 7 46 network transmission delay time 14 26 network variable S ino aain 7 7 importing to Network Configurator 7 29 Normal Target Node Information 3 8 3 18 15 42 NTP Last Operation Time ssssssss 3 9 3 19 NTP Operation Information eeseeeeeeee 3 9 NTP Operation Result
310. elayed by one Controller task period ES Additional Information The total amount of data transferred increases if there are connections with multiple nodes and the data that is transferred may exceed the amount that can be processed in a single transfer In this case the number of data transfers increases 6 Output ON Response Time This is the delay time for the external output device from when the Controller specified turning ON the output until the output is actually turned ON Output ON response time Output device delay time Task period EN Additional Information The I O response time may be longer due to noise or other events NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 4 Message Service Transmission Delay This section describes the delay time that occurs in CIP communications instruction CIPWrite service processing Instruction CIPWrite executed nstruction completed Controller 1 Received response interpreted A uu ee IL uL Transmission path Controller 2 Aejaq uoissiusueJ 39 139 ebessol N p p L I Variable written 1 1 1 1 Received command interpreted Response generated System l service l Transmission System Transmission Receive System Variable System Transmission Receive System delay service delay delay service written
311. em is Hardware User s Manual NJ301 cations of the NJ series provided along with the following information on CPU Units including intro the CPU Unit ductory information Features and system configuration designing installation and maintenance Mainly hard t InHadHenon ware information is pro Part names and functions vided General specifications Installation and wiring Maintenance and inspection Use this manual together with the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series CPU Unit Soft W501 NJ501 Learning how to program The following information is provided on a Con ware User s Manual NJ301 and set up an NJ series troller built with an NJ501 CPU Unit CPU Unit Mainly software CPU Unit operation information is provided e CPU Unit features Initial settings Programming based on IEC 61131 3 lan guage specifications Use this manual together with the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 NJ series Instructions W502 NJ501 Learning detailed specifi The instructions in the instruction set IEC Reference Manual NJ301 cations on the basic 61131 3 specifications are described When instructions of an NJ series programming use this manual together with the CPU Unit NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJ series CPU Unit Soft ware User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series CPU Unit W507 NJ501 Learning about motion The settings and operation of t
312. emory that is allocated when the mem Structure bers are arranged in order at integral multiples of the align ment of the data types of the members union The largest alignment of all of the The largest amount of memory that is allocated for any of members the members BOOL arrays are an exception Refer to Precautions for Correct Use below for the amount of memory that is allocated for BOOL arrays H Precautions for Correct Use Amount of Memory That Is Allocated for BOOL Arrays Two bytes are allocated in memory for individual BOOL variables BOOL structure members and BOOL union variables However for a BOOL array two bytes of memory are not allocated for each element One bit is allocated in order for each element For the entire array a multiple of two bytes of memory is allocated including unused bits Name Datatype Variable A First byte First byte 1 Variable B First byte 2 First byte 3 Variable C First byte 4 First byte 5 s y uoneooj v AOowN e qeeA L p v Two bytes are allocated B ARRAY 1 5 OF BOOL ARRAY 0 18 OF BOOL gt Two bytes are allocated for 5 elements gt Four bytes are allocated First byte 6 for 19 elements First byte 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 11 Appendices Therefore the following formula gives the amount of memory that is allocated
313. er f the model number cannot be determined such as when there is no ESI file the vendor ID product code and revision number are displayed NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 21 Unit Versions i Confirming Unit Versions with System defined Variable You can access the _UnitVersion Unit Version system defined variable from the user program to check the unit version of the CPU Unit _UnitVersion is an USINT array variable with two elements _UnitVersion 0 and _UnitVersion 1 corre spond to the integer part and the fractional part of the unit version respectively L Version Information A CPU Unit with unit version 1 08 or later and the Sysmac Studio version 1 09 or higher are required to confirm the unit version using the system defined variable ES Additional Information Refer to the manual for the specific Unit for the unit versions of the CPU Units Communications Coupler Units NX Units and Safety Control Units to which the database connection service and other functions were added Unit Versions and Sysmac Studio Versions The functions that are supported depend on the unit version of the NJ series CPU Unit The version of Sysmac Studio that supports the functions that were added for an upgrade is also required to use those functions Refer to A 8 Version Information for the relationship between the unit versions of the CPU Units and the Sysmac Studio versions and for the functions
314. er s Manual W506 9 Socket Service Execute l Busy _ Executing pou AE d Pod Changes to FALSE because Execute changes to FALSE i Done T z Changes to FALSE PO E i because Execute changes to FALSE Error Pod 4 IM ai PE aS NE MENSUEL ErrorID ioi WE Ox0000 0x1234 When Execute changes to TRUE the instruction is executed and Busy changes to TRUE After the results of the instruction execution of the instruction are stored in the output variables Done changes to TRUE and Busy changes to FALSE When Execute changes to FALSE Done returns to FALSE When Execute changes to TRUE again Busy changes to TRUE Execute is ignored if it changes to TRUE during instruction executed i e when Busy is TRUE If an error occurs several retries are attempted internally The error code in the ErrorlD is not updated during the retries When a communications error occurs Error changes to TRUE and the ErrorlD is stored Also Busy and Done change to FALSE When Execute changes to FALSE Error changes to FALSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S99IAJ8S 9490S ay Husn uo siie1eg 9 6 Vj Precautions for Correct Use If Execute changes back to FALSE before Done changes to TRUE Done stays TRUE for only one task period Example 1 If you want to see if Done is TRUE at any time make sure to keep Execute TRUE until you con firm that Done is TRUE If Execute is TRUE until Done changes to TRUE Done
315. er can set the event level the event levels Remarks that can be set the recovery method operational information and other information is also provided 1 One of the following Major fault Major fault level Partial fault Partial fault level Minor fault Minor fault level Observation Information 2 One ofthe following Automatic recovery Normal status is restored automatically when the cause of the error is removed Error reset Normal status is restored when the error is reset after the cause of the error is removed Cycle the power supply Normal status is restored when the power supply to the Controller is turned OFF and then back ON after the cause of the error is removed Controller reset Normal status is restored when the Controller is reset after the cause of the error is removed Depends on cause The recovery method depends on the cause of the error 3 One of the following System System event log Access Access event log 4 One of the following Continues Execution of the user program will continue Stops Execution of the user program stops Starts Execution of the user program starts 15 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting i Error Descriptions Event name Communications Controller Failure Event code 04200000 hex Meaning A hardware error was dete
316. erates as a gateway IP ported gateways can transfer datagrams but IP hosts can perform only source routing Some nodes take only one of these values Therefore if you attempt to change this object from the SNMP Manager a badValue error is returned Forwarding 1 Not forwarding 2 IpDefaultTTL 2 RW Sup 64 The default value set for the IP header TTL if no ported TTL value was given by the transport layer proto col IplnReceives 3 RO Sup According to the The number of all IP datagrams that reached the Ported standard interface including errors IplnHdrErrors 4 RO Sup According to the The number of received datagrams that were dis Ported standard carded because of an IP header error checksum error version number error format error TTL error IP option error etc IpinAddrErrors 5 RO Sup According to the The number of packets that were discarded ported standard because the destination address in the IP header was not valid ipForwDatagrams 6 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams that were transferred Ported standard to their final destination If this node does not operate as an IP gateway this is the number of datagrams that were successfully transferred through source routing iplnUnknownProtos 7 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams that were received Ported standard but discarded because they were of an unsup ported or unrecognized pro
317. eries CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Level Event code Event name Meaning Assumed cause Reference Maj Prt Min Obs Info 84030000 hex DNS Server Connection with the Parameter error S page 15 27 Connection DNS server failed e Server is down Error An error occurred in the com munications path 84040000 hex NTP Server Connection with the Parameter error S page 15 27 Connection NTP server failed e Server is down Error An error occurred in the com munications path 84070000 hex TagDataLink Establishing a tag The tag data link connection S page 15 28 Connection data link connection information is not the same for Failed failed the originator and target Insufficient connections 84080000 hex Tag Data Link A timeout occurred The power supply to the target S page 15 29 Timeout in a tag data link node is OFF Communications with the target node stop The Ethernet cable for Ether Net IP is disconnected The Ethernet cable for Ether Net IP is broken Noise 84090000 hex Tag Data Link A timeout occurred The power supply to the target S U page 15 30 Ver 1 04 Connection while trying to node is OFF Timeout establish a tag data Communications at the target link connection node are stopped The Ethernet cable connector for EtherNet IP is disconnected The Ethernet
318. es are set in the CPU Unit Check whether the network vari able tag and connection settings are correct On the Connection and Tag Status Tab Pages described in 15 3 1 The Network Configurator s Device Monitor Function f a communications error occurs the output status depends on the specifications of the device being used When a communications error occurs for a device that is used along with output devices check the operating specifications and implement safety countermeasures The built in EtherNet IP port is automatically restarted after the parameters are downloaded This restart is required to enable the tag set and connection information Before you download the parameters check to confirm that problems will not occur with the equipment when the port is restarted Do not disconnect the Ethernet cable or reset or turn OFF the power to the EtherNet IP Unit during the parameter download Tag data links data exchange between relevant nodes is stopped during a download Before you download data in RUN mode make sure that it will not affect the controlled system Also implement interlocks on data processing in ladder programming that uses tag data links when the tag data links are stopped or a tag data link error occurs For EtherNet IP Units with revision 1 you can download tag data link parameters only when the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode Even for Units with revision 2 or later all CPU Units must be in PROGRAM mode to do
319. espServiceDat RespDat IF CIPSend_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 5 ELSIF CIPSend instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 40 END_IF 5 CIPClose instance Execute TRUE Handle CIPOpen_instance Handle IF CIPClose_instance Done TRUE THEN Stage INT 0 ELSIF CIPClose instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 50 END_IF 0 DoCIPTrigger FALSE Trigger FALSE ELSE DoCIPTrigger FALSE Trigger FALSE END_CASE END_IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Send message Handle Service code Request path Service data Number of elements Response data Normal end Error end Request closing CIP class 3 connection Handle Processing after normal end Processing after error end 8 25 suoneoiunuiulo eBesse N sse 5 uonoeuuo ID 40 Buruurejboj4gd ejdues 7 2 8 suoneoiunuiulo abessayy did Huis 2 8 8 Message Communications 8 2 8 Operation Timing fl Output Variable Operation and Timing You can monitor the values of the output variables to determine the status throughout instruction execu tion The following timing chart shows the operation of the output variables 3 4 5 8 Changes to FALSE because Execute changes to FALSE Execute E i A Busy Executing tod Ls AE Changes to FALSE because Execute changes to FALSE Done A T oof y 2
320. et IP Port User s Manual W506 13 17 jue y dNNS L EL suoneoyioeds gllN v L EL 13 SNMP Agent 13 18 Name Standard identi fier attribute snmplnNoSuchNames 9 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs received with an error Ported standard status of noSuchName snmpInBadValues 10 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs received with an error Ported standard status of badValue snmplInReadOnlys 11 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs received with an error Ported standard status of readOnly snmplInGenErrs 12 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs received with an error Ported standard status of genErr snmplnTotalReqVars 13 RO Sup According to the The total number of MIB objects read normally ported standard after receiving GetRequest or GetNextRequest snmplnTotalSetVars 14 RO Sup According to the The total number of MIB objects updated normally Ported standard after receiving SetRequest snmplnGetRequests 15 RO Sup According to the The total number of GetRequest PDUs received Ported standard snmplnGetNexts 16 RO Sup According to the The total number of GetNextRequest PDUs ported standard received snmplnSetRequests 17 RO Sup According to the The total number of SetRequest PDUs received Ported standard snmplnGetRespon
321. et communications speed setting Speed Duplex is incorrect Or a read operation failed FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP IPAdrCfgErr Meaning TCP IP Basic Setting Error Global local Global Function TRUE There is an illegal IP address setting A read operation failed The IP address obtained from the BOOTP server is inconsistent The DNS settings are not correct FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP IPAdrDupErr Meaning IP Address Duplication Error Global local Global Function TRUE The same IP address is assigned to more than one node FALSE Other than the above Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions 3 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name EIP BootpErr
322. etwork Publish attribute from CIPRead Class 3 Explicit the specified remote Controller on the CIP network and stores the value in a variable at the local Controller Write Variable Writes the value of a variable at the local controller to a variable CIPWrite Class 3 Explicit with a Network Publish attribute at the specified remote Controller on the CIP network Send CIP Class Sends a specified class 3 CIP command to the specified remote 3 Explicit Mes Controller on the CIP network CIPSend sage Refer to 8 2 9 Response Codes and 8 3 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNet IP Port for information on the service codes and response codes that are used with the NJ series CPU Units CIPClose Close CIP Class This instruction closes the CIP class 3 connection that is specified 3 Connection by the handle gt Version Information Communica tions method CIP class 3 con nection mes sage A CPU Unit with unit version 1 06 or later and Sysmac Studio version 1 07 or higher are required to use the CIPOpenWithDataSize instruction 8 2 3 Using CIP Communications Instructions CIP message communications include the following processes If CIP class 3 connections are used the open and close processes are required before and after the data is sent and received Process Open process only for CIP class 3 connec tions Description Execute this process before you use a CIP message Open pro cessing is cont
323. even if the SNMP manager does not monitor the built in EtherNet IP port periodically However traps use UDP Therefore you cannot check to see if the SNMP manager receives traps from the EtherNet IP port Thus depending on the network status some traps may not reach the SNMP manager SNMP manager Controller power supply turned ON e Built in EtherNet IP port g FA m U aE zi Iz E Trap DI SNMP agent 13 1 2 Specifications a Item Specification 2 Protocol SNMP L Agent SNMPv1 SNMPv2c S MIB MIB II 3 Port No SNMP agent 161 UDP D SNMP trap 162 UDP These can be changed in the Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings from the Sysmac Studio Timing of SNMP trap opera Status reports are sent to the SNMP manager at the following times tion When the Controller is turned ON When links are established When an SNMP agent fails to be authorized Supported MIB commands _ GetRequest GetNextRequest 13 1 3 SNMP Messages The structure of SNMP messages is as follows Variable length 1 472 bytes max CC di CUN MAC header IP header UDP header SNMP message Version Community PDU Item Set value Version This value gives the SNMP version SNMPv1 0 SNMpv2c 1 Community Community name for verification PDU This depends on the PDU type NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s
324. f supported TCP connections Ported standard If the maximum number of connections is dynamic this value is 1 tcpActiveOpens 5 RO Sup According to the The number of times the TCP connection ported standard changed from the CLOSE state directly to the SYN SENT state Active connection establish ment tcpPassiveOpens 6 RO Sup According to the The number of times the TCP connection ported standard changed from the LISTEN state directly to the SYN RCVD state Passive connection establish ment tcpAttemptFails 7 RO Sup According to the The total number of times the TCP connection ported standard changed from the SYN SENT or SYN RCVD state directly to the CLOSE state and from the SYN RCVD state directly to the LISTEN state tcpEstabResets 8 RO Sup According to the The number of times the TCP connection ported standard changed from the ESTABLISHED or the CLOSE WAIT state directly to the CLOSE state tcpCurrEstab 9 RO Sup According to the The total number of TCP connections currently in Ported standard the ESTABLISHED or the CLOSE WAIT state tcpInSegs 10 RO Sup According to the The total number of received segments This ported standard includes the number of error segments tcpOutSegs 11 RO Sup According to the The total number of sent segments This includes Ported standard the number of segments for the current connec tion but does not include the number of segmen
325. f unused memory will remain Example Consecutive variables in the following order DWORD WORD and DWORD First byte Memory Variable Table 1 eger mulie or 4 Nene Tossed integer multiple of 2 First byte 3 Ma ee eee eee ee First byte 4 Variable B First byte 5 2 bytes First byte 6 First byte integer multiple of 4 First byte 7 First byte 9 Variable C First byte 10 4 bytes First byte 11 A 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices e Variables with Eight byte Alignments e g LWORD Eight bytes of memory are allocated for the eight byte alignment The location of the first byte of data in memory is an integer multiple of eight bytes Therefore if a variable with a two byte alignment such as WORD data is inserted six bytes of unused memory will remain If a variable with a four byte alignment such as DWORD data is inserted four bytes of unused memory will remain Example Consecutive variables in the following order LWORD WORD and L WORD First byte Memory Variable Table integer multiple of 8 dai odd ae Name Dara pe First byte LWORD B won First byte 1 First byte 2 Variable A First byte 3 First byte 4 First byte 5 First byte integer multiple of 2 First byte 6 First byte 7 First byte 8
326. fatal and non fatal errors of the target node Controllers When the Built in EtherNet IP Port Is the Originator of the Con nection You can change the target ID of the IP address from the Network Configurator The Controller Error Flags are enabled when the Controller status is included in the communications data for both the originator and target This variable is updated when neces sary 7 11 syur eed 5ej o1 uononpoaul L Z m snmejg 19 04JUOD 9 L 7 Tag Data Link Functions ES Additional Information Even if you specify including the Controller status in the output produce tags you do not neces sarily need to include it in the input consume tags If you do not include the Controller status in an input consume tag the contents of the Controller status is not updated in the Target PLC Operating Mode and Target PLC Error Information variables but it is sent in the input consume tag Therefore you can use the Controller status data that was received in the input consume tag as receive data 7 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data Link Data To maintain the concurrency of data in a tag data link you must set a refreshing task for each network variable that is assigned to a tag Maintain concurrency in the tag data in a tag set The timing of updating network variables that are assigned to tags is synchronized with the execution period of the program that accesses the network variables ES Additional Information
327. fault level TRUE Error error FALSE No error 6 Partial Fault Indicates if there is a partial fault level TRUE Error error FALSE No error 5 Minor Fault Indicates if there is a minor fault level TRUE Error error FALSE No error 4 Observation Indicates if there is an observation TRUE Error level error FALSE No error 0to3 Not used This bit is not used in the error status variables for the EtherNet IP Function Module Other System defined Variables Related to Errors For the EtherNet IP Function Module there are other system defined variables that show error sta tus in addition to the error status variables Refer to 3 1 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port for system defined variables that are related to errors i Checking Communications Status with the Network Configurator You can use the Network Configurator to check the communications status e g tag data link connec tion status for each device on the EtherNet IP network Refer to 15 3 Checking Status with the Network Configurator 15 1 2 Errors Related to the EtherNet IP Function Module This section describes the errors that are related to the EtherNet IP Function Module il Classifications There are the following three sources of errors in the EtherNet IP Function Module Classification Description Communications port errors If an error is detected in overall EtherNet IP communications the corresponding bit in the Communicati
328. fer to 7 2 4 Creating Tags and Tag Sets for information on creating the settings if the target is one of the OMRON EtherNet IP devices given above If the target is another EtherNet IP device refer to the manual of that device and per form settings as required 2 A dialog box as in the following figure for connection allocation will be displayed when you drag the target device and drop it at the OMRON EtherNet IP device 1 7 44 Using One of the Above OMRON EtherNet IP Devices As Target 192 168 250 1 MC1 Edit Connection It will add a connection configuration to originator device Please confiaure the Taa Set each of oriainator device and taraet device Originator Device Target Device Node Address 192 168 250 100 Node Address 192 168 250 1 Comment MC_Master Comment MC1 Input Tag Set Edit Tag Sets Output Tag Set D00100 8Byte v MC Status 4Byte v Connection Type Multi cast connection v Show Detail Close Select the output tag set from Target Device Area on the right side of the Edit Connection Dialog Box and then select the input tag set to receive the output tag set in the Originator Device Area on the left f there is no applicable input tag set at the originator you can create a new one by using the Edit Tag Sets Button and Edit Tag Button NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 2 Using Other EtherNet IP Devices as Target
329. ffects User program Continues Operation The relevant data link connection will stop Reconnection processing is periodically repeated for the tag data link error target Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables EIP TDLinkErr BOOL Tag Data Link Communications Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention comeet The power supply to the target node Check the status of the target node Use the tag data link after you confirm is OFF and start it normally that the target node is normal Communications with the target node stop The Ethernet cable for EtherNet IP is Reconnect the connector and make Connect the connector securely disconnected sure it is mated correctly The Ethernet cable for EtherNet IP is Replace the Ethernet cable None broken Noise Implement noise countermeasures if Implement noise countermeasures if there is excessive noise there is excessive noise Attached Attached information 1 Connection instance No 0 to 255 information Attached information 2 Target node IP address example COA8FA01 hex address 192 168 250 1 Precautions The following cases are not included in this error Remarks Connections as a target Connection timeouts due to a Link OFF Error with the Ethernet switch NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Po
330. figuration elements of a device External request example read Attributes Processing Object Instance l In the CIP Common Specification Object Class Instance Attribute and Service are defined as follows Source CIP Common Specification suoneoiunuiulo abessayy did Buisf z 8 Term Definition Object An abstract representation of a particular component within a device Class A set of objects that all represent the same kind of system component Instance A specific and real physical occurrence of an object Attribute A description of an externally visible characteristic or feature of an object Service A request from an external object e g to read data You use the Class ID Instance ID and Attribute ID to access an object You specify these three IDs to designate an object in a device When you make a request from an external device for a service you must specify the Class ID Instance ID and Attribute ID The Instance ID and Attribute ID are not required for some services Example Reading the Name of a Device Identity Object Class ID 01 Class ID 1 Service Request Destination Instance ID 1 p Get Attribute Class 1 y Instance ID 1 Single Instance 1 yed einoH p c 8 Response Product Name Class ID 2 Attribute 7 REN Device These are called Internal Object Identifiers IOI because they ide
331. figurator x A Invalid device type Click the OK Button or the Close Button fl Verifying the Device Parameters Use the following procedure to compare the device parameters for the devices selected in the Network Configuration Pane with those of the devices connected on the EtherNet IP network The IP addresses device types and device parameters are compared 1 Connect the Network Configurator online 2 Click the icon of the built in EtherNet IP port to verify To select multiple nodes press and hold the Shift Key while you select additional icons In the following example 2 nodes are selected 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 2 Right click the icon to display the pop up menu and select Parameter Verify 3 The following dialog box is displayed xi Verifying parameters to selected device will start OK i no Click the Yes Button or the No Button 7 58 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 4 The following dialog box is displayed Differences Not Found in the Comparison Network Configurator x o 192 168 250 13501 1500 No configuration differences found Differences Found in the Comparison Comparison Result Ex Description Local Device Q Wrong Packet Interval RPI 20 0ms 50 0ms sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z Close i Differences Found in the Device Type Network Configurator xi A Invalid device
332. for a BOOL array For 1 to 16 elements 2 bytes are allocated For 17 to 32 elements 4 bytes are allocated Number of elements 1 f si Amount of memory 2 16 Truncate the decimal portion of the result of the calculation in brackets Specific examples of the rules for memory allocation for variables of each data type are given below fl Basic Data Types e Variables with One Byte Alignments e g BYTE One byte of memory is allocated for the one byte alignment Example Two consecutive BYTE variables i Name Datatype First byte BEBE VariableA tbyte i a BYTE First byte 1 Variable B 1 byte B BYTE e Variables with Two byte Alignments e g BOOL and WORD Two bytes of memory are allocated for the two byte alignment Example Two consecutive BOOL variables First byte as i Memory Variable Table Seger MRES i Datatype um e Name ata pe Ae byte ut First byte i BOOL integer multiple o integ k S First byte 1 VariableA 2bytes B BOOL i First byte 2 A uuaie tei Damasi dade Variable B 2 bytes First byte 4 3 e Variables with Four byte Alignments e g DWORD Four bytes of memory are allocated for the four byte alignment The location of the first byte of data in memory is an integer multiple of four bytes Therefore if a variable with a two byte alignment such as WORD data is inserted two bytes o
333. ftp gt a 8 End the FTP session ftp bye FTP ended 221 Goodbye m NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 19 10 FTP Server 10 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 FTP Client 11 1 Using the FTP Client to Transfer Files leere 11 2 1121 1 Transfering Files EID bane ex wot ert ee oer eus 11 2 11 1 2 Connectable FTP Servers eeee RR 11 3 11 1 3 File Transfer Options 0 20 0 cette ee 11 3 11 2 FTP Client Communications Instructions 11 5 11 2 1 Functions of the FTP Client Communications Instructions 11 5 11 2 2 Restrictions on the FTP Client Communications Instructions 11 8 11 3 FTP Client Application Example llle 11 9 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 1 11 FTP Client 11 1 Using the FTP Client to Transfer Files You can use the FTP client to transfer files between the FTP client and an FTP server You can transfer files in either direction download data from the FTP server to the FTP client or upload data from the FTP client to the FTP server L Version Information A CPU Unit with unit version 1 08 or later is required to use the FTP client 11 1 1 Transferring Files All file transfers that use the FTP client are executed with FTP client communications instructions in the user program The file tr
334. g Data Link Functions 7 2 2 Tag Data Link Setting Procedure This section describes the procedure to set tag data links i e connection information For data links between Controllers the connection information is set only in the originator i e the node that receives data 1 Create the network configuration 1 Register all built in EtherNet IP ports for which to cre ate connections in the EtherNet IP Network Configura tion Pane Refer to 7 2 3 Registering Devices f a system has already been installed connect online to the EtherNet IP network and upload the network configuration Refer to 7 2 10 Uploading Tag Data Link Parameters L Create the tag and tag set connections Set the connections with one of the following methods 1 Basic Operation 1 Create tags and tag sets for all registered devices built in Eth erNet IP ports Refer to 7 2 4 Creating Tags and Tag Sets 2 Create a connection for the originator device i e the registered device that receives data as input data Refer to 7 2 5 Connection Settings 2 Create the connections by dragging registered devices Refer to 7 2 10 Uploading Tag Data Link Parameters Download the tag data link parameters Refer to 7 2 9 Downloading Tag Data Link Parameters L Make sure that the tag data links are operating normally by using the indicators for the built in EtherNet IP port refer to 15 1 Overview of Erro
335. g a structure variable Set 02 hex for a structure variable Otherwise set 00 hex Addinfo The CRC code of the structure definition is specified only when accessing a struc ture variable In this case the size of Addinfo will be 2 bytes NumOfElement Specifying the number of elements in the array Do not specify 0000 hex an error will occur For variables other than arrays set 0001 hex Actual data Specify the actual data in little endian format If 0001 hex is specified for an array specify the actual data in the same format as when you access a variable with the data type of the elements of the array Response Service Data There is no response service data Response Codes CIP status Add status Cause Meaning 00 SUCCESS The service ended normally 02 RESOURCE_UNAVAILABLE The internal processing buffer is not available 04 PATH_SEGMENT_ERROR The request path specification is not cor rect 05 PATH_DESTINATION_UNKNOWN The link was followed to the end but the variable was not found oC OBJECT_STATE_CONFLICT 8010 A download is in progress 8011 There is an error in tag memory 13 NOT_ENOUGH_DATA The data length was too short for the specified service 15 TOO_MUCH_DATA The data length was too long for the specified service 1F VENDOR_SPECIFIC_ERROR 0102 1003 The number of elements does not match the size of the write data 0
336. g is used The values inside parentheses are for when multicast filtering is not used Mbit s without Multicast Filter The bandwidth used for communications by the device of the 100 Mbps net work bandwidth is shown The values outside parentheses are for when multicast filtering is used The values inside parentheses are for when multicast filtering is not used Usage of IP Multicast Addresses The number of multicast IP addresses actually used for communications by the device is shown Total usage of IP multicast The number of multicast IP addresses used in the entire network is shown addresses This value is used to estimate the number of multicast filters for switching Network Total of Max Mbit s The total network bandwidth used for tag data link communications in the is exceeded for the network bandwidth NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 entire network is shown Tag data links will not operate normally if 100 Mbps 14 7 peo suomneoiunuiuuo eui Bunsn py z rr syur eieq Be 10 eBes i yipimpueg Buppeu L 2 vI 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load Checking the Usage of Capacity and Network Bandwidth for Tag Data Links The percentage of the allowable communications bandwidth for tag data links for each built in Ether Net IP port is displayed as the Usage of Capacity and the bandwidth used for tag data link commu nications in the entire networ
337. gs is set to the Host name Option You can use up to 200 single byte alphanu meric characters dots and hyphens with up to 63 single byte alphanumeric characters between dots Community name Set the community name You can use up to 255 single byte public alphanumeric characters Version Set the version of the SNMP manager SNMPv1 SNMP version 1 SNMPv1 SNMP version 2C SNMPv2C e Trap 2 Setting Description Default Trap 2 Specify whether to use the trap 2 settings Do not use Use Do not use Specifying method Set the specifying method for the SNMP manager destination IP address for SNMP traps P address Host name IP address Set the IP address of the SNMP manager Set this setting if None the specifying method in the trap 2 settings is set to the P address Option Host name Set the host name of the SNMP manager Set this setting if None the specifying method in the trap 2 settings is set to the Host name Option You can use up to 200 single byte alphanu meric characters dots and hyphens with up to 63 single byte alphanumeric characters between dots Community name Set the community name You can use up to 255 single byte public alphanumeric characters Version Set the version of the SNMP manager SNMPv1 e SNMP version 1 SNMPv1 SNMP version 2C SNMPv2C These settings are required if the SNMP trap is set is enabled 5 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506
338. h the server Information about the target node that acts as the originator is displayed If all tag data link connec tions to the node are established and normal this information is displayed in blue However if any connection is broken it is displayed in red 15 40 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Multiple Switch ON Comparison ag Dat Invalid Pe Config Logical Error ig Logical Errar B Error 40j 1nBjjuo2 x10Mj9N BY YUM SNIS Bupioau E G L UONOUN Jojuo v 29149 sJojeinBiuo2 YIOMION SUL L SL NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 41 15 Troubleshooting Status 2 Tab Page This tab page displays information on nodes with tag data link originator settings based on _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta Target PLC Operating Mode and _E P_TargetPLCErr Target PLC Error Information in the _E P_EstbTargetSta Normal Target Node Information system defined variable This information is in blue if the connection is normal or red if an error occurred Monitor Device xi Status 1 Status 2 Connection Controller Log Tag Status Ethemet Information Target Controller Status e 010 RUN ERROR ES Additional Information The target Controller status can be used when the Controller status is selected for all the target sets for both originator and target connections If it is not selected it is gr
339. hanged if a variable that is set in a tag or the tag size is an odd number of bytes Cannot be changed if a tag or tag set size is an odd number of bytes Cannot be changed if tags or tag sets exceed the permissible settings for the refreshing size or one of the tag sizes is an odd number of bytes Cannot be changed if the maximum size of a tag name or tag set name size after conversion into UTF 8 exceeds 48 bytes Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 Unit version 1 03 or later NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 18 Displaying Device Status Device status is displayed using the following icons in Maintenance Mode To enter Maintenance Mode select Large Icons Maintenance Mode from the View Menu Etherneti 1 O EtheretiP_2 m m S 9 92 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 10 192 168 250 3 iNJB0I 1500 i NJ501 1500 CJ2M EIP21 NJ501 1500 Icon Status Offline white Default including no Controller Configurations and Setup gray o Idle including when CPU Unit of Controller is in PROGRAM o green mode 8 4 Normal communications state including when Controller is Ej in RUN mode g blue m 5 O Warning status including when there is a partial fault or non 5 ellc fatal error a Alarm status including when there is a major fault or fatal rei error in the Controller 7 re snes eoe Buifejdsig 81 2 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in Ether
340. he CPU Unit and Motion Control User s NJ301 control settings and pro programming concepts for motion control are Manual gramming concepts described Use this manual together with the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJ series CPU Unit Soft ware User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series Motion Control W508 NJ501 Learning about the specifi The motion control instructions are described Instructions Reference NJ301 cations of the motion con When programming use this manual together Manual trol instructions that are with the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s provided by OMRON Manual Cat No W500 NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 and NJ series CPU Unit Motion Control User s Man ual Cat No W507 NJ series CPU Unit Built W505 NJ501 Using the built in EtherCAT Information on the built in EtherCAT port is pro in EtherCAT Port User s NJ301 port on an NJ series CPU vided This manual provides an introduction and Manual Unit provides information on the configuration fea tures and setup Use this manual together with the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series CPU Unit Built W506 NJ501 Using the built in Ether Information on the built in EtherNet IP port is in EtherNet IP Port NJ301 Net IP port on an NJ series provided Information is provided on the basic User s Manual
341. he Number of Connections lllses eese 14 4 14 1 3 Packet Interval RPI Accuracy 0 0 0 cece eee eh 14 5 14 2 Adjusting the Communications Load eens 14 6 14 2 1 Checking Bandwidth Usage for Tag Data Links 0 0005 14 7 14 2 2 Tag Data Link Bandwidth Usage and RPI 022 ee eee 14 8 14 2 3 Adjusting Device Bandwidth Usage 0 cee eee eee 14 9 14 2 4 Changing the RPI 0 cece en 14 10 14 2 5 RPI Setting Examples 0 00 cette 14 16 14 3 I O Response Time in Tag Data Links Lese 14 21 14 3 1 Timing of Data Transmissions 0 00 0 cece ees 14 21 14 3 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port Data Processing Time sess 14 21 14 3 3 Relationship between Task Periods and Packet Intervals RPls 14 23 14 3 4 Maximum Tag Data Link I O Response Time sss 14 25 14 4 Message Service Transmission Delay Lese 14 27 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 1 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 1 Communications System 14 1 1 Tag Data Link Communications Method 14 2 Jl Requested Packet Interval RPI Settings In tag data links for the built in EtherNet IP port the data transmission period is set for each connection as the RPI The target device will send data i e output tags once each RPI regardless of the num
342. he bandwidth of the transmission path for all cascade connections If the bandwidth is exceeded rewire the network or increase the bandwidth between Ethernet switches e g to 1 Gbps If these countermeasures are not possible change the connection settings e g the RPI settings and adjust the bandwidth for all cascade connections until the total network bandwidth is not exceeded Ethernet Switches with Multicast Filtering 100 Mbit s Ethernet Switches s the network bandwidth usage under 100 Mbps for each node If any node exceeds 100 Mbps change the connections settings such as the RPI Is the usage of capacity under 100 for each node If any node exceeds 100 change the connections settings such as the RPI Is the total network bandwidth usage under 100 Mbps If the total bandwidth usage exceeds 100 Mbps the bandwidth of part of the transmission path e g an Ethernet switch or media converter may be exceeded as the result of how the network was wired e g cascade connections of Ethernet switches causing a tag data link to operate abnormally Check the bandwidth of the transmission path for all cascade connections If the bandwidth is exceeded rewire the network or increase the bandwidth between Ethernet switches e g to 1 Gbps If these countermeasures are not possible change the connection settings e g the RPI settings and adjust the bandwidth for all cascade connections until the total network bandwidth is not
343. he following error flags EIP TopAppCfgErr TCP IP Setting Error EIP NTPSrvErr NTP Server Connection Error EIP DNSSrvErr DNS Server Connection Error Note Refer to Meanings of Error Status Bits given later for the meaning of individual bits WORD 1640000 to 16 00F0 page 3 13 _EIP_MacAdrErr MAC Address Error Indicates that an error occurred when the MAC address was read at startup TRUE Error FALSE Normal BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 14 EIP LanHwErr Communications Controller Error TRUE The communications controller failed FALSE Normal BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 14 EIP EtnCfgErr Basic Ethernet Setting Error TRUE The Ethernet communications speed setting Speed Duplex is incorrect Or a read operation failed FALSE Normal BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 14 _EIP_IPAdrCfgErr TCP IP Basic Setting Error TRUE There is an illegal IP address setting A read operation failed The IP address obtained from the BOOTP server is inconsistent The DNS settings are not correct FALSE Normal BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 14 EIP IPAdrDupErr IP Address Dupli cation Error TRUE The same IP address is assigned to more than one node FALSE Other than the above BOOL TRUE or FALSE page 3 14 _EIP_BootpErr 3 4 BOOTP Server Error TRUE There was a failure to connect to the BOOTP server timeout
344. he node with a target node ID of x is registered Array x is FALSE The connection to the node with a target node ID of x is not registered Data type ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 peuyjop uiejs s jenpiaipu 40 suoneorjioeds E E sajqeue 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name EIP EstbTargetSta 255 Meaning Normal Target Node Information Global local Global Function This variable gives a list of nodes that have normally established EtherNet IP connections Array x is TRUE The connection to the node with a target node ID of x was established normally Array x is FALSE The connection to the node with a target node ID of x was not established or an error occurred Data type ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta 255 Meaning Target PLC Operating Mode Global local Global Function This variable shows the operating status of the target node Controllers that a
345. he same setting the dialog box will show that the usage of capacity for the tag data link s allowable communications bandwidth is 74 5096 and the fastest set value is 40 ms NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 17 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load DTTITCUTOO x t Comment Usage of Capacit E 192 168 250 17 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 16 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 2 192 168 250 15 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 183 Mbit s 1 e 192 168 250 14 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 13 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 12 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 11 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s il g 192 168 250 9 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 2 192158 2508 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 133 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 7 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 E 192 168 250 6 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 158 2505 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 4 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 133 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 3 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 2 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1300 74 50 74 50 1 199 1 199 Mbit s 1 g 192 168 250 1 NJ501
346. he structure definition is stored only when accessing a structure vari able In this case the size of Addinfo will be 2 bytes Actual data The actual data is stored in little endian format If 0001 hex is specified for an array the actual data is stored in the same format as when you access a variable with the data type of the elements of the array Response Codes IP Add Ea tus Meaning status Cause 00 SUCCESS The service ended normally 02 RESOURCE_UNAVAILABLE The internal processing buffer is not avail able 04 PATH_SEGMENT_ERROR The request path specification is not cor rect A 26 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices IP i Add bs ius Meaning status Cause 05 PATH DESTINATION UNKNOWN The variable specification is not correct oC OBJECT STATE CONFLICT 8010 A download is in progress 8011 There is an error in tag memory 11 REPLY DATA TOO LARGE The response exceeds the maximum response length 13 NOT_ENOUGH_DATA The data length is too short for the specified service 15 TOO_MUCH_DATA The data length is too long for the specified service 1F VENDOR_SPECIFIC_ERROR 0101 1101 The variable type specification is not cor rect 0101 1103 The read start address exceeds the range of the variable area 0101 1104 The read end address exceeds the range of the variable area 0101 110B There are too many eleme
347. he value of a variable at a remote node The value of the variable OriginalDat at the other node is read and the read value is stored in the ReadDat variable OriginalDat must be defined as a global variable at the remote node and the Network Publish attribute must be set 4 The CIPSend instruction is used to send an explicit message to a remote node The contents of the message is to read identity information product name The class ID instance ID attribute ID and service code are as follows The response data is stored in the RespDat variable Item Value Class ID 1 Instance ID 1 Attribute ID 7 Service code 16 0E 5 The CIPCIose instruction is used to close the class 3 connection IP address 192 168 250 2 suoneoiunuiuio abessayy did Buisf 2 8 P Built in EtherNet IP Port Built in EtherNet IP Port g E Value of variable written Variable name WritingDat S WriteDat r Global variable 3 Network Publish attribute 8g 2 2 Value of variable read Variable name OriginalDat D ReadDat a Global variable 3 Network Publish attribute Message sent to read identity information product name RespDat ie Pu R Response sse 5 uonoeuuo ID 40 Buruureijboj4gd ejdures 7 2 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 19 8 Message Communications 8 20 LD Variable Data type Initial value Comment OperatingEnd BOOL
348. her company s node is the origina tor and does not support connection settings with a Tag type setting In Out The connections I O is automatically displayed based on the selected con nection Input Only Just n is displayed Target Variable Select the target node s tag set to assign it n Select the target s output produce tag set Out Select the target s input consume tag set Originator Variable Select the originator node s tag set to assign it n Select the originator s input consume tag set Out Select the originator s output produce tag set Connection Type Select whether the data is sent in multi cast or unicast point to point form The default setting is multi cast Multi cast connection Select when the same data is shared by multi ple nodes This setting is usually used Point to point connection Select when the same data is not shared by multiple nodes In a unicast connection other nodes are not burdened with an unnecessary load Note Refer to 7 1 4 Overview of Operation for details on using multi cast and unicast connections and counting the number of connections RPI Set the data update cycle i e the packet interval of each connection between the originator and target For unit version 1 03 or later you can set the RPI to between 1 and 10 000 ms in 1 ms increments For unit version 1
349. iable me 2 Add the dummy variable b2 that you created in the 1 Add a dummy member variable b2 that matches the CJ series CPU Unit to the NJ series CPU Unit as well unused memory location on the NJ series CPU Unit sejduiex3 ese 1ueuoduj z p v NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 21 Appendices A 5 Precautions When Accessing A 22 External Outputs from NJ series CPU Units Observe the following precautions when you access variables or I O memory addresses that are assigned to external outputs in an NJ series CPU Unit Precaution on Writing from External Devices Variables That Are Assigned to External Outputs Any value that is written to a variable that is assigned to an external output in an NJ series CPU Unit through a tag data link or communications instruction from an external device will be overwritten by the execution results of the user program The value that is written from the tag data link or communi cations instruction will therefore not be output to the external device This applies to global device variables that are assigned to I O ports for CJ series Basic Output Units or Ether CAT output slaves and to global variables with AT specifications to output bits that are assigned to CJ series Basic Output Units Precaution When Directly Writing to O Memory Addresses Assigned to Output Bits for CJ series Basic Output Units Any value that is written to an I O memory address tha
350. ications Load 3 The usage of capacity without multicast filtering can be adjusted against the tag data link s allowable bandwidth by changing the associated devices packet interval RPI settings The RPI settings can be changed with the following three methods Method 1 Change All Connections to the Same RPI The usage of capacity without a multicast filter can be adjusted for all devices by changing the packet intervals RPI settings for all of the device s connections to the same RPI at the same time 1 Click the Set Packet Interval RPI Button at the bottom of the Usage of Device Band width Dialog Box 2 The Set Packet Interval RPI Dialog Box will be displayed Input a new RPI value and click the OK Button Set Packet Interval RPI Exi m Packet Interval RPI peo suomneoiunuiuuo eui Bunsn py z rpr ms 0 5 10000 0 ms Target Device 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1500 192 168 250 10 CJ2M EIP21 Idy y Buibueu v z vI NOTE Possible RPI value depends on the device type Please confirm the setting result on message report window Cancel NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 11 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load Method 2 Change a Particular Device s Packet Interval RPI Setting The usage of capacity without multicast filtering can be adjusted for only a particular device against the tag dat
351. ications Setup and click the OK Button in the Sysmac Studio Project Window 1 1 Connection 1 N Connection Direct Connection EtherNet IP Connection ES Additional Information e f there is an error in the set IP address the NJ series CPU Unit behaves as follows The NET RUN indicator on the CPU Unit does not light and the NET ERR indicator flashes red e A TCP IP Basic Settings Error is recorded in the event log If you use a USB direct connection or an Ethernet direction connection it is possible to reset the IP address because the Sysmac Studio can connect to the CPU Unit via the built in EtherNet IP port H Precautions for Correct Use f the IP address is duplicated or not set correctly communications are not possible via the EtherNet IP network The IP address range shown below is used by the system and cannot be specified 169 254 0 0 to 169 254 255 255 192 168 255 0 to 192 168 255 255 Due to Ethernet restrictions you cannot specify the IP addresses that are described below An IP address that is all O s or all 1 s IP addresses that start with 127 0 or 255 decimal IP addresses that have a host ID that is all O s or all 1 s Class D IP addresses 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Class E IP addresses 240 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 4 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 Determining IP Addresses I Connecting from a Saved Project The connection configuration that is
352. iders at the top and bottom of each Unit lock the Units together Move the sliders toward the back of the Units as shown below until they click into place Move the sliders toward the back until they lock into place Special information in Precautions for Correct Use M The sliders on the tops and bottoms of the Power Supply Unit CPU Unit I O Units Special I O Units and CPU Bus Units must be completely locked until they click into place after connecting Icons indicate the adjacent Unit connectors precautions additional information or reference information SBE M a n u al n am e NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W500 syun Bununow siueuoduio5 Jel onuog Bunoeuuoo 1 6 7 Manual Structure Level 1 heading Level 2 heading r Level 3 heading Gives the current headings Page tab Gives the number of the main section This illustration is provided only as a sample It may not literally appear in this manual NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Manual Structure Special Information Special information in this manual is classified as follows Qi ess for Safe Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure safe usage of the product V V Precautions for Correct Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance EN Additional Information Add
353. ies with EC Directives the Controller must be installed as fol lows The NJ series Controller must be installed within a control panel You must use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies connected to DC Power Supply Units and I O Units NJ series Controllers that comply with EC Directives also conform to the Common Emission Stan dard EN 61000 6 4 Radiated emission characteristics 10 m regulations may vary depending on the configuration of the control panel used other devices connected to the control panel wir ing and other conditions You must therefore confirm that the overall machine or equipment complies with EC Directives 18 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Regulations and Standards Conformance to KC Standards Observe the following precaution if you use NX series Units in Korea AF 717 AFB 8 SA Aba 9 7 7 z YFA H AESESOE SE7 7 amp A Vay Wi AHMRAHE 9 BS FANAN Brera AAY AAAA ABBE AS apos gu Class A Device Broadcasting Communications Device for Office Use This device obtained EMC registration for office use Class A and it is intended to be used in places other than homes Sellers and or users need to take note of this Conformance to Shipbuilding Standards The NJ series Controllers comply with the following shipbuilding standards Applicability to the ship building standards is based on certain usage conditions It may not be pos
354. iguration to originator device Please configure the Tag Set each of originator device and target device m Originator Device r Target Device Mode Address 192 168 250 2 Node Address 192 168 250 10 Comment NJ501 1500 Comment CJ2M EIP21 Input Tag Set Edit Tag Sets Dutput Tag Set TagSet2 192 168 250 2 22Byte Tacse2 1 92 168 250 10 22Byte Maced Multicast connection Hide Detail m Detail Parameter Packet Interval RPI d 20 0 ms i 10 0 10000 0 ms Timeout Value Packet Interval RPI x 4 Botner Nate Possible to omit Enor m Connection Structure 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1500 8 TagSet2 192 168 250 2 M 20 0ms E 192 168 250 10 CJ2M EIP21 5 TagSet2_192 168 250 10 Cancel 14 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 4 If the usage of capacity cannot be adjusted to the desired level when the setting described above has been performed reconsider the network configuration considering the following points Refer to 14 2 3 Adjusting Device Bandwidth Usage Reduce the number of nodes and number of connections Split the network 5 Check the bandwidth usage again If you have changed the connection settings click the Detail Button in the Usage of Device Bandwidth Area at the bottom of the Network Configuration Window and check bandwid
355. igure the network by placing E Rev1 devices to be configured and monitored Bj Rev 2 amp NJ501 1300 NJ501 1400 5 NJ501 1500 nj SYSMAC Gateway A Genetic Device E FZ Seres DeviceTyoe F Commurscalions Adapter Generic Device Usage of Device Dandwidth Hardware List This is a list of devices that you can add to the network Resdy lirrNeUIP Mirke JOMROTTOOUBUS CI2 CPUxx 115200 Bis O Offane NUM f To manage two or more networks you can select Network Add to add a new Network Configuration Pane You can add a new Network Configuration Pane ixl Untitled Network Configurator syur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z Ele Edt yew tewerk Dewe EDPie Jesi Qohon Hep Dc mB tc ee S he x lf teme a vd tn B simis OR timi LD PtherNet IP f L Etherter iP_2 i Network Configurator GB Etheshet IP Hardwarea i OMRON Corpenation Communications Adapter S E C w EIP21 i Rev 1 Rev 2 Coweracsa fi CJ20 IP21 5 12M 1P21 CSIw EIP 1 amp Rev B Rev2 fa NJ501 1300 m NJ501 1400 M NJ901 1500 To change the name displayed in the Network Tab Page select Network Property You can change the name set in the Comment Field of the Network Property Dialog Box Network Property XI m Type EtherNet IP ML 7 Comment EA JojeunBijuo2 WOMEN eui UEIS L 2 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 17 7 Ta
356. ij ie Vi m ErrorlD 10x0000 SE 0x1234 When Execute changes to TRUE the instruction is executed and Busy changes to TRUE After the results of instruction execution are stored in the output variables Done changes to TRUE and Busy changes to FALSE When Execute changes to FALSE Done returns to FALSE When Execute changes to TRUE again Busy changes to TRUE Execute is ignored if it changes to TRUE during instruction executed i e when Busy is TRUE If an error occurs several retries are attempted internally The error code in the ErrorlD is not updated during the retries When a communications error occurs Error changes to TRUE and the ErrorlD is stored Also Busy and Done change to FALSE O N oOggA5 C NSN When Execute changes to FALSE Error changes to FALSE 8 26 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 l Precautions for Correct Use one task period Example 1 8 Message Communications If Execute changes back to FALSE before Done changes to TRUE Done stays TRUE for only If you want to see if Done is TRUE at any time make sure to keep Execute TRUE until you con firm that Done is TRUE If Execute is TRUE until Done changes to TRUE Done stays TRUE until Execute changes to FALSE Example 2 Example 1 Execute Busy Executing Done l Changes to FALSE in next task period 8 2 9 Response Codes Example 2 Execute l
357. in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction 1 4 Introduction to Communications a Services F 1 4 1 CIP Common Industrial Protocol Communications Services I Tag Data Links Cyclic Communications A program is not required to perform cyclic data exchanges with other devices on the EtherNet IP net work Normally a connection is started with the target device for each tag set that was created with the Network Configurator to start communications for tag data links for a built in EtherNet IP port One con nection is used per tag set You can register up to 32 connections The following table gives the built in EtherNet IP port tag and tag set specifications Tags Tag sets Total size of all tags lt 9 600 words Maximum size of 1 tag set x 300 words The maximum size is 299 words when the tag set includes the Controller status Maximum size of 1 tag lt 300 words Number of tags per tag set 8 The maximum size is 299 words when the tag set 7 tags tag set when the tag set includes the Controller includes the Controller status status Note Input and output variables cannot be combined Number of registrable tags x 256 Number of registrable tag sets x 32 Connection Information SODIAIBS suoneoiunuuduJlot jo20104g jesnpu UOWLUOD dlo L v L Target IP address Target tag set Originator tag set Packet interval RPI Connection Tag Set Input Tag Set Output Tag set name SP1_IN
358. in the EtherNet IP Master Function Module S101134 10 Y09949 O1 MOH L L SIL Error Status Variables You can check for errors in each function module of the NJ series Controller with error status vari ables The following variables show the error status of the EtherNet IP Function Module Variable name Data type Meaning Function EIP ErrSta WORD Built in EtherNet IP Gives the collective error status of all error Error status for the EtherNet IP Error Function Module _EIP_PortErr WORD Communications Port Gives the collective error status of all error Error status for the EtherNet IP communications port _EIP_CipErr WORD CIP Communications Gives the collective error status for CIP com Error munications _EIP_TcpAppErr WORD TCP Application Com Gives the collective error status for TCP munications Error applications communications NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 5 15 Troubleshooting The meanings of the individual bits in the above error status variables are given below Bit Name Description Value Meaning 15 Master Detection This bit indicates whether the master TRUE Error detected an error in the slaves that it FALSE No error manages 14 Slave Summary Indicates whether there is an errorat TRUE Error a level below the function module FALSE No error 8 to 13 Not used 7 Major Fault Indicates if there is a major
359. ing and then download the settings again Power was interrupted when a down Perform the Memory All Clear opera Do not turn OFF the power supply to load was in progress for the FTP tion or download the settings again the Controller while a download is in server settings progress for the FTP server settings Memory error If operation is not recovered by the None above replace the CPU Unit Attached information 1 Type of errors 01 hex Non volatile memory access error 02 hex Inconsistency in settings The cause of error can be identified with the attached information 15 22 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name NTP Client Setting Error Event code 34250000 hex Meaning An error was detected in the NTP client settings Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details NTP Detection At power ON or timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery after down loading the NTP settings cycle the power sup ply or reset Con troller Effects User program Continues Operation NTP operation stops Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables None wae Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention correction p Setting err
360. ing the Socket Services 1 Execute the socket service instructions in the user program d ad 2 Check operation Use the Sysmac Studio to check the communications status with the end codes of the instruction Done Error and ErrorlD Using the FTP Server 1 Use the Sysmac Studio to set the initial settings of the EtherNet IP SEGUI D SHE Genes Function Module Set the FTP settings enabling FTP login name and password L 2 Connect to the FTP server in the NJ series CPU Unit from an FTP client application Input the FTP login name and password to log onto the built in EtherNet IP port Check the event log to see if the FTP server started Using the Automatic Clock Adjustment Section 12 Automatic Clock 1 Use the Sysmac Studio to set the initial settings of the EtherNet IP Adj Jjustment Function Module Set the NTP settings enabling NTP and execution conditions l 2 Execute automatic clock adjustment Execute automatic adjustment at specified times or specified intervals Use the Sysmac Studio to check the NTP Last Operation Time and NTP Oper ation Result system defined variables Check the event log to see if the NTP client started NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction Using the SNMP Agent T Use the Sysmac Studio to set the initial settings of the EtherNet IP 9c on 13 SNMP Agent Function Module Set the SNMP set
361. ing to the Products are confidential and proprietary and Buyer shall limit distribution thereof to its trusted employees and strictly prevent disclosure to any third party Export Controls Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws regulations and licenses regarding i export of products or information iii sale of products to forbidden or other proscribed persons and ii disclosure to non citizens of regulated technology or information Miscellaneous a Waiver No failure or delay by Omron in exercising any right and no course of dealing between Buyer and Omron shall operate as a waiver of rights by Omron b Assignment Buyer may not assign its rights hereunder without Omron s written consent c Law These Terms are governed by the law of the jurisdiction of the home office of the Omron company from which Buyer is purchasing the Products without regard to conflict of law princi ples d Amendment These Terms constitute the entire agreement between Buyer and Omron relating to the Products and no provision may be changed or waived unless in writing signed by the parties e Severability If any provi sion hereof is rendered ineffective or invalid such provision shall not invalidate any other provision f Setoff Buyer shall have no right to set off any amounts against the amount owing in respect of this invoice g Definitions As used herein including means including without limitation and Omron Compa nies o
362. ink Functions 7 2 Setting Tag Data Links 7 2 1 Starting the Network Configurator i Procedure Tag data links are set from the Network Configurator Use the following procedure to start the Network Configurator Using the Windows Start Menu To start the Network configurator select OMRON Sysmac Studio Network Configurator for EtherNetIP Network Configurator from the Windows Start Menu When the Network Configurator starts the following window is displayed Untitled Network Configurator joj xi De At yew Network Device more Took Option lie Os SS HY wh weleia t 3a f i t i e vmimsimixsl SR tal als EtheretZP 1 Usage of Device Bandwidth Mexiege Code Date Beserigtion Ready L fheret P Tclninoen OMRO TOOLBUS C32 CPUxx 115200 it s Offine NM NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Main Window The Main Window consists of a Hardware List and a Network Configuration Pane as shown in the fol lowing diagram sioj x De Lt wew ewok Deve Darie loos Opton tiep OD ElherNel IP 1 Network Ceefigurnter BB Eihera AP Hardware E Vendor E aha rank 321682501 1921682502 1921682503 seabed once 192 1682 1921682502 1921682 E A aw rm NJ8011500 GIMEIP2 CJWEIP2I 83 Revt a Rev coy Network Configuration Pane 3 CIM FIP sj CSTw EIP 1 This is used to conf
363. instructions This section pro vides sample programming that uses the FTP client communications instructions This programming executes an SD Memory Card backup and then uploads all of the backup related files to the Backup yyyy mm dd directory on the FTP server ejduex3 uoneoiddy U93119 dis LI FTP server E IP address 192 168 250 2 UDP port number 21 User name FtpUser Password 12345678 FTP client The backup related files are uploaded to the Backup yyyy mm dd directory on the FTP server Ethernet Built in EtherNet IP port The Controller is connected to the FTP server through an EtherNet IP network The settings of the parameters to connect to the FTP server are given in the following table Parameter Value IP address 192 168 250 2 UDP port number 21 User name FtpUser Password 12345678 The following procedure is used 1 The BackupToMemoryCard instruction is used to save NJ series Controller backup related files to the root directory on the SD Memory Card 2 The FTPPutFile instruction is used to upload the backup related files to the Backup yyyy mm dd directory on the FTP server The wildcard specification is used to specify the names of the files to transfer 3 Normal end processing is executed if all processing ends normally Processing for an error end is performed if an error occurs NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port Use
364. inued until a CIP class 3 connection is established Instruction CIPOpen CIPOpenWithDataSize Sending and This process is used to read and write data for specified variables CIPUCMMRead receiving vari with the Network Publish attributes CIPUCMMWrite able data CIPRead CIPWrite Sending CIP You can set the required CIP command CIPUCMMSend commands CIPSend Close process This process closes the connection CIPClose only for CIP class 3 connec tions 1 There can be up to 32 handles at the same time from opening connections Even if a connection is broken for a timeout the handle is not released Execute the ClPClose instruction 2 Addresses in memory for CJ series Units e g D0000 cannot be specified directly To access memory for CJ series Units access a variable with an AT specification 8 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Local Controller 1 Variable specified CIPRead Execute Handle 2 Reads data SrcDat starting at D0000 5 Size for the number of elements Y Remote Controller D00000 D00001 D00002 Assigned MyArray DstDa 7 77 7 7 7 WORD 10 pean aoa RevSize X To access memory for CJ series Units in v the local Controller you also must assign X the required addresses to variables New een eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee MyAr
365. ion 8 3 receive data processing time eec 14 26 Recognition 1 settings eseee 5 10 Recognition 2 settings sseeee 5 10 recognition method sseeem 5 10 recognition trap Sending 2e oit the RE eee 5 9 Registered Target Node Information 3 8 3 17 registering devices ene eee tenes 7 19 request path cote genes 8 9 requested packet intervals 7 9 14 26 iue 14 5 adjusting according to task periods 14 23 bandwidth usage eem 14 3 changing cete E be ee 14 10 Settings eec ee 14 2 response COES inns aai apei 8 27 route path 3 8 eR c cm td 8 6 RIPLsSetting scie e ete neben 7 36 S SD Memory Cards file TYPOS vie n eie tern tert 10 16 format of variable data eessseeesssss 10 16 initialiZitiQ aie oet eter etes 10 16 IVpeS ei ne aie eed eee 10 15 secondary DNS server sssssssseseeen 5 2 send data processing time eesseeseessse 14 26 Send Explicit Message UCMM instruction 8 3 server specifying method seeseeeese 5 7 Set gs coo pk e Ue ote ett ae poe ied 5 1 SNMP eR e Rees 5 9 SNMP agent itene piina e ana ana 1 16 13 2 application procedure eeeeeee 13 20 required settings een 13 20 SNMP messages eese 13 3
366. ion GetEIPError Variable name EIP CipErr Meaning CIP Communications Error Global local Global Function This is the error status variable for CIP communications It represents the following error flags EIP IdentityErr Identity Error EIP TDLinkCfgErr Tag Data Link Setting Error EIP TDLinkOpnErr Tag Data Link Connection Failed e EIP TDLinkErr Tag Data Link Communications Error EIP TagAarErr Tag Name Resolution Error e EIP MultiSwOnErr Multiple Switches ON Error Note If a Tag Resolution Error occurs it is recorded in the event log and this variable changes to TRUE Refer to Meanings of Error Status Bits given later for the meaning of individual bits Data type WORD Range of values 1640000 to 16400F0 R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Related instruc tions Possible You can access this variable from the user program with the following instruction GetEIPError Variable name EIP TepAppErr Meaning TCP Application Communications Error Global local Global Function This is the error status variable for TCP application communications It represents the following error flags _EIP_TcpAppCfgErr TCP IP Setting Error e EIP NTPSrvErr NTP Server Connection Error e EIP DNSSrvErr DNS Server Connection Error Note Refer to Meanings of Error Status Bits gi
367. ion set 0 0 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Subtree name Standard identifier attribute HR aera ifOutOctets 16 RO Sup According to the The number of octets of packets sent through this Ported standard interface This includes framing characters ifOutUcast 17 RO Sup According to the Pkts The number of unicast packets sent by higher ported standard level protocols This includes discarded packets and unsent pack ets ifOutNUcast 18 RO Sup According to the Pkts The number of non unicast packets sent by higher Ported standard level protocols This includes discarded packets and unsent pack ets ifOutDiscards 19 RO Sup According to the The number of packets that had no errors but ported standard were discarded in the sending process due to a send buffer overflow etc ifOutErrors 20 RO Sup According to the The number of packets that could not be sent ported standard because of an error ifOutQLen 21 RO Sup Always 0 The size of the send packet queue i e the num Ported ber of packets ifSpecific 22 RO Sup 0 0 The object ID that represents a reference to the ported 13 7 jue y dNNS L EL suoneoyioeds gllN v L EL 13 SNMP Agent 13 8 Ip Group Ip Subtree name Standard identifier attribute Bu tle dol ipForwarding 1 RW Sup Not forwarding 2 Indicates if the device op
368. ions iv Systems machines and equipment that could present a risk to life or prop erty Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to this Prod uct NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON S PRODUCT IS PROP ERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM Programmable Products Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable Product or any consequence thereof Performance Data Data presented in Omron Company websites catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitabil ity and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of Omron s test conditions and the user must correlate it to actual application require ments Actual performance is subject to the Omron s Warranty and Limitations of Liability Change in Specifications Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our prac tice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifica tions of the Product may be changed without any notice When in doubt spe cial part numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifi
369. ions and Standards Conformance to EC Directives i Applicable Directives e EMC Directives Low Voltage Directive i Concepts e EMC Directive OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine The actual products have been checked for conformity to EMC standards Whether the products conform to the standards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives will vary depending on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The customer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards Applicable EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility standards are as follows EMS Electromagnetic Susceptibility EN 61131 2 and EN 61000 6 2 EMI Electromagnetic Interference EN 61131 2 and EN 61000 6 4 Radiated emission 10 m regulations Low Voltage Directive Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 000 VAC and 75 to 1 500 VDC meet the required safety standards The applicable directive is EN 61131 2 e Conformance to EC Directives The NJ series Controllers comply with EC Directives To ensure that the machine or device in which the NJ series Controller is used compl
370. is automatically saved in the Controller and then the same address is used NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 5 4 Determining IP Addresses ES Additional Information The TCP IP Settings Display is not updated even if the IP address is obtained normally from the BOOTP server To check the IP address that was obtained from the BOOTP server on the TCP IP Display upload the project from the NJ series Controller If you cannot obtain the IP address from the BOOTP server the Fix at the IP address obtained from BOOTP server Option is selected on the TCP IP Display Select Fixed Setting in the IP Address Settings and manually set the IP address subnet mask and default gateway If the Controller power supply is turned ON when the IP address was not normally obtained from the BOOTP server the setting remains at Fix at the IP address obtained from BOOTP server After the IP address is obtained from the BOOTP server the built in EtherNet IP port IP address setting is automatically set to Fixed setting Therefore the IP address will not match when the program is verified on the Sysmac Studio ES Additional Information When the local IP address of the built in EtherNet IP is set the FINS node address is automati cally set as follows Example Pairing IP Addresses and FINS Node Addresses with Automatic Creation Method Te TCP IP Settings Display x FINS Settings Display E FEN rode Aree tentes Node
371. is route A value Ported standard of 0 0 0 0 for this entry indicates the default route ipRoutelflndex 2 RW Sup According to the The ID number of the interface required to send to Ported standard 13 SNMP Agent seconds NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 e Sup Implementation Subtree name Standard identifier attribute port specifications ipRouteMetric1 3 RW Sup According to the The primary routing metric for this route This ported standard value is determined based on the protocol speci fied in ipRouteProto Set to 1 if you do not want to use this metric this is also the same for ipRouteMetric 2 through 4 ipRouteMetric2 4 RW Sup According to the The alternative routing metric for this route ported standard ipRouteMetric3 5 RW Sup According to the The alternative routing metric for this route ported standard ipRouteMetric4 6 RW Sup According to the The alternative routing metric for this route ported standard ipRouteNext 7 RW Sup According to the Hop The IP address of the next hop in this route for ported standard routes connected by a broadcast or media this is the agent address or address of that interface ipRouteType 8 RW Sup According to the The type of route ported standard Other 1 Not any of the following types Invalid 2 An invalid route Direct 3 A direct c
372. ision Minor revision Read USINT Built in EtherNet IP Port below 05 hex Status Status of the built in EtherNet IP Read WORD Refer to 3 Status Details of the port Built in EtherNet IP Port below NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 31 HOd dl 19N JeUm U H Ng eui 0 jues si2e qo dID 8 HOd dI eNJeur ung eu 0 jueg sioe qo dID L 8 8 Message Communications Read data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data Value type 06 hex Serial Number Serial number Read UINT Set value 07 hex Product Name Product name Read STRING Set value 1 Product Codes for Each Model Type Product Code NJ501 13 0665 hex NJ501 14 0666 hex NJ501 15 0667 hex NJ301 11 066B hex NJ301 12 066C hex CJ1W EIP21 NJ 0668 hex 2 Major and Minor CIP Revisions for Individual Models CIP revisions Major revision Minor revision NJ501 Unit version 1 00 01 hex 01 hex Unit version 1 01 or 1 02 01 hex 03 hex Unit version 1 03 or later 02 hex 01 hex NJ301 Unit version 1 01 or 1 02 01 hex 03 hex Unit version 1 03 or later 02 hex 01 hex 3 Status Details of the Built in EtherNet IP Port Bit Name Description 0 Owned Indicates when the built in EtherNet IP port has an open connection as the target of a tag data link
373. ith a CPU Unit with unit version 1 01 or later and Sysmac Stu dio version 1 02 or higher 1 4 2 BOOTP Client You set the built in EtherNet IP port in the BOOTP settings to use the BOOTP client to obtain settings such as the built in EtherNet IP port IP address BOOTP server BOOTP command Ethernet Built in EtherNet IP port EtherNet IP port BOOTP client The built in EtherNet IP port IP address is obtained from the BOOTP server when the power is turned ON IP address Bh 1 12 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction o o 3 E 1 4 3 FTP Server i E An FTP server is built into the built in EtherNet IP port so that files can be read from and written to the 2 S SD Memory Card in the CPU Unit of the Controller from computers at other Ethernet nodes This 5 makes it possible to exchange data files between a host computer and the Controller with the host com 9 puter as the FTP client and the Controller as the FTP server og Host computer FTP client Ethernet B FTP command Built in EtherNet IP port ls U 7 n 7 o SD Memory PEE NJ series Controller 3 Card Host computer to Controller Controller to Host computer File data File data qe x LH S
374. itional information to read as required This information is provided to increase understanding or make operation easier Version Information Information on differences in specifications and functionality for CPU Units with different unit versions and for different versions of the Sysmac Studio is given Note References are provided to more detailed or related information Precaution on Terminology In this manual download refers to transferring data from the Sysmac Studio to the physical Controller and upload refers to transferring data from the physical Controller to the Sysmac Studio For the Sysmac Studio synchronization is used to both upload and download data Here synchronize means to automatically compare the data for the Sysmac Studio on the computer with the data in the physical Controller and transfer the data in the direction that is specified by the user 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Sections in this Manual Sections in this Manual En e cS FTP Server E Introduction Installing Ethernet Networks System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Determining IP Addresses Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port e Testing Communications Ea Tag Data Link Functions Message Communications CS M FTP Client ELS oe Automatic Clock Adjustment SNMP Agent Co
375. ives the name of the error Event code Gives the code of the error Meaning Gives a short description of the error Source Gives the source of the error Source details Gives details on Detection Tells when the the source of the timing error is detected error Error attributes Level Tells the level of Recovery Gives the recov Log category Tells which log influence on con ery method 2 the error is saved trol in 3 Effects User program Tells what will hap Operation Provides special information on the operation that results pen to execution of from the error the user pro gram 4 Indicators Gives the status of the built in EtherNet IP port and built in EtherCAT port indicators Indicator status is given only for errors in the EtherCAT Master Function Module and the EtherNet IP Function Module System defined variables Variable Data type Name Lists the variable names data types and meanings for system defined variable that are directly affected by the error or that contain settings that cause the error s that provide direct error notification Cause and cor rection Assumed cause Correction Prevention Lists the possible causes corrections and preventive measures for the error Attached This is the attached information that is displayed by the Sysmac Studio or an NS series PT information Precautions Provides precautions restrictions and supplemental information If the us
376. k Usage of Capacity is 40 83 as shown in the following dialog box Usage of Device Bandwidth i d t Comme Usage of Capacit Mbit s without Multic Usage of IP multi 2 192 168 250 17 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 192 168 250 16 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 2 9 19216825015 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 P 19216825014 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 192 168 250 13 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 T 192 168 250 12 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 2 9 19216825011 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 amp g 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 gt 192 168 250 9 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 o 491921682508 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 9 9 1921682507 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 3 191921682506 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 3 9 1921682505 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 S 1921682504 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 192 168 250 3 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 2 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 Q 2 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1300 40 83 40 83 0 510 0 510 Mbit s 1 2 S Q Total usage of IP multicast addresses AR Set Packet Interval RPI cove __SetPa
377. k is displayed as the Mbit s The usage of capacity and used network bandwidth that are displayed in parentheses are for an Ethernet switch that does not use multicast filtering In this case multicast packets will be sent to even the nodes without connection settings so the displayed values will include these packets as well These values can be adjusted according to instructions in 14 2 4 Changing the RPI Checking the Total Number of Multicast IP Addresses in the Network When using an Ethernet switch that provides multicast filtering there must be enough multicast fil ters for the network being used The number of multicast IP address used in the entire network that is displayed by the Network Configurator is based on connection settings Make sure that the num ber of multicast IP addresses used in the entire network does not exceed the number of multicast fil ters supported by the Ethernet switch If necessary change to an Ethernet switch with enough multicast filters or adjust the usage of capacity and network bandwidth for tag data links Mbit s val ues given for an Ethernet switch without multicast filtering i e the values in parentheses These values can be adjusted according to instructions in 14 2 4 Changing the RPI Checking the Total Maximum Network Bandwidth The Network Configurator displays the total maximum bandwidth that can be used for the entire net work This value indicates the maximum bandwidth that can be used on th
378. k operation normal Target PLC Target PLC Operating Mode 2 Error Information 2 _EIP_EstbTargetSta 2 _EIP_TargetPLCErr 2 Node 2 data link operation normal syu eyeq eL 104 Buruurei604gd Joppey L 7 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 71 7 Tag Data Link Functions Programming Example to Detect Errors The following programming can be used to check for tag data link errors for each target node This programming is used to detect errors only after the data links for all nodes have started normally Online Normal Target Node Information 1 _EIP_EtnOnlineSta _EIP_EstbTargetSta 1 Normal Target Node Information 1 Node 1 _EIP_EstbTargetSta 1 error output Node 1 error output Normal Target Node Information 2 _EIP_EstbTargetSta 2 Normal Target Node Information 2 Node 2 _EIP_EstbTargetSta 2 error output Node 2 error output Data Processing Programming Example The following type of programming can be used to process data only when the data links are oper ating normally The parts of the ladder program that use the data link area for the relevant l node are processed only m 1 4 when the corresponding aa i Normal operation flag normal operation flag is ON f i e You can use MC MCR instructions and JMP instructions to process data only when the data links are operating normally as shown below
379. kdir e Format mkdir directory name spueululo2 dij Puisf S 04 e Function Creates a directory of the specified name at the remote host on the SD Memory Card Anerror will occur if a file or directory of the same name already exists in the working directory i rmdir e Format rmdir directory_name Function Deletes the directory with the specified name from the remote host from the SD Memory Card The directory must be empty to delete it An error will occur if the specified directory does not exist or is not empty spuewwoy y Buisf z S 0L pwd e Format pwd Function Displays the work directory on the remote host i append e Format append ocal file name remote file name e Function Uses the file data type that is specified by the type command to append the local file to the remote host on the SD Memory Card f ca e Format cd directory name e Function Changes the remote host work directory to the specified remote directory Files on the SD Memory Card are stored in the MEMCARD 1 directory under the root directory NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 11 10 FTP Server The root directory is the directory that is used when you log onto the built in EtherNet IP port The MEMCARD1 directory does not exist if an SD Memory Card is not inserted in the CPU Unit or if the SD Memory Card power indicator on the CPU Unit is not lit
380. kupToMemoryCard_instance BackupToMemoryCard Execute Done DirName Busy Cancel Option Operating FTPPutFile_instance BackupToMemoryCard_instance Done FTPPutFile Execute Done FTPAddr ConnectSvr Busy Backup yyyy mm dd SvrDirName CommandCanceled LocalDirName Error un FileName ErrorlD ExecOption ErrorlDEx RetryCfg PutNum Cancel PutFileResult PutResult PutResult Processing after normal end Operating BackupToMemoryCard instance Done FTPPutFile instance Done Inline ST 1 Processing after normal end 2 Processing after error end Operating BackupToMemoryCard instance Error Inline ST 1 Processing after error end 2 FTPPutFile_instance Error NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 11 11 FTP Client ST Internal Vari ables Variable Data type Initial value Comment R TRIG instance R_TRIG Instance of R_TRIG instruction UP Q BOOL FALSE Trigger output FTPPutFile insta FTPPutFile Instance of FTPPutFile nce instruction Execution condition for DoFTPTrigger BOOL FALSE BackupToMemoryCard and FTPPutFile FTPAddr SFTP CONNECT Adr PortNo 0 User Connected FTP server _SVR Name Password settings ARRAY 0 0 OF Name TxError False PutResult SFTP FILE RES RemoveError False Uploaded file results ULT Reserved 4 16 0 Instruction execution Stag
381. l R Management and St Open d Maintenance ie Run as administrator gt M Microsoft Office Open file location J OMRON Pin to Start Menu in jo CX Server Add to Quick Launch m D Restore previous versions 5 4 CX One Auto Updat E Sysmac Studio Send To gt 5 Jg CX ConfiguratorFDT cut amp CX Designer Copy E CXdintegrator J CX Protocol Introduction Guide L Network Configurat NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 3 Appendices A 2 1 Installing EDS Files fi EDS File Install The Network Configurator can support new devices if the proper EDS files are installed To install the EDS file use the following procedure 7 Select EDS File Install The Install EDS File Dialog Box is displayed 2 Select the EDS file to install and click the Open Button Next select the icon file ico The EDS file is added to the Hardware List as a new device If the hardware already exists the new Hardware List will overwrite the previous one If the hardware versions are different a hardware device is added to the Hardware List for each version A 2 2 Creating EDS Files ll EDS File Create The EDS files are required by the Network Configurator to create a network configuration To create an EDS file use the following procedure Select EDS File Create 2 Set the device information and I O information You can obtain the device information from
382. lass B 255 255 0 0 Class C 255 255 255 0 4 1 4 CIDR CIDR or classless interdomain routing is used to assign IP addresses that do not use classes IP addresses that use classes are separated into blocks according to network IDs and host IDs resulting in inefficient usage of IP address space CIDR does not use classes so IP address space can be divided as required to more efficiently use IP address space For example using a subnet mask setting with CIDR enables building a horizontally distributed network exceeding 254 nodes even if a class C address block e g 192 168 is used Subnet Mask Range 192 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 252 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 3 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port IP Address Settings 4 2 1 4 4 Determining IP Addresses Use one of the following methods to set the IP address of the built in EtherNet IP port Setting a User specified IP Address If you need to change the default IP address of the built in EtherNet IP port or if you need to use the built in EtherNet IP port with another EtherNet IP node set the IP address to the required value Automatically Obtaining the IP Address from the BOOTP Server There are two methods to automatically obtain an IP address Obtain the IP address from the BOOTP server each time the power is turned ON Obtain the IP address from the BOOTP server once when the power is turned ON and
383. ldcards in the file name to transfer multiple local files to the remote host to the SD Memory Card Any existing file with the same name in the remote host on the SD Memory Card is overwritten by the contents of the transferred file i delete e Format delete file name spuewwoy eui Burst z S 0L e Function Deletes the specified remote file on the SD Memory Card i mdelete e Format mdelete file name Function You can include wildcards in the file name to delete multiple remote files from the SD Memory Card i close e Format close e Function Disconnects the FTP server of the built in EtherNet IP port bye e Format bye e Function Ends the FTP sessions NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 13 10 FTP Server fi quit e Format quit e Function Ends the FTP sessions 10 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server o oa c H o 10 6 Using SD Memory Card Operations d Eum z 23 The built in EtherNet IP port can be used to upload and download the following data between the SD a2 Memory Card and the FTP server 99 og Variables files binary format The following three methods are used by the CPU Unit to store and read data on the SD Memory Card Sysmac Studio 1 Creating and reading files from the Sysmac Studio 2 File operations from Windows NJ series CPU Units
384. le CIPRead DstDat Read Data CIPWrite SrcDat Write Data CIPSend ServiceDat Command RespServiceDat Response Data Data 8 2 6 Sample Programming for CIP Connectionless UCMM Message Communications This sample uses CIP UCMM messages to write a variable read a variable and send a message The Controllers are connected to an EtherNet IP network The IP address of the remote node is 192 168 250 2 The following procedure is used 1 The CIPUCMMWrite instruction is used to write the value of a variable at a remote node The variable name at the remote node is WritingDat and the contents of the WriteDat is written to it WritingDat must be defined as a global variable at the remote node and the Network Publish attribute must be set 2 The CIPUCMMRead instruction is used to read the value of a variable at a remote node The value of the variable OriginalDat at the other node is read and the read value is stored in the ReaaDat variable OriginalDat must be defined as a global variable at the remote node and the Network Publish attribute must be set 3 The CIPUCMMSend instruction is used to send an explicit message to a remote node The con tents of the message is to read identity information product name The class ID instance ID attribute ID and service code are as follows The response data is stored in the RespDat vari able Item Value Class ID 1 Instance ID 1 Attribute ID 7 Service code
385. le Or the data link table was downloaded from the Network Configurator again Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection At user operation timing Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category Access Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_TDLinkStartCmd BOOL Tag Data Link Communications Start Switch Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention conmecien Tag data links were started by Net work Configurator or manipulation of a system defined variable Attached Attached information 1 Controller status 01 hex PROGRAM mode information 02 hex RUN mode Attached information 2 Operation method01 hex Operation from the Network Configurator 02 hex Operation with system defined variable Precautions None Remarks Event name Link Detected Event code 94050000 hex Meaning Establishment of an Ethernet link was detected Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection When establish port timing ing link Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Lights Sys
386. lected according to the scale of the network Classes D and E are not used Bit 31 23 0 Class o Network ID 7 bits Host ID 24 bits Bit 31 15 0 Class B 1 0 Network ID 14 bits Host ID 16 bits Bit 31 7 0 Class C 11 0 Network ID 21 bits Host ID 8 bits Bit 31 0 Class D 1 1 1 0 Multicast address Cannot be used Bit 31 0 Class E 11 111 Experimental address Cannot be used The number of networks in each class and the number of hosts possible on the network differ according to the class Class Number of networks Number of hosts Class A Small 224 2 max 16 777 214 max Class B Medium 216 2 max 65 534 max Class C Large 28 2 max 254 max The 32 bits of binary data in an IP address are divided into four sections of eight bits each IP addresses are represented by the decimal equivalent of each of the four octets in the 32 bit address each separated by a period For example the binary address 10000010 00111010 00010001 00100000 would be represented as 130 58 17 32 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 1 2 Allocating IP Addresses You must assign IP addresses nodes so that each IP address is assigned only once in the network or between several networks 4 1 3 Subnet Masks Operation and management of a network can become very difficult if too many nodes are connected on a single netwo
387. les described in the following table can be read or written by the CPU Unit Variables file binary Refer to bin Specified variables This variables file contains the val format 10 6 2 File ues of specified variables which Types include arrays and structures in binary format bin Refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 for details 10 6 3 Initializing SD Memory Cards 1 Insert the SD Memory Card into the CPU Unit 2 Use the Sysmac Studio to initialize the SD Memory Card 10 6 4 Format of Variable Data 10 16 Binary Format The IOM format is a data format used for binary data specified by the ladder instructions FileReadVar Read Variables File and FileWriteVar Save Variables File in the CPU Unit You can also read and save arrays and structures Data is created as shown below when the data of variable Var A is placed in an attached file in binary format NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server e o T SD Memory Card SaveVar instruction Var A g executed 164234 i Variable values are 1654567 93 written to the binary 16 abed 0 file in sequence 1650987 ag TYPES from the beginning 9 9 abcd0987 3 Binary file EN Additional Information When you handle a binary file on the NJ series CPU Unit always specify the binary data type with the type command before you read or writ
388. lient FTPRemovebDir Instruction The FTPRemoveDir instruction deletes the specified directory from the FTP server FTP server BH PU 2 1 v eu x Directory is deleted Ethernet FTP client 11 2 2 Restrictions on the FTP Client Communications Instructions The following restrictions apply to the FTP client communications instructions Be careful not to exceed these restrictions when you create the user program f you execute more than one FTP client communications instruction to read and write data in an SD Memory Card at a time unexpected operation may result such as reading data from a file to which data is being written Perform exclusive control of the instructions in the user program f you execute an FTP client communications instruction to read or write data in an SD Memory Card at the same time as an operation to read or write data in the SD Memory Card unexpected operation may result such as reading data from a file to which data is being written Perform exclusive control of the instructions in the user program Refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 E1 09 or higher for information on exclusive control of file access in SD Memory Cards NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 FTP Client 11 3 FTP Client Application Example All FTP client functionality is executed with FTP client communications
389. links for the entire network or individual devices from the Network Configurator Starting and stopping tag data links for individual devices must be performed for the originator Further more you can use system defined variables to start and stop the entire network Refer to 7 2 12 Start ing and Stopping Tag Data Links for details 7 1 6 Controller Status You can include the Controller status as a member of a tag set in the data sent and received The Con troller status is a set of flags that indicate the operating status of the CPU Unit operating information error information Controller error level If the Controller status is specified as an output Send tag the Controller status is added to the start of the tag set in the following format Select the nclude Option for the Controller Status in the upper right of the Edit Tag Set Dialog Box Controller Operating Flag Minor fault level Controller error Controller Error Flag Partial fault level Controller error Major fault level Controller error Of the flags in bits 5 to 7 that indicate the current error level only the flag for the highest error level changes to TRUE For example if a minor fault level Controller error and a major fault level Controller error occur at the same time only the flag for the major fault level Controller error bit 7 will change to TRUE and the flag for
390. log box is displayed to confirm that you want to delete the selected tag set and the tags contained in that tag set You only want to delete the tag set so click the No Button Network Configurator a x Selected Tag sets and Tags that the Tag sets have will be A deleted syur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z OK If you select No it will delete the Tag sets only i Click the New Button to create a new tag set To place more than one tag in an existing tag set double click the tag set or select it and click the Edit Button The Edit Tag Set Dialog Box is dis played Imported tags that are not registered in another tag set are displayed in the Candidate Tag List on the right Click the Button to add tags individually Edit Tag Set ENS x Controller Status Name Notinclude Include M Tag List r CandidateT ag List B Name Fat Size B NO1 InData Clear 4Byte 48 N02_InData Clear 4Byte sjes Be pue she Bulyeaig v z 7 Regist Close 3 You can change tag set names in this dialog box To confirm a change click the Regist Button in the Edit Tag Set Dialog Box NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 31 7 Tag Data Link Functions 4 Perform steps 1 to 3 for all the devices to import variables and to create tag sets 7 2 5 Connection Settings 7 32 After you create the tag sets click the Connections Tab at the top of the Edit Device Par
391. ls and review the settings 1 Connection Check Result B x eL Netwok d 192 168 250 10 CJ2M EIP21 EtherNet IP_1 Connection CN02 01 TagSetl 192 158 250 10 Co If an inconsistency is found open the originators Edit Device Parameter Dialog Box and click the Connection Tab The inconsistent connection in the Register Device List is displayed with a F3 icon instead of the normal icon To change the connection setting and select a different target variable select the connection as shown below and click the Edit Button Connections 2 32 0 1 T 1 Register Device List 192 168 250 10 CJ2M EIP21 Variable 192 168 250 2 002 N CN02_01 Input x F3 icon normally r3 TagSet1_192 168 250 10 TagSet1_192 168 250 2 New Edit Delete Edit All Change Target Node TD To From file NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 67 m syur eyeq Bey Buas Z Z suogoouuog uoy 91 z 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 17 Changing Devices You can change devices that are registered in a network configuration with the Network Configurator Select Change Device from the Device Menu to display a list of the possible devices to change to Select the desired device You can change a device only when there is complete or upward compatibil ity with the device fl Device Changes
392. ly set 7 2 7 Creating Connections by Device Dragging and Dropping You can create a connection to the originator by dragging a target device and dropping it at the origina tor device Network Configurator version 3 10 or higher is required to drag and drop devices to make connections Example Drag the target device at 192 168 250 1 and drop it at the originator device at 192 168 250 100 Drag amp Drop CC gt gt EtherNet TP 1 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 43 sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z m Buiddoug pue bulbbeiq eoieq Aq suonoeuuo Bunealg Z Z Z 7 Tag Data Link Functions ES Additional Information The EtherNet IP originator device i e a device in which connections can be set must be one of the following OMRON EtherNet IP devices Device name Remarks CJ1W EIP21 NJ CJ1W EIP21 mounted to NJ series CPU Unit CJ1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 mounted to CJ1 CPU Unit CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 CJ1W EIP21 mounted to CJ2 CPU Unit CJ2B EIP21 Built in EtherNet IP port in CJ2H CPU Unit CJ2M EIP21 Built in EtherNet IP port in CJ2M CPU Unit CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 mounted to CS1 CPU Unit NJ301 Built in EtherNet IP port in the NJ series CPU Unit NJ501 LIL EYE Use the following procedure to create connections i e data links by dragging and dropping devices 1 Set the tags and tag sets for the target device that will be dragged 1 2 Re
393. m ory addresses to tags The settings for tag data links are made with the Network Configurator Refer to 7 2 Setting Tag Data Links for information on how to make the settings With a tag data link one node requests the connection of a communications line to exchange data with another node The node that requests the connection is called the originator and the node that receives the request is called the target EtherNet IP Unit NJ series CPU Unit CJ series CPU Unit Input Outputs Connection Tag set name AB ag set name OUT1 e Var Out1 Output tags i Var Out2 Var Outt DMO Var Out2 DM100 Var Out3 DM200 Var_In_a 1 0 refreshed 4 amp 35 I Var in b JO refreshed Var In c DM00200 WR300 DM20100 Fe Tag set name IN1 Connection 1 0 paio V O refresh ed EXEUNTES OUfBUTG npari DM00200 LI S bes BESTES nput tags NM e Var_Out_f H DM20100 pce Controller status Controller status Em Target EtherNet IP For communications between Controllers the connection information is set in the built in EtherNet IP port of the Controller that receives consumes the data i e the originator ES Additional Information For communications betwee
394. m c H 23 Revision HIStOFry escsa iix dn xri nni pa indian i nasa cxx EE ERO DX OO c ol E edu ag a ada dS 25 Section 1 Introduction Va gt Introduction iu uuu as Sas ad fc cud idaddcoecdesadcecaa sauedae ccs E EE EEEE 1 2 1 1 1 EthierNetIP 3Features oe erede cc asin vk teased let tete eee ctun 1 2 1 1 2 Features of Built in EtherNet IP Port on NJ series CPU Units seeeee 1 3 1 2 System Configuration and Configuration Devices esee 1 5 1 2 1 Devices Required to Construct a Network esseseseeeeeeneeeneenene nennen nennen 1 5 1 2 2 Support Software Required to Construct a Network ssssseeeeeeeeneeneenen 1 6 1 3 Built in EtherNet IP Port eeeeeeeeeeee eene nnm nn imer a rana mamas aaa a4 ans aa R44 44 nm aaa nenna 1 7 1 3 1 fero jie ifepra mS 1 7 1 3 2 Part Names and Functions sssseccccceecececeneesssssecceeceeceecesaeeasnsssseceeeeseeeesanensaeesseeeeeeseeeeerees 1 9 1 4 Introduction to Communications Services ecce ecce ee eeee esee eene nnn nana nana nca 1 11 1 4 1 CIP Common Industrial Protocol Communications Services sseeeeseesss 1 11 1 4 2 ISDIR SACER UN oP ee 1 12 1 4 3 ISDP2SOIVOL oae ne M e rca tie ss dit eM auri cbestiM reas asc Loo eine tien iie el 1 13 1 4 4 ETPCIlert 3 1 1e EER AE E AEEA EE E E P S A E vede tuit tese AE E E 1 14 1
395. m the Network Configurator the Windows Security Warning Dialog Box is displayed 2 Click the Unblock Button Do you want to keep blocking this program B Mame Network Configurator Publisher OMRON SOFTWARE Co Ltd _ Keep Blocking Ask MeLater_ A USB or EtherNet IP connection will be approved for the Network Configurator and you will be able to connect the Network Configurator in the future I Windows Vista or Windows 7 Use the following procedure to change the settings Always perform steps 1 to 6 if you cannot go online The User Account Control Dialog Box may be displayed during this procedure If it appears click the Continue Button and continue with the procedure 1 Select Control Panel from the Windows Start Menu and change the display to Classic View Stasi NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 7 4 SMOPUI JO amp 3SIA SMODUIA dX SMOpUIA UO 10 e4nBijuo2 YIOMION 94 Buisf 104 suonneoaJd v sBunies jemasi4 swopurM BulbueyD L e v Appendices 2 Open the Administrative Tools and select Windows Firewall with Advanced Security from the dialog box that is displayed 3 Select Inbound Rules under Windows Firewall with Advanced Security on Local Computer on the left side of the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security Dialog Box ll Windows Firewall with Advanced Secunt File Action Vie Helg 4 Select New Rule under Inbound Rules in the Actions Area on the right side of the
396. mber on the front and back covers of the manual Cat No W506 E1 08 E Revision code Revision code Date Revised content 01 July 2011 Original production 02 March 2012 e Added information on the NJ301 10 100 Made changes accompanying the upgrade to unit version 1 01 of the CPU Unit Corrected mistakes Added A 6 Accessing Variables with CIP Message Commu nications 03 May 2012 Added information on functional support for unit version 1 02 and later of the CPU Units Corrected mistakes 04 August 2012 Added information on functional support for unit version 1 03 and later of the CPU Units Corrected mistakes 05 February 2013 Added information on functional support for unit version 1 04 and later of the CPU Units Corrected mistakes 06 April 2013 Corrected mistakes 07 June 2013 Added information on functional support for unit version 1 06 and later of the CPU Units 08 December 2013 Added information on functional support for unit version 1 08 and later of the CPU Units Corrected mistakes NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 25 Revision History 26 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Introduction 1 1 Introduction reside riz ee 4d TANE E Oe RARAS 1 2 1 1 1 EtherNet IP Features 020 oos leve Re opp lE dae ee 1 2 1 1 2 Features of Built in EtherNet IP Port on NJ series CPU
397. me set in the built in EtherNet IP port system setup The user name is automatically requested immediately after connection to the FTP server ls e Format Is I remote file name local file name e Function Displays the names of files on the remote host on the SD Memory Card Set the switch I to display not only the file names but the creation dates and sizes as well If the Switch is not set only the file names are displayed Specify a file on the SD Memory Card for the remote file name e Ifa local file name is specified the file information is stored in the specified file mis e Format mls remote file name local file name e Function Displays a list of the names of files on the remote host on the SD Memory Card Specify the directory or file name on the SD Memory Card you wish to list for remote file name Input an asterisk to display a list of the current working directory e falocal file name is specified the file information is stored in the specified file Input a hyphen to display a list of the remote host but not store the list of file names NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 9 10 FTP Server dir e Format dir remote file name local file name e Function Displays the names creation dates and sizes of files on the remote host on the SD Memory Card t displays the same information as command Is I Specify a file on
398. mmunications Per formance and Commu nications Load Troubleshooting Appendices Socket Service NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 Sections in this Manual 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 CONTENTS CONTENTS LEA Introduction 2 I Sagas A A cada vada caus Ce qV Ead E oma odeur UE cnin EO unie a run 1 Relevant Manuals 1 e eeeeeeeeee eene ean ena enhn nhan as ansa aaa IIa Rea RR RR a4 sua aga sara Rar u 2 Manual SITUCTUFB E id inis coun di CREER Sad av cvUc Vea casada a cg va edens xu iR EE deuV cna S AREE V CUE 3 Sections in this Manual 1 eeeeeeeeeeeeee nnn nnn nnn nn anna n annua anna raa nna aaa a aman 5 Terms and Conditions Agreement ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen 13 Safety PrecautlOns rro niin dokn aede nga o Ce RE Ax ECCL I E aa Fa rk dad 15 Precautions for Safe Use eeceseeeeeeeeeee eee nn nana sa una n humana nhan a uana nasa anu a nnna 16 Precautions for Correct Use eeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnnnn nau n annua aaa a nana anna aaa nnna 17 Regulations and Standards csececcccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseees 18 Unit VersIOnS iiec scii iui cuia oo cetececeantve ce ioo Co cues cac aOeE Yo nv eua coxa codscaduudscdus cavecuwadadeascuave 20 Related lte
399. mron reserves the right to increase or decrease prices on any unshipped portions of outstanding orders Payments for Products are due net 30 days unless otherwise stated in the invoice Discounts Cash discounts if any will apply only on the net amount of invoices sent to Buyer after deducting transportation charges taxes and duties and will be allowed only if i the invoice is paid according to Omron s payment terms and ii Buyer has no past due amounts Interest Omron at its option may charge Buyer 1 1 2 interest per month or the maximum legal rate whichever is less on any balance not paid within the stated terms Orders Omron will accept no order less than 200 net billing Governmental Approvals Buyer shall be responsible for and shall bear all costs involved in obtaining any government approvals required for the impor tation or sale of the Products Taxes All taxes duties and other governmental charges other than general real property and income taxes including any interest or penalties thereon imposed directly or indirectly on Omron or required to be collected directly or indirectly by Omron for the manufacture production sale delivery importa tion consumption or use of the Products sold hereunder including customs duties and sales excise use turnover and license taxes shall be charged to and remitted by Buyer to Omron Financial If the financial position of Buyer at any time becomes unsatisfactory to Omron Omron
400. n EtherNet IP port even if the IP address has not been set on the computer amp 1 Select the communications interface 8 Select Option Select Interface NJ Series Ethernet Direct I F S T 2 Select Network Connect x The Setup Interface Dialog Box is displayed if there are several Controllers that you can connect to Select NJ501 IP number or NJ301 IP number 7 xl Select Interface Card Cancel YIOMJON OU 0 1ojeunBijuo2 YOMON eui Bunoeuuo2 g9 z Z NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 49 7 Tag Data Link Functions 3 Select Network Connect The following dialog box is displayed Select Connect Network Port xi Select a network port that you would like to connect M Browse Device Information Vendor ID Product Name Device Type Revision Refresh Option 4 Select TCP 2 and then click the OK Button Select Connect Network Port xj Select a network port that you would like to connect Browse Y BackPlane JE 5 Select the network to connect Select Connected Network X Please select a network where the connected network was supported Target Network C Create new network EtherNeAP 1 x Cancel The Network Configurator will connect to the EtherNet IP network If the Network Configurator goes online normally On line is displayed in the status
401. n Processing Execute SktUDPCreate instruction Error End Output variable Error TRUE Check error details based on the error code and take suitable actions Output variable ErrorlD Instruction end normally Normal End Output variable Done TRUE Send Processing Execute SktUDPSend instruction Error End Output variable Error TRUE Check error details based on the error code and take suitable actions Output variable ErrorlD Instruction end normally Normal End Output variable Done TRUE Receive Processing Execute SktUDPRcv instruction Error End Output v raple Error TRUE Check error details based on Instruction end normally the error code and take suitable actions Output variable ErrorlD Normal End Output variable Done TRUE Close Processing Execute SktClose instruction Error End Output variable Error TRUE Check error details based on Instruction end normally the error code and take suitable actions Output variable ErrorlD Normal End Output variable Done TRUE End socket communications 9 6 3 Timing Chart for Output Variables Used in Communications il Output Variable Operation and Timing You can monitor the values of the output variables to determine the status throughout instruction execu tion The following timing chart shows the operation of the output variables 9 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port Us
402. n Timeout Tag Name Resolution Error Controller Insufficient Memory Warning e Packet Discarded Due None None to Full Receive Buffer Pesowauen e Link OFF Detected Variable Access Error Link Detected Tag Data Link Download FTP Server Started Restarting Ethernet Port Started NTP Client Started IP Address Fixed Tag Data Link Download e SNMP Started Information BOOTP Client Started Finished Tag Data Link Stopped Tag Data Link Started Tag Data Link All Run You can change the event level for some events Refer to NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 for information on changing event levels Refer to 15 2 Troubleshooting in this manual to see the events for which you can change the event level 15 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting 15 2 Troubleshooting This section describes the errors that can occur and the corrections for them 15 2 1 Error Table The errors i e events that can occur in the EtherNet IP Function Module are given on the following pages The following abbreviations and symbols are used in the event level column Abbreviation Name Maj Major fault level Prt Partial fault level Min Minor fault level Obs Observation Info Information a Symbol Meaning E S Event levels that are defined by the system g U Event levels that can be changed by the user
403. n a Controller and an I O device the connection information is set in the built in EtherNet IP port that is the originator If an I O device is used the Network Configura tor must have an EDS file installed that includes connection information for the I O device Refer to A 2 EDS File Management for the installation procedure The output words and input words for each node for which data is exchanged are set in the connection information These words are called the output tag set and input tag set A tag set must specify at least one tag The size of the data for data exchange is the total size of the tags included in the tag set The size of the output tag set and the size of the input tag set must match NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 1 2 Data Link Data Areas i Tags A tag is a unit that is used to exchange data with tag data links Data is exchanged between the local network variables and remote network variables specified in the tags or between specified I O memory areas Vi Precautions for Correct Use To maintain concurrency in the values of network variables that are assigned to tags you must set refreshing tasks Refer to 7 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data Link Data for details i Tag Sets When a connection is established from 1 to 8 tags including Controller status is configured as a tag set Each tag set represents the data that is linked for a tag data link co
404. nd seen 8 8 CIPUCMMWrite eseeeeeeeeeeennen 8 8 CIPWEIEIG mito oc cede initiaited 8 4 GetElPError 2 ccce tete eee ctt 15 5 reading errors coni mie t ante icut 15 5 SktClearBuf rade ees 9 11 SktGetTCPStatus see 9 11 SKULCPAGCODpt cen ende eerte 9 11 SktTCPConnect esseeeeeeee 9 11 SKT CP ROV shade inh wate 9 11 SktTCPSend esee 9 11 SKtUDP Create iinn R g 9 11 SKUDRROY 221r ae i eme s 9 11 SKIUDPSend 1 eese 9 11 interval NTP operation timing eeeeee 5 7 jelpe AUR Rises ec adh Pande leeches aces head elles arta 8 9 IP address configuration seeseeeeeess 4 2 IP Address Duplication Error 3 4 3 14 IP addresses 5 2 5 8 5 7 5 10 5 12 allocation irte e terere 4 3 checking current addresses seere 4 9 Setlilig s be Bo DE hse 4 5 K Keep Alive Monitoring Time setting 5 3 Keep Alive setting teen 5 3 L Linger option accede aduer Gase dae 5 3 LINK SettingS 23 ds kei es BO 5 5 LINK ACT indicator seeee 1 10 local broadcasting ss 9 8 location SNMP 3 deiecta utet ere tele aet genet 5 9 login Names horiei Aaa cde Decano odas 5 6 M MAC Address Error esee 3 4 3 14 major fault event level e
405. nd EtherNet IP are trademarks of ODVA The SD and SDHC logos are trademarks of SD 3C LLC Sa 22 Other company names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies Introduction Introduction Thank you for purchasing an NJ series CPU Unit This manual contains information that is necessary to use the NJ series CPU Unit Please read this manual and make sure you understand the functionality and performance of the NJ series CPU Unit before you attempt to use it in a control system Keep this manual in a safe place where it will be available for reference during operation Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical sys tems an electrical engineer or the equivalent Personnel in charge of introducing FA systems Personnel in charge of designing FA systems Personnel in charge of installing and maintaining FA systems Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities For programming this manual is intended for personnel who understand the programming language specifications in international standard IEC 61131 3 or Japanese standard JIS B 3503 Applicable Products This manual covers the following products NJ series CPU Units NJ501 15 NJ501 14 NJ501 13 NJ301 12 NJ301 11 Part of the specifications and restrictions for the CPU Units are given in other m
406. ng Normal Target Node Informa tion is TRUE If the corresponding Normal Target Node Infor mation is FALSE the Target Node Controller Operating Information indicates the previous operating status Array x is TRUE The target Controller with a node address of x is in operating status Array x is FALSE Other than the above _EIP_TargetNodeErr 255 Target Node Error Information Corresponds to the Controller Error Information in the Controller status This variable indicates that the connection for the Registered Target Node Information was not established or that an error occurred in the target Controller The information in this area is valid only when the Registered Target Node Information is TRUE Array x is TRUE The Registered Target Node Information for a node address of x is TRUE and the Normal Target Node Information is FALSE or the Target PLC Error Informa tion is TRUE Array x is FALSE When the Registered Target Node Infor mation for a node address of x is FALSE or when the Regis tered Target Node Information is TRUE and the Normal Target Node Error Information is TRUE This is when the Controller Error Information is FALSE EIP EstbTargetSta 255 Normal Target Node Information This status is not included in the Controller sta tus 7 74 This variable gives a list of nodes that have normally estab lished EtherNet IP connections Array x is TRUE The connection to the node with a no
407. ng the user program Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP Using the database connection service Programming error processing Testing operation and debugging Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP Using the database connection service Learning about error management and corrections Maintenance Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP 1 the error items Refer to the manuals that are indicated with triangles for details on errors for the corresponding Units Refer to the NJ series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 for the error management concepts and an overview of NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Manual Structure Page Structure The following page structure is used in this manual 4 Installation and Wiring Level 2 heading 4 3 Mounting Units Level 3 heading 4 3 1 Connecting Controller Components The Units that make up an NJ series Controller can be connected simply by pressing the Units together and locking the sliders by moving them toward the back of the Units The End Cover is connected in the same way to the Unit on the far right side of the Controller A step in a procedure 1 Join the Units so that the connectors fit exactly Indicates a procedure uL 2 The yellow sl
408. ngle hex hex Reading and writing an instance attribute 01 to 06 hex 8 3 4 Ethernet Link Object Class ID F6 Hex This object is used to set and read Ethernet communications and read Ethernet communications status information e Class ID Specify F6 hex Instance ID Specify 00 or 01 hex xeH 94 dI sseio 1 efqo UIT JeUIEUI p e 8 Attribute ID The attribute ID specifies the information to read NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 35 8 Message Communications Class Attribute ID The class attribute ID specifies the attribute of the entire object Read data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data Value type 01 hex Revision Revision of the object Read UINT 0002 hex 02 hex Max Instance The maximum instance number Read UINT 0001 hex Instance Attribute ID The instance attribute ID specifies the attribute of the instance Read write data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data Value type 01 hex Interface Speed Gives the baud rate for the built in Read UDINT Reads the current value EtherNet IP port 02 hex Interface Flags Gives the status of the built in Read DWORD Refer to 1 Interface Flag Details EtherNet IP port below 03 hex Physical Address Gives the MAC address of the Read ARRAY Reads the current value of the built in EtherNet IP port 0 5 O
409. ngs Memory error 34250000 hex NTP Client An error was Setting error S page 15 23 Setting Error detected in the NTP e Power was interrupted when a client settings download was in progress for the NTP client settings Memory error 34260000 hex SNMP Set An error was Setting error S page 15 24 ting Error detected in the Power was interrupted when a SNMP agent trap download was in progress for settings the SNMP agent trap settings Memory error 34270000 hex Tag Name Resolution of a tag The size of the network pub S page 15 25 Resolution used in a tag data lished variable is different from Error link failed the tag settings e The I O direction set for a tag data link and the I O direction of the Controller variable do not match There are no network published variables for the Controller tag settings A variable in the Controller that is set for a tag data link has the Network Publish attribute set to Input but also has the Constant attribute 50010000 hex Controller The amount of data e The amount of data for the S page 15 26 Ver 1 02 Insufficient for the EtherCAT EtherCAT slave configuration Memory slave configuration network published information Warning network published or other data exceeds the value information or that is specified for the CPU other data exceeds Unit the value that is specified for the CPU Unit You may not be able to per form online editing or other operations 15 10 NJ s
410. nit Monitor Device X Status 1 Status 2 Connection Controller Log Tag Status Ethemet Information 40je4nBijuo2 YAOMION OU YM SNIS BuPjoeYD E G uonounJ JOWUOW BdIAEq SJO EINBYUOD YOMAN SUL L GL NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 45 15 Troubleshooting Ethernet Information Tab Page This tab page displays the communications status at the communications driver level of the built in Ethernet IP port The error counter information can be used to confirm whether communications problems have occurred The tag data link information can be used to confirm characteristics such as the bandwidth usage pps xl Status 1 Status 2 Connection Controller Log Tag Status Ethemet Information General E Speed 100MBps Full Duplex MAC Address 00 00 0A 3C 41 D9 Recv j Send Octets 180312 Octets 94130 Unicast Packets 403 Unicast Packets 394 Non Unicast Packets 1704 Non Unicast Packets 656 Discards 0 Discards 0 Emors 0 Erors 0 Error Counter Alignment Errors 0 FCS Enors 0 Excessive Collisions 0 Carrier Sense Errors 0 Frame Too Long 0 M Tag Data Link Bandwidth PPS 90 Average of TxRx Packets 89 Maximum 91 Average of Rx Packets 60 Maximum 61 Average of Tx Packets 29 Maximum 30 Receive Multicast Packets 1660 Link OFF Errors 2 Collection s Start Time 2011 06 22 08 58 51 472 15 3 2 Connection
411. nless you are already experienced in installation of communications systems we strongly recom mend that you employ a professional to install your system Do not install Ethernet equipment near sources of noise If a noisy environment is unavoidable take adequate measures against noise interference such as installation of network components in metal cases or the use of optical cable in the system When you install an EtherNet IP network that combines an information network with the control sys tem and the communications load may be heavy due to tag data links we recommend that you set up the network so that the load does not affect communications For example install the tag data links in a segment that is separate from the information network 2 2 2 Recommended Network Devices Refer to 2 1 Selecting the Network Devices for the devices recommended for use with the built in Ether Net IP port 2 2 3 Precautions fl Precautions on Laying Twisted pair Cable Noise immunity may be reduced by ground loops which can occur due to improper shield connec tions and grounding Ground the shield at one location as shown in the following diagram Do not connect the shield to the built in EtherNet IP port s connector f a cable connects two Ethernet switches connect the shield at only one end
412. nnection Tag data links are therefore created through a connection between one tag set and another tag set A tag set name must be set for each tag set Data exchange for the tags are exchanged in the order that the tags are regis tered in the tag sets Register the tags in the same order in the input and output tag sets Note A connection is used to exchange data as a unit within which data concurrency is maintained Thus data concurrency is maintained for all the data exchanged for the tags in one data set A Precautions for Correct Use Data for the tags is exchanged in the order that the tags are registered in the tag sets Register the tags in the same order in the input and output tag sets syu eed 5ej o1 uononpoaul L Z m sealy ejeq yul eed c L Z NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 3 7 Tag Data Link Functions e Example In the following example input tags a to g at the originator are a tag set named SP1 N and output tags ij and iiare a tag set named SP1 OUT A connection is set between these two tag sets Originator device Target Device IP address N Connection information Target IP address N Originator tag set SP1 IN Target tag set SP1 OUT Packet interval RPI Tag Set Inputs Tag Set Outputs Tag set name SP1_OUT Tag set name SP1_IN Controller status Controller status Tag i Tag ii EtherNet IP There are both input consume and o
413. nnection operation is stopped The connection was stopped because the Tag Data Link Stop Bit was turned ON or the settings data is being downloaded Either turn ON the Tag Data Link Start Switch or wait until the settings data has been downloaded This code includes fatal Controller errors and Unit failure To handle these errors refer to 15 1 1 How to Check for Errors The meaning of this error code is defined by each vendor so it depends on the target s specifications Con tact the target device s manufacturer Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer General Additional Status Status hex hex 01 0205 01 0302 01 0311 01 0312 01 0315 01 0316 01 031C 08 DO 0001 DO 0002 Error code generated by originator The connection is being opened opening processing in progress Wait until the open ing processing is completed NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 The meaning of this error code is defined by each vendor so it depends on the target s specifications Con tact the target device s manufacturer Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer 15 49 10j 1nB1ju02 JOMIN BY YUM SNIS Bupjoeu E GL Bunoouse qnoJj pue sepo2 snyeys uonoeuuo2 z e sL 15 Troubleshooting Connection status Handling
414. nnection settings with a Tag type setting Connection Type Select whether the data is sent in multi cast or unicast point to point format The default setting is multi cast Multi cast connection Select when the same data is shared by multiple nodes This setting is usually used e Point to Point connection Select when the same data is not shared by multiple nodes In a unicast transmission other nodes are not burdened with an unnecessary load Note Refer to 7 1 4 Overview of Operation for details on using multi cast and unicast connections and counting the number of connections The Connection Structure Area and the following items are not displayed if the Hide Detail Button is clicked Packet Interval RPI Set the data update cycle i e the packet interval of each connection between the originator and target Set the RPI to between 1 and 10 000 ms in 1 ms increments The default setting is 50 ms i e data is updated once every 50 ms Timeout Value Set the time until a connection timeout is detected The timeout value is set as a multi ple of the packet interval RPI and can be set to 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 or 512 times the packet interval The default setting is 4 times the packet interval RPI Connection Name Set a name for the connection 32 single byte characters max sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z 1 Forunit version 1 02 or earlier you can set the RPI to between 10 and 10 000 ms in 1 ms in
415. ns apply to login names and passwords Only single byte alphanumeric characters can be used in the login name and password The login name and password are case sensitive Alogin name consists of up to 12 characters e A password consists of 8 to 32 characters Always set a password when you set a new login name The login name will not be valid unless a password is set for it The login name is invalid if the login name is not set or characters other than single byte alphanu meric characters are used e FTP File Transfer Mode FTP has two file transfer modes ASCII mode and binary mode Before you start to transfer files use the type command specifies the data type of transferred files to select the required mode To transfer a file in binary format Select binary mode e To transfer a file in ASCII format Select ASCII mode e Multiple Accesses to the Same File Files accessed with the FTP server may be simultaneously accessed from multiple sources with communications commands from other FTP servers or programming instructions Exclusive control is required to prevent multiple accesses This is to prevent reading and writing the same file at the same time The CPU Unit automatically performs exclusive control as shown below only when the following combinations of instructions are used In other cases use file operation instructions Change File Name Copy File etc or communications commands and perform exclusive control
416. ns i Data Type Definitions Name Datatype i NJ series Structure Variable NJ_X Name Datatype CJ series Structure Variable CJ X 3 Bytes 3 Bytes a INT First byte a s JONT Fistbyte a BN l om Variable Table First byte 6 Not used i Variable Table i First byte 6 c Wenger A e Nme omae i e Method 1 Changing the Memory Configuration of the Structure Variable in the NJ series CPU Unit With an NJ series CPU Unit you can specify member offsets to change the memory configuration of the members of a structure variable You can change the memory configuration of the members of a structure variable in the NJ series CPU Unit so that it is the same as the memory configuration in a remote device that the CPU Unit will communicate with Specify the member offsets for a structure variable when you register the structure data type To communicate with a CJ series CPU Unit you can set the offset type to CJ to automatically use the CJ series memory structure You can set the offset type to Userto freely set your own offsets A 18 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices L Version Information The following table gives the unit version of the CPU Units and the Sysmac Studio version that are required to specify member offsets Sysmac Studio version 1 01 or lower 1 03 or higher 1 01 or later Not possible Possible Possible 1 00 Not
417. nsn py 42019 oneuioiny L Z NTP Operation Timing Clock information is updated at the following times NTP command sent NTP command sent NTP command sent m clock information update clock information update clock information update no e T o Q Anen KS Are At specified times or At specified times or at o at specified intervals specified intervals D 1 The clock information is updated if acquiring the NTP server clock information is enabled on the NTP Tab Page 2 According to the option that is selected for the NTP operation timing on the NTP Tab Page ES Additional Information NTP clock synchronization is normally performed as follows f the clock deviation is within 128 ms The clock is synchronized every 0 5 ms e f the clock deviation exceeds 128 ms The clock is synchronized immediately f the NTP operation timing is set for a specified time interval the timing will not change even if the time in the CPU Unit is changed during operation The time information is updated auto matically For example if the time interval is set to 60 minutes the information is updated 60 minutes after the last time it was updated even if the time in the CPU Unit is changed NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 12 3 12 Automatic Clock Adjustment 12 2 Procedure to Use the Automatic Clock Adjustment Function 12 2 1 Procedure 1 Make the basic settings Refer to 1 5 EtherNet IP Communica
418. ntify the Class ID Instance ID and Attribute ID within the device Refer to 8 8 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNet IP Port for the class ID instance ID attribute ID and service code for each object NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 9 8 Message Communications 8 2 5 Preparing Derivative Data Types to Use CIP Communications Instructions To use CIP communications instructions you must prepare derivative data type variables to input com munications parameter settings in advance Refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 for the specifications and setting procedures for the variables that are described in this section i Providing the Structure Variables to Input Request Paths A CIP communications instruction combines all of the objects in a request path into a single structure variable Creating Structure Variables To input a value into the structure variable of a CIP communications instruction you must create a user defined variable with the same configuration in advance Example Creating a Variable to Input Data to the CIPSend Instruction Array Variable Rq Path Create variable A with a sREQUEST PATH data type with the same structure variable as Rq Path Rq Path Data Type CIP communications instruction Member eee CIPSend z ClassID Variable A Rq Path Es InstancelD AttributelD n To create a variable in a
419. nts 0101 1004 The combined size of the variable type and read address is not correct 0104 1101 A variable type is out of range suoneoiunuiuio abessay did ui sojqeueA Buisso2oy 9 Y 8001 An internal error occurred 800D There is an error in the registered tag infor mation 8014 An internal error occurred 8016 A variable is not correctly registered 20 INVALID PARAMETER 8017 More than one element was specified for a variable that does not have elements 8018 Zero elements or data that exceeded the range of the array was specified for an array I Write Service for Variables Specify service code 4D hex to write the value of the variable that is specified by the request path Request Data Format for Writing a Variable Request Path Data Variable name specification Request Service Data Data Type USINT Data type of variable to write Addinfo Length USINT Additional information Field length in bytes Addinfo Additional information CRC value of structure UINT SO QEUE JO SBOIAIOS M pue Peay 9 v H NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 27 Appendices Data to write Store the data to write in little endian format Data Type Code for data type of variable to write Refer to A 6 5 Specifying Data Formats When Writing to Variables AddInfoLength Specify the size of the AddInfo area only when accessin
420. oCIPTrigger BOOL False Processing Stage INT 0 Status change WriteDat INT 0 Write data ReadDat INT 0 Read data ReqPath _SREQUEST_ ClassID 0 InstancelD 0 Request path PATH isAttributelD False AttributelD 0 RespDat ARRAY 0 10 OF 11 16 0 Response data BYTE Dummy BYTE 16 0 Dummy CIPOpen instance CIPOpen CIPWrite instance CIPWrite CIPRead instance CIPRead CIPSend instance CIPSend CIPClose instance CIPClose Variable Data type Constant Comment Variables _EIP_EtnOnlineSta BOOL Online Start sequence when Trigger changes to TRUE IF Trigger TRUE AND DoCIPTrigger FALSE AND _Eip_EtnOnlineSta TRUE THEN DoCIPTrigger TRUE Stage INT 1 CIPOpen instance Execute FALSE CIPWrite instance Execute FALSE SrcDat WriteDat CIPRead instance Execute FALSE DstDat ReadDalt CIPSend instance Execute FALSE ServiceDat Dummy RespServiceDat RespDat CIPClose instance Execute FALSE END IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Initialize instance Initialize instance Dummy Initialize instance Dummy Dummy Initialize instance Dummy Dummy Initialize instance 8 23 suoneoiunuiulo eBesse N sse 5 uonoeuuo ID 40 Buruureijboj4gd ejdues 7 2 8 suoneoiunululo abessayy did Buisf 2 8 8 Message Communications IF DoCIPTrigger T RUE THEN CASE Stage OF 1 ClPOpen_instance Execute
421. oad 14 2 Adjusting the Communications Load 14 6 In an Ethernet network using an Ethernet switch the network bandwidth is not shared by all of the nodes independent transmission paths are established between individual nodes through the Ethernet switch A dedicated communications buffer is established in the Ethernet switch for communications between the nodes and full duplex communications simultaneous transmission and reception are performed asynchronously with other transmission paths The communications load in other transmission paths does not affect communications so packet collisions do not occur and stable high speed communica tions can be performed The Ethernet switch functions shown in the following table determine the performance of tag data links Item Description This is the amount of data that can be buffered when packets accumulate at the Ethernet switch Buffer capacity Multicast filtering This function transfers multicast packets to specific nodes only QoS function This function performs priority control on packet transfers The following table shows the setting ranges of the tag data link settings that can be made for a built in EtherNet IP port Value Item Description Unit version Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 1 03 or later Network bandwidth Physical Ethernet baud rate 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps Allowed tag data link communications Maximum number of tag data link 1 000 pps 3 000 pps bandwi
422. of the interface ported standard You cannot send normal packets in the testing state up 1 down 2 testing 3 ifLastChange 9 RO Sup According to the The sysUpTime in 0 01seconds at the last ported standard change in ifOperStatus for this interface iflnOctets 10 RO Sup According to the The number of octets received through this inter Ported standard face This includes framing characters iflnUcastPkts 11 RO Sup According to the The number of unicast packets reported to a ported standard higher level protocol iflnNUcastPkts 12 RO Sup According to the The number of non unicast packets broadcast or Ported standard multicast packets reported to a higher level proto col iflnDiscards 13 RO Sup According to the The number of packets that had no errors but ported standard could not be passed to a higher level protocol i e the number of packets received but discarded due to a buffer overflow iflnErrors 14 RO Sup According to the The number of packets discarded because they ported standard contained errors iflnUnknown 15 RO Sup According to the Protos The number of packets received but discarded ported standard NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 SNMP Agent media specific MIB for the interface For example for Ethernet set the object ID of the MIB that defines Ethernet If there is no informa t
423. on A specific Ethernet address is allocated to each device connected to the Ethernet network The built in EtherNet IP port s address is listed in 12 digit hexadecimal in the two places shown below on the CPU Unit PA C N fm RUN OMRON ERRE NJ501 eusy 01 1800 2 Upper 6 digits of Ethernet address Ly PORT 1 PORT 4 di d 2 om xooxx a Lower 6 digits of Ethernet address FS Q L1 Ethernet address 12 digits NET RUN E NET ERR luNkiaer NJ501 XXXX Ver XXX PORT XXXXXXXXXXXX PORT2 XXXXXXXXXXXX T Ll XXXXXXX XXXX O g c PORT EtherNetiP WITT NET RUN PORT2 EtherCAT NETERR LiNkiact IIIT OPEN SWSETTING vo Sd d EtherNet IP Ethercar NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 9 1 Introduction i Indicators LEDs PORT EtherNet IP NET RUN NET ERR LINK ACT NET RUN NET ERR and LINK ACT NET RUN indicator NET ERR indicator LINK ACT indicator This shows the status of the CIP connection tag data links Class 3 mes sages This shows the network communications error status Refer to Section 15 Troubleshooting and Error Processing for details This shows the Ethernet communications status
424. on Settings 0 0 0 cette eee 7 32 7 2 8 Connecting the Network Configurator to the Network 7 46 7 2 9 Downloading Tag Data Link Parameters 0 00 e eee 7 51 7 2 10 Uploading Tag Data Link Parameters selle 7 54 7 2 11 Verifying the Tag Data Links selle 7 57 7 2 12 Starting and Stopping Tag Data Links llle eee eee 7 60 7 2 13 Clearing the Device Parameters 00 0 cece eee 7 62 7 2 14 Saving the Network Configuration File lees 7 63 7 2 15 Reading a Network Configuration File 0 00 00 eee eee eee eee 7 65 7 2 16 Checking Connections sssaaa aaaeeeaa nes 7 66 7 2 17 Changing Devices 2 0 cette 7 68 7 2 18 Displaying Device Status 0 0 cette 7 69 7 3 Ladder Programming for Tag Data Links 000 sees eens 7 70 7 3 1 Ladder Programming for Tag Data Links 000 ea eee 7 70 7 3 2 Status Flags Related to Tag Data Links 0 0 0 c eee eee eee 7 74 7 4 Tag Data Links with Models Other than NJ Series CPU Units 7 75 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 1 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 1 Introduction to Tag Data Links re Er Tag Data Links Tag data links enable cyclic tag data exchanges on an EtherNet IP network between Controllers or between Controllers and other devices Variables are assigned to tags You can also assign I O me
425. on the data types but also on the declarations that are made for the arrays structures and unions fi Data Type Alignment and Memory Allocation Amounts The data size is determined for each data type The data size is the minimum amount of memory that is required to store the value or values of that data type On the other hand memory for variables is auto matically structured by the Controller for the most efficient access Therefore the total amount of mem ory that is required for variables is not necessarily the total of the data sizes of the variables For example if WORD and DWORD variables are declared the total of the data sizes is six bytes but eight bytes are allocated in memory as shown in the following figure Variable Table Mane bugs Variable A First byte i ao WORD i WORD data 2 bytes H i First byte 1 IB DWORD i First byte 2 DERRETE aS 3 Not used 2 bytes First byte 3 m Variable B First byte 4 D First byte 5 First byte 6 First byte 7 gt DWORD data 4 bytes This information for determining the location of a variable in memory is called the alignment The align ment is determined for each data type The amount of memory and the memory locations for the vari ables are given below Specification Amount of memory that is allocated An integral multiple of the alignment However the minimum amount of memory i
426. one broken An error occurred in the communica Check the communications path and None tions path take corrective measures if there are any problems Attached informa tion Attached information 1 Target node IP address example COA8FA01 hex address 192 168 250 1 Precau tions Remarks This event code You can change the event level to the observation level If you change the level to the observation level the EtherNet IP NET ERR column above will be changed to The following cases are not included in this error Connections as a target Connection timeouts due to a Link OFF detection for an Ethernet switch was added for unit version 1 04 of the CPU Unit no change and recovery will not be necessary Event name Access Detected Outside Range of Variable Event code 54E00000 hex Meaning Accessing a value that is out of range was detected for a tag variable that is used in a tag data link Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection When variable is port timing written Error attributes Level Observation Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None ERR Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention PIE AC An out of range
427. onnection Indirect 4 An indirect connection not con nected to LOCAL ipRouteProto 9 RO Sup According to the This is the routing mechanism used to determine ported standard routes Some values correspond to gateway rout ing protocols but be aware that the host may not support those protocols Other 1 Other than the following items Local 2 A route set on the local machine Netmgmt 3 A route set by network manage ment Icmp 4 A route set by an ICMP redirect or some other ICMP function Egp 5 EGP The following are gateway protocols Ggp 6 GGP Hello 7 HELLO Rip 8 RIP is is 9 es is 10 ciscolgrp 11 bbnSpflgp 12 ospf 13 OSPF bgp 14 ipRouteAge 10 RW Sup According to the The elapsed time since this route was updated in Ported standard 13 11 jue y dNNS L EL suoneoyioeds gllN v L EL 13 SNMP Agent 13 12 discarded For example if there was not enough buffer space because of other routing entries NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 55 Sup Implementation Subtree name Standard identifier attribute port specifications ipRouteMask 11 RW Sup According to the The subnet mask value in relation to ipRouteDest Ported standard On systems that do not support a custom subnet mask value this value is based on the address class of the ipHouteDest field If ipRouteDest is
428. ons Port Error status variable shows the error CIP communications errors If an error that is related to the tag data links or CIP message communications is detected the corresponding bit in the CIP Error Communications Error variable shows the error TCP application errors If an error that is related to the FTP server NTP or SMNP client is detected the corresponding bit in the TCP Application Communications Error variable shows the error Other Ethernet communications are not affected 15 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting i Event Levels This section describes the operation of the EtherNet IP Function Module for each event level Event level of the error Operation Major fault All NJ series Controller control operations stop for errors in this event level A major fault level error never occurs for the EtherNet IP Function Module Partial fault All control operations for one of the function modules in the NJ series Controller stop for errors in this event level If a partial fault level error occurs in the Ether Net IP Function Module all functions of the EtherNet IP Function Module such as axis operation stop Minor fault Some of the control operations for one of the function modules in the NJ series Controller stop for errors in this event level If a minor fault level error occurs for the EtherNet IP Function Module EtherNet IP communications are possi
429. open a socket that was opened with Accept Furthermore you cannot use Connect from more than one other node to establish multiple connections with a single TCP socket that was opened with Accept on the built in EtherNet IP port You can use the keep alive function for TCP sockets at the built in EtherNet IP port The keep alive function checks whether a connection is normally established when no data is sent or received for a certain period on the communications line where the connection was established The built in Ether Net IP port responds to checks from other nodes even if keep alive is not specified NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 27 S9o9IAJ9S 1890S DBuisf ui suonneoaJd 7 6 S99IAJOS JOYIOS dO pu dN 104 suognneooSJg 7 6 9 Socket Service 9 28 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 FTP Server 10 1 Overview and Specifications 10 1 1 Overview sesssllee e 10 1 2 Specifications liliis 10 2 FTP Server Function Details LL 10 24 Supported Files 0 0 00 cece eee 10 2 2 Connecting to the FTP Server 2000 10 3 Using the FTP Server Function 05 1078 1 Procedure 2 oi 2k ee ee ee eee 10 3 2 List of Settings Required for the FTP Server Function 10 4 FTP Server Application Example 10 5 Using FTP Commands
430. or Identify the error from the attached None information correct the setting and then download the settings again Power was interrupted when a down Perform the Memory All Clear opera Do not turn OFF the power supply to load was in progress for the NTP cli tion or download the settings again the Controller while a download is in ent settings progress for the NTP client settings Memory error If operation is not recovered by the None above replace the CPU Unit Attached Attached information 1 Type of errors 01 hex Non volatile memory access error 02 hex Inconsistency in settings information Precautions The cause of error can be identified with the attached information Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 23 BHuljooyseaqnoll z s1 suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name SNMP Setting Error Event code 34260000 hex Meaning An error was detected in the SNMP agent trap settings Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details SNMP Detection At power ON or timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery after down loading the SNMP settings cycle the power Supply or reset Controller Effects User program Continues Operation SNMP operation stops Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals
431. ormal end Operating CIPUCMMSend instance Done Inline ST 1 Processing after normal end 25 Processing after error end Operating CIPUCMMWrite_instance Error Inline ST 1 Processing after error end 25 CIPUCMMRead instance Error CIPUCMMSend instance Error NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications ST Variable Data type Initial value Comment Trigger BOOL False Execution condition DoUCMMTrigger BOOL False Processing Stage INT 0 Status change WriteDat INT 0 Write data ReadDat INT 0 Read data ReqPath _SREQUEST_ ClassID 0 InstancelD 0 Request path PATH isAttributelD False AttributelD 0 RespDat ARRAY 0 10 OF 11 16 0 Response data BYTE Dummy BYTE 16 0 Dummy CIPUCMMWrite_instance CIPUCMMWrite CIPUCMMRead_instance CIPUCMMRead CIPUCMMSend_instance CIPUCMMSend Variable Data type Constant Comment Variables _EIP_EtnOnlineSta BOOL Online Start sequence when Trigger changes to TRUE IF Trigger TRUE AND DoUCMMTrigger FALSE AND _Eip_EtnOnlineSta TRUE THEN DoUCMMTrigger TRUE Stage INT 1 CIPUCMMWrite instance Execute FALSE SrcDat WriteDat CIPUCMMRead instance Execute FALSE DstDat ReadDat CIPUCMMSend instance Execute FALSE ServiceDat Dummy RespServiceDat RespDat END IF IF DBUCMMTriggerz TRUE THEN CASE Stage OF 1 CIPUCMMWrite_instance Execute TRUE
432. ort it NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 75 SHUN Ndd seues rN ULY 19440 SI PON YM sur 24ed PEL p 7 ba 7 Tag Data Link Functions 8 The maximum number of tags is given for the following conditions All tag sets contain eight tags The maximum number of tag sets 32 is registered Specifying Tags You can specify where to assign a tag either with a variable or with a I O memory address However some CPU Units may not support both of these methods Communications with the devices are pos sible regardless of whether the remote node tags are set using I O memory addresses or network variables The supported tag specification methods for each CPU Unit are listed in the table below Yes Supported No Not supported CPU Unit Name in Hardware List of Network variable I O memory address EtherNet IP Unit Network Configurator name specification specification NJ series CPU Unit NJ301 1100 NJ301 12001 Yes Yes NJ501 13 LJ NJ501 14L TL 1 or NJ501 15 CJ1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 NJ Yes Yes CJ2H CPUGL EIP CJ2B EIP21 Yes Yes CJ1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 Yes Yes CJ2H CPU6 CJ1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 No Yes CJ2M CPUS CJ2M EIP21 Yes Yes CJ1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 Yes Yes CJ2M CPU1 CJ1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 No Yes CJ1 CPU Unit CJ1W EIP21 CJ1W
433. ost in this route This ID number is the same number as iflndex which is used to identify the interface NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 55 Sup Implementation Subtree name Standard identifier attribute port specifications ipAddrEntry 1 NA Row data of address information for IP addresses The index is ipAdEntAdar ipAdEntAddr 1 RO Sup According to the The IP address ported standard ipAdEntlflndex 2 RO Sup According to the The index value of the interface that this entry ported standard applies to This is the same value as iflndex ipAdEntNet 3 RO Sup According to the Mask The subnet mask for the IP address of this entry Ported standard ipAdEntB 4 RO Sup According to the castAddr The value of the least significant bit of the address Ported standard when an IP broadcast is sent An address repre sented by all 1 bits is used for broadcasting as an Internet standard In that case this value is always 1 ipAdEn b RO Sup According to the tHeasmMaX The maximum IP packet size that can be reas ported standard Size sembled from IP fragmented input IP datagrams received through the interface ipRouteTable 21 NA The IP routing table for this entity ipRouteEntry 1 NA Route information for a specific destination The index is joRouteDest ipRouteDest 1 RW Sup According to the The destination IP address for th
434. otification reports to the SNMP manager The SNMP manager can learn about changes in status even without periodically monitoring of the built in EtherNet IP port Status notification reports are sent under the following conditions When the Controller is turned ON When links are established When an SNMP agent fails to be authorized SNMP manager Controller turned ON Built in EtherNet IP port SNMP agent 1 16 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction 1 5 EtherNet IP Communications Procedures SUOHESIUNWIWOD dqI j9NJ9um S L SseJnpoooJd 1 5 1 Outline e Basic Operation 1 s Section 2 Installing Ethernet Wire the Ethernet network with twisted pair cable Networks eumno L S L 2 TRIS r Section 4 Determining IP Set the built in EtherNet IP port IP address with the Sysmac Studio Aqqresses 1 Use the Sysmac Studio to create a new project 2 Set the local IP address in one of the following ways Default 192 168 250 1 subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Set any IP address Obtain from BOOTP server Section 6 Testing Communi 3 Perform a communications test with a PING command from a com tation puter Section 5 Sysmac Studio 4 Use the Sysmac Studio to set the initial settings of the EtherNet IP Settings DEO Built in Eth Function Module erNet IP Port Set the TCP IP settings and Ethernet settings as
435. ou can check the error status of the CPU Unit and EtherNet IP Function Mod ule Checking with the trouble shooting function of Sysmac Studio You can check for current Controller errors a log of past Controller errors error sources error causes and corrections Checking with the Trouble shooter of an NS series PT You can check for current Controller errors a log of past Controller errors error sources error causes and corrections Checking with instructions that read function module error sta You can check the highest level status and highest level event code in the cur rent Controller errors tus Checking with system defined You can check the current Controller error status for each function module variables Checking communications sta You can check the communications status e g tag data link connection status tus with the Network Configura for each device on the EtherNet IP network tor To perform troubleshooting from an NS series PT connect the PT to the built in EtherNet IP port on the CPU Unit This section describes the above checking methods i Checking the Indicators CPU Unit Operating Status You can use the PWR indicator on the Power Supply Unit and the RUN and ERROR indicators on the CPU Unit to determine the event level for an error The following table shows the relationship between the Controller s indicators and the event level
436. p eO eee ERR OPE e miel RS 4 5 4 2 3 Online COMME CHON 5 ce 25 31 iD tee OE ORUM RE HR I EU MR RERO Ra oM RURAL CLARA RR AER Pe RE ER EURIS 4 7 4 2 4 Checking the Current IP Address ssesssssssseseseneee eene nennen neret nennen reas 4 9 Private and Global Addresses eese esses seen nnne nn annnm nnn tn nani n nnn nenna na 4 10 4 3 1 Private and Global Addresses sessesssssseseeeeeeee enne nnne nennen enn nenne nnne nnne neas 4 10 4 3 2 Using a Private Address for the Built in EtherNet IP Port seeeeee 4 11 4 3 3 Using a Global Address for the Built in EtherNet IP Port een 4 12 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port TCP IP Display 3 ec renonce oed ILLI AT 5 2 Link Settings Display 4 mice erri eene rae eene ecu a neos vent ee alee etek 5 5 FEP DISpIay E 5 6 NEP Settings DisSplayissis siicecsicedccceccescseccesscereseaececetcevenacerecuersesectesoetecustauecceceaseceesectecessedesacuense 5 7 SNMP SettingS Display a aai ae aeara aaae Aae aa cd ceed pa es Aaaa ae eii aaa Eae aaraa daian daa dvsqdezcecze 5 9 SNMP Trap Settings Display issii irane eiaei aeaaaee dniae nennen eene ei dabaa e datina enoa p tcana in 5 11 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Section 6 6 1 Section 7 7 1 7 3 7 4 Section 8 8 1 8 2 CONTENTS Testing Communications
437. pecial part numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application Please consult with your Omron s representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased Product i Errors and Omissions Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate how ever no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions 14 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Safety Precautions Refer to the following manuals for safety precautions NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Safety Precautions 15 Precautions for Safe Use Precautions for Safe Use Refer to the following manuals for precautions for safe use NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 16 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Precautions for Correct Use Refer to the following manuals for precautions for correct use NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Precautions for Correct Use 17 Regulations and Standards Regulat
438. play the pop up menu and select Monitor EtherNet IP_1 EtherNet IP_2 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 10 MICA 13c hn mind FINA Parameter gt Ed Monitor Reset 40je4nBijuo2 YAOMION OU YM SNIS BUIBUI E GL The Monitor Device Dialog Box will be displayed ES Additional Information If a communications error occurs during monitoring the dialog box will continue to show the last information that was collected To start monitoring again close the Monitor Device Dialog Box and then open the dialog box again uonounJ 40juo A BdIAEq sJoyein61u02 YIOMION SUL L GL NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 39 15 Troubleshooting Status 1 Tab Page The following check boxes are displayed for the status If a check box is selected the status is TRUE Classification Ethernet Status Item Com Controller Error Corresponding system defined variable An error occurred in the communications controller IP Address Duplicated The same IP address is assigned to more than one node On Line Indicates that the Unit is online The EtherNet IP Unit can perform communications processing Tag Data Link Indicates that the tag data link is in operation This is TRUE in the following cases The originator is set up and the power supply is turned ON The originator is set up and the start data link switch is changed to TRUE Multiple Switch ON Indi
439. purposes Application UDP TCP FTP server 20 21 DNS 53 BOOTP client 68 HTTP server 80 NTP server 123 SNMP Agent 161 SNMP trap 162 FINS UDP 9600 FINS TCP 9600 Used by system 2222 2223 and 2224 9610 CIP messages 44818 44818 These are the default port numbers You can change the port numbers in the settings NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 2 9 Socket Service Basic Knowledge on Protocols 9 2 1 Differences between TCP and UDP The TCP and UDP functions used on socket services differ as shown below p TCP Communications The following operations are performed each time data is sent to ensure that it reaches the destination node The destination node returns an acknowledgement ACK when data is received normally The sending node sends the next data after ACK is returned It resends the same data if ACK is not received within a certain length of time Send data mool e Send lt lt Receive request Acknowledgement ACK request tt ee E E Resend data Sending node If ACK is not returned Destination node In TCP the remote IP address and the remote TCP port number are specified when a request is made to open a socket The variables that store the data to send are specified when the send request is made UDP Communications Data is simply sent to
440. r 05 Path destination unknown 06 Partial transfer 07 Connection lost NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 The message connection was lost 8 27 suoneoiunuiuio abessayy did Buisf 2 8 Sopo2 esuodseH 6 2 8 8 Message Communications Genera ste Status name Description of status tus code hex 08 Service not supported The requested service was not supported or was not defined for this object class instance 09 Invalid attribute value Invalid attribute data was detected 0A Attribute list error An attribute in the Get Attribute List or Set Attribute List response has a non zero status 0B Already in requested mode state The object is already in the mode state being requested by the service oC Object state conflict The object cannot perform the requested service in its cur rent mode state oD Object already exists The requested instance of object to be created already exists 0E Attribute not settable A request to modify a non modifiable attribute was received OF Privilege violation A permission privilege check failed 10 Device state conflict The device s current mode state prohibits the execution of the requested service 11 Reply data too large The data to be transmitted in the response buffer is larger than the allocated response buffer 12 Fragmentation of a primitive value The service specified an operation that i
441. r s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 13 To edit a registered tag set and add tags either double click the tag set or select the tag set and click the Edit Button The Edit Tag Set Dialog Box is displayed x Controller Status z Name varna Notinclude C Include Tag List r CandidateT ag List Bit Bit Yana 2Byte Var_In_b 2Byte Advanced The Tag List on the left side of the dialog box shows the tags that are already registered and the Candidate Tag List on the right side of the dialog box shows the other tags that are not regis tered yet To add a tag select it in the Candidate Tag List and click the Button 14 To include the Controller status in the tag set select the nclude Option at the upper right corner of the dialog box C Notlnclude Controller Status 15 To confirm a change click the OK Button in the Edit Tag Set Dialog Box sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z 16 Click the OK Button in the Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box 1 7 If you want to just add new tags and register the tag set first register the tags with steps 1 to 9 In this example input tags Var In e Var In f are newly added Edit Tags xj In Consume Out Produce i sjes Be pue she Bulyeaig v z 7 Delete Usage count 6 256 OK Cancel NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 27 7 Tag Data Link Functions
442. r the perfor mance of the tag data links assumes that an Ethernet switch is used to achieve a 3 000 pps bandwidth for full duplex 100 Mbps auto negotiation communications For unit version 1 00 to 1 02 a 1 000 pps bandwidth is assumed Refer to 15 3 Checking Status with the Network Configurator to access the error counters and discarded packed counters on the Ethernet Infor mation Tab Page Use the information to check for noise on the communi cations path non standard cables damaged cables connectors unexpectedly high communications traffic and incorrect loops in connec tions between Ethernet switches Contact the Ethernet switch manufacturer if there are problems with the transfer capacity of the Ethernet switches in the communications path If Ethernet switches are cascaded the load may be concentrated on the middle Ethernet switches Change the network configuration so that the load is not concentrated Also refer to 15 3 Checking Status with the Network Configurator and use the connection status on the Connections Tab Page to remove the cause of the error according to information in 15 3 2 Connection Status Codes and Troubleshooting NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting 15 3 Checking Status with the Network Configurator 15 3 1 The Network Configurator s Device Monitor Function Connect the Network Configurator online select the device to be checked right click to dis
443. r If there is a mistake with the specifica Make sure that the connected server tions of the connected server correct is specified correctly the server specifications and down load them again Server is down Check if the server at the remote con Check to make sure that the server at nection is operating normally and set the remote connection is operating it to operate normally if it is not normally An error occurred in the communica Check the communications path to None tions path the server and take corrective mea sures if there are any problems Attached None information Precautions If TCP Server Run is recorded in the event log after the correction is made then the CPU Unit is correctly connected to Remarks the DNS server Event name NTP Server Connection Error Event code 84040000 hex Meaning Connection with the NTP server failed Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details NTP Detection At NTP operation timing Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery after down loading the NTP settings Effects User program Continues Operation Time cannot be acquired from NTP Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name Ue Tels es _EIP_NTPSrvErr BOOL NTP Server Connection Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention EUCH Parameter error If there is
444. r s Manual W506 11 9 11 11 10 FTP Client LD Internal Vari ables Variable FTPPutFile insta nce Data type FTPPutFile Initial value Comment Instance of FTPPutFile instruction sFTP CONNECT Adr PortNo 0 User Connected FTP server BRE Addr _SVR Name Password settings ARRAY 0 0 OF Name TxError False PutResult SFTP FILE RES RemoveError False Uploaded file results ULT Reserved 4 16 0 RS_instance RS Instance of RS instruction OperatingEnd BOOL FALSE Processing completed Trigger BOOL FALSE Execution condition Operating BOOL FALSE Processing BackupToMemor BackupToMemory Instance of Backup yCard_instance Card ToMemoryCard instruction NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 11 FTP Client Prepare connected FTP server settings P First RunMode FTPAddr Adr UINT 21 FTPAddr UserName 12345678 ejduiex3 uoneorddy 1uei2 did LL Determine if instruction execution is completed BackupToMemoryCard instance Done FTPPutFile instance Done OperatingEnd L 4 BackupToMemoryCard instance Error FTPPutFile instance Error Accept trigger Trigger BackupToMemoryCard instance Busy Set OperatingEnd Reset1 RS_instance FTPPutFile_instance Busy RS Operating Execute BackupToMemoryCard and FTPPutFile instructions Bac
445. r similar words mean Omron Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate thereof Certain Precautions on Specifications and Use 1 Suitability of Use Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations which apply to the combination of the Product in the Buyer s application or use of the Product At Buyer s request Omron will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Prod uct in combination with the end product machine system or other application or use Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with respect to Buyer s application product or system Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases but the following is a non exhaustive list of applications for which particular attention must be given i Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this document ii Use in consumer products or any use in significant quantities iii Energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems aviation Systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equip ment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulat
446. r those attributes that were invalid 1E Embedded service error An embedded service resulted in an error 1F Vendor specific error A vendor specific error occurred The Additional Code Field of the error response defines the error This is a gen eral error code that is used only for errors that do not cor respond to any of the error codes in this table and are not in an object class definition 20 Invalid parameter A parameter for the requested service is invalid This code 8 28 is used when a parameter does not meet the requirements of the specification and or the requirements defined in an application object specification NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications generalista Status name Description of status tus code hex 21 Write once value or medium An attempt was made to write to a write once medium already written e g WORM drive or PROM that was previously written or cannot be changed 22 Invalid Reply Received An invalid reply was received For example the reply ser vice code does not match the request service code or the reply message is shorter than the minimum expected reply size This status code is used for other causes of invalid replies 23 24 Reserved by CIP for future extensions 25 Key Failure in path The key segment that was included as the first segment in the path does not match the destination module The object specific st
447. ray ARRAY 0 9 OF WORD MyArray 0 Value of D00000 in remote Controller Value of D00001 in remote Controller Value of D00002 in remote Controller MyArray 9 Value of D00009 in remote Controller Vi Precautions for Correct Use VAR ARRAY 0 9 OF WORD AT DO_ gq Network Publish attribute D00009 Addresses in the memory for CJ series Units are assigned to the variable and the variable is given the Network Publish attribute 8 Message Communications You can execute a maximum of 32 CIP communications instructions at the same time This includes all CIP communications instructions Use exclusive control in the user program so that no more than 32 socket service instructions are executed at the same time NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 suoneoiunuiuio abessayy did Buisf 2 8 suononjjsu suoneoiunuiuo2 dIo Burst z 8 8 Message Communications 8 2 4 Route Path The route path indicates the path from the local CPU Unit to the remote Controller on the network Routing is performed for CIP communications instructions based on route paths il Route Path Notation The EPATH data type is used to give route paths The basic format is shown below Network_type_number Remote_address The network type number and the remote address are determined as shown in the following table according to whether the route type is 1 a Unit
448. re connected with the built in Ether Net IP port as the originator The array elements are valid only when the corresponding Normal Target Node Information is TRUE If the corresponding Normal Target Node Information is FALSE the Target Node Controller Operating Information indicates the previous operating status Array x is TRUE This is the operating state of the target Controller with a node address of x Array x is FALSE Other than the above Data type ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_TargetPLCErr 255 Meaning Target PLC Error Information Global local Global Function This variable shows the error status logical OR of fatal and non fatal errors of the target node Controllers that are connected with the built in EtherNet IP ports as the originator The array elements are valid only when the corresponding Normal Target Node Information is TRUE The immediately preceding value is retained if this variable is FALSE Array x is TRUE A fatal or non fatal error occurred in the target Controller with a target node ID of x Array x is FALSE Other than the above Data type ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP TargetNode
449. reate the EDS index file This applies to Network Configurator version 3 30 or higher select EDS File Create EDS Index File 2 Restart the Network Configurator A 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices A 3 Precautions for Using the Network Configurator on Windows XP Windows Vista or Windows 7 Better firewall security for Windows XP SP2 or higher Windows Vista and Windows 7 has increased the restrictions for data communications Therefore you must perform the corresponding procedure given below to change the settings of the Windows firewall before you use the following operations to perform communications with the Network Configurator connected to an NJ series CPU Unit f you select Option Select Interface Ethernet I F f you select Option Select Interface NJ Series Ethernet Direct I F e f you select Option Select Interface NJ Series USB Port Vi Precautions for Correct Use The main function of the firewall is to prevent unwanted access from external sources e g the Internet The changes that are made with the following procedures are to allow the Network Configurator and the NJ series CPU Unit to connect If your computer is on an inhouse network make sure that security will not be jeopardized before you change the settings A 3 1 Changing Windows Firewall Settings Windows XP 1 When you attempt to connect to the NJ series CPU Unit fro
450. required Using Tag Data Links 7 2 4 Creating Tags and Tag 1 Import the variable settings for the tags that were created on the Sets Sysmac Studio to the Network Configurator 2 Section 7 Tag Data Link Use Network Configurator to create the tag data link table Functions Create the network configuration e Set the tags tag sets and connections 3 Connect the Network Configurator online 4 Download the tag data link setting Y 5 Start the tag data links the links starts automatically when power is turned ON NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 17 1 1 18 Introduction 1 3 2 Part Names and Func tions 6 Check operation Check the built in EtherNet IP port indicators Use the Sysmac Studio to check the communications status with the All Tag Data Link Communications Status system defined variable Use the monitor function of the Network Configurator to confirm that the tag data links are in normal operation Section 15 Troubleshooting Using the Message Communications Service CIP Communications Instructions 1 EA K Section 8 Message Commu Execute CIP communications instructions in the user program nications 1 3 2 Part Names and Func tions 2 Check operation Use the Sysmac Studio to check the communications status with the end codes Section 15 Troubleshootin of the instruction Done Error and ErrorlD g Us
451. rget There was a parameter error in the frame used to open the connection Configuration 1 This error does not occur 15 Handling Configuration 2 Depends on the tar get s specifications Contact the target device s manufacturer Troubleshooting Configuration 3 Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer Error code generated by originator or returned from target The tag data link s allowable band width pps was exceeded Check the connec tion settings number of connections and RPI at the origina tor and target Check the target s con nection settings num ber of connections and RPI Check the con nection settings num ber of connections and RPI at the originator and target Check the connection settings number of connections and RPI at the originator and target Error code returned from target There was a parameter error in the frame used to open the connection This error does not occur Depends on the tar get s specifications Contact the target device s manufacturer Depends on the origi nator s specifications Contact the originator device s manufacturer Error code returned from target There was a parameter error in the frame used to open the connection This error does not occur Depends on the tar get s specifications Contact the target device s manufacturer Depends on
452. rget device that requires connection settings so its color changes to gray and click the Button The selected target device is displayed in the Register Device List as shown in tne following diagram Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 1 43501 1500 EN x Connections Tag Sets r Unregister Device List 192 168 250 3 NJ501 1400 Connections 0 32 0 0 T 0 gt p Register Device List Product Name 192 168 2502 2002 CJ1 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 Variable _ 4 Target node IDs are assigned to the devices that are registered in the Register Device List syur e1eq Bey Buipes Z Z The target node ID serves as the bit array position for the following variables in the originator Controller Target Node Controller Mode Target Node Controller Error Information Target Node Error Information Registered Target Node Information and Normal Target Node Information By default the target ID is automatically set to the rightmost 8 bits of the IP address In the example 7 above the target device s IP address is 192 168 250 2 so the device number is 002 If a target node ID is duplicated and you want to change the device number click the Change Target Node ID Button and change the target ID y N CE x4 o o New Target Node ID 3 Range 0 255 g 3 o Cancel NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port U
453. ries CPU Unit s USB Port Use the following procedure to connect to the built in EtherNet IP port via the USB port on the CPU Unit 1 2 3 7 48 Select the communications interface Select Option Select Interface NJ Series USB Port Select Network Connect The following dialog box is displayed Select TCP 2 and then click the OK Button xl Select a network port that you would like to connect Browse BackPlane TA Select the network to connect NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Select Connected Network x Please select a network where the connected network was supported Target Network C Create new network EtherNet IP 1 m cena 5 The Network Configurator will connect to the EtherNet IP network If the Network Configurator goes online normally On line is displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the window 6 The Network Configurator will connect to the EtherNet IP network If the Network Configurator goes online normally On line is displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the window 192 168 250 1 12M G Ondine NUM Ui i Connections via Ethernet to NJ series CPU Unit lt j N Use the following procedure to directly connect to the built in EtherNet IP port via Ethernet You can g connect to the built i
454. rk In such a case it can be helpful to configure the system so that a single network is divided up into several subnetworks Internally the network can be treated as a number of subnetworks but from the outside it acts as a single network and uses only a single network ID To establish subnet works the host ID in the IP address is divided into a subnet ID and a host ID by using a setting called the subnet mask The subnet mask indicates which part of the host ID is to be used as the subnet ID All bits in the subnet mask that correspond to the bits in the IP address used either as the network ID or subnet ID are set to 1 and the remaining bits which correspond to the bits in the IP address actually used for the host ID are set to 0 The following example shows the subnet mask for an 8 bit subnet ID used in class B IP addresses sesseJppv dl l t Bit 31 15 0 ClassB 1 0 Network number 14 bits Host number 16 bits Subnet mask 1111111111111111 1111111100000000 FFFFFF00 lt gt 4 lt A Network ID Subnet ID Host ID d Set the same subnet mask for all of the nodes on that subnetwork The built in EtherNet IP port sup gt ports CIDR Classless Inter Domain Routing The subnet mask can be set to 192 0 0 0 to g 255 255 255 252 If subnetworks are not used set the following subnet mask values for IP address 3 classes A to C ES gt amp Class Subnet mask g Class A 255 0 0 0 C
455. rk Configurator online ii Connecting through Ethernet H Precautions for Correct Use The first time you connect via Ethernet with Windows XP SP2 or higher Windows Vista or Windows 7 you much change the Windows firewall settings For the procedure refer to A 3 Pre cautions for Using the Network Configurator on Windows XP Windows Vista or Windows 7 Connect to the EtherNet IP Units Ethernet port via the Ethernet network 1 Select Option Select Interface Ethernet I F 2 Select Network Connect If there are multiple Ethernet interfaces on the computer the Select Connect Network Port Dialog Box is displayed Select the interface to connect and press the OK Button The following dialog box is displayed 7 46 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Select Connect Network Port g xj Select a network port that you would like to connect Browse E Device Information Vendor ID Product Name Device Type Revision Refresh Option Cancel 3 Click the OK Button Select the network to connect Select Connected Network ixi Please select a network where the connected network was supported Target Network C Create new network EtherNet IP_1 syur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z Cancel is The Network Configurator will connect to the EtherNet IP network If the Network Configurator
456. rnet IP Settings Sysmac Studio Use the Sysmac Studio to set the basic settings such as the local IP address and subnet mask of the built in EtherNet IP port The Sysmac Studio can also be used to check if data I O is being per formed correctly for tag data links Windows Computer Sysmac Studio Edit Parameters Dialog Box Built in EtherNet IP port settings non volatile memory NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP port Refer to the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual Cat No W504 for details on the Sysmac Studio Tag Data Link Settings Network Configurator Use the Network Configurator to set the tag data links for the built in EtherNet IP port The Network Configurator is included in the Sysmac Studio Standard Edition The main functions of the Network Configurator are given below 1 Setting and Monitoring Tag Data Links Connections The network device configuration and tag data links connections can be created and edited After connecting to the network the device configuration and tag data link settings can be uploaded and monitored 2 Multi vendor Device Connections EDS files can be installed and deleted so that you can construct set and manage networks that contain EtherNet IP devices from other companies The IP addresses of EtherNet IP devices can also be changed Windows computer with Network eem Tag D
457. rrect Use Inquires e If a repeater hub is used for EtherNet IP tag data links cyclic communications the network s communications load will increase data collisions will occur frequently and stable communi cations will be impossible NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 2 Installing Ethernet Networks 2 1 2 Network Devices Manufactured by OMRON The following network devices are manufactured by OMRON for EtherNet IP networks Specifications OK Supported Not supported Name Model i i Description Number of ports Eeitro dote tion output Ethernet W4S1 03B Packet priority control QoS 3 switch W4S1 05B EtherNet IP control data priority 5 ie Failure detection Broadcast storm W4S1 05C LSI error detection 10 100Base Tx Of Auto negotiation 2 1 3 Ethernet Switch Types Unmanaged Layer 2 L2 Ethernet Switches These Ethernet switches use the Ethernet MAC address to switch ports Ordinary Ethernet switches have this function Ethernet switch functions and settings cannot be changed e Managed Layer 2 L2 Ethernet Switches These Ethernet switches use the Ethernet MAC address to switch ports Ethernet switch functions and settings can be changed with special software tools for Ethernet switches running on a network node You can also collect analytical data These Ethernet switches provide more advanced func tions than unmanaged layer 2 Ethernet switches
458. rs and the Network Configurator monitor functions Refer to 14 1 Communications System L 5 Make sure that the output tag data is updated in the input tags by using the Sysmac Studio s Watch Tab Page Note Refer to the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual Cat No W504 for the procedure NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 3 Registering Devices Register all of the devices required in the equipment such as EtherNet IP Units performing tag data links in the network configuration 1 Register the devices that will participate in the tag data links by dragging the devices from the Hardware List and dropping them in the Network Configuration Pane on the right To drag and drop an icon click and hold the left mouse button over the icon move the icon to the destination and release the mouse button You can also select a device in the Hardware List and press the Enter Key to register it The icon of the device is displayed in the Network Configuration Pane as shown in the following dia gram IS 1 Network Configurator m d EtherNet IP Hardware Gl Gg Vendor E B OMRON Corporation Ej E Communications Adapter ca s C J1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 GJ1W EIP21 NJ 3 C J2B EIP21 GC J2M EIP21 s CS1W EIP21 NJ301 1100 gt 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 S Drag icons from the hardware list Select device icons with
459. rt User s Manual W506 15 29 Punoouse qnojj Z S suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name Tag Data Link Connection Timeout Event code 84090000 hex Meaning A timeout occurred while trying to establish a tag data link connection Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection When establish timing ing tag data link connection Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery Effects User program Continues Operation Data links will not operate for connections that timed out Reconnection processing is periodically repeated for the connection that timed out Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_TDLinkOpnErr BOOL Tag Data Link Connection Failed Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention rection The power supply to the target node is OFF Communications at the target node are stopped Check the status of the target node and start it normally Use the tag data link after you confirm that the target node is normal The Ethernet cable connector for Eth erNet IP is disconnected Reconnect the connector and make sure it is mated correctly Connect the connector securely The Ethernet cable for EtherNet IP is Replace the Ethernet cable N
460. rt User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name TCP IP Basic Setting Error Local Port IP Address Event code 34220000 hex Meaning An error was detected in the IP address settings Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At power ON or port timing Controller reset Error attributes Level Partial fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery after down loading the settings cycle the power sup ply or reset Con troller Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT OFF Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_IPAdrCfgErr BOOL Basic TCP IP Setting Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention gorrection Setting error Identify the error from the attached None information correct the setting and then download the settings again Power was interrupted when a down Perform the Memory All Clear opera Do not turn OFF the power supply to load was in progress for the TCP IP tion or download the settings again the Controller while a download is in basic settings progress for the TCP IP basic set tings The IP address acquired from Correct the IP address that was pro Set the IP address that was provided BOOTP server is illegal vided to this port by the BOOTP to this po
461. rt by the BOOTP server so server so that it is within the range that it is within the range specified for specified for an NJ series Controller an NJ series Controller Memory error If operation is not recovered by the None above replace the CPU Unit Attached Attached information 1 Type of errors 01 hex Non volatile memory access error 02 hex Inconsistency in settings information Attached information 2 Error details 00 hex Non volatile memory access error When settings are inconsistent 11 hex Illegal IP address 12 hex Illegal subnet mask 13 hex Illegal default gateway 14 hex Illegal priority DNS 15 hex Illegal exchange DNS 16 hex Illegal domain name Precautions The cause of error can be identified with the attached information Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 17 Bunooys ajqnoL Z S 4 suonduoseg 1013 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name IP Address Duplication Error Event code 8401 0000 hex Meaning The same IP address is used more than once Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection After link is port timing established Error attributes Level Partial fault Recovery Automatic Log category System recovery Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Packets addressed to the local IP address are discarded Indicators EtherNet IP NET
462. rvice to execute with the service code Service E Supported services Parameter name Description code Classes Instances 01 hex Get Attribute All Reads the values of the attributes Supported Supported OE hex Get Attribute Single Reads the value of the specified attribute Supported Supported 05 hex Reset Resets the built in EtherNet IP port This parameter is used to reset Not sup Supported the built in EtherNet IP port when you change the IP address or ported other parameter settings and want to apply them Input one of the following values for the ServiceDat input variable to the CIPSend instruction to specify the reset method 00 hex Restart the built in EtherNet IP port 01 hex Clear the tag data link settings and restart Request Paths lOls to Specify Objects When you specify an object specify the request path IOI for each service code as given below HOd dl 19N JeUm3 U H Ng eui 0 jues si2e qo dID 8 Service code Class ID Instance ID Attribute ID 01 hex Get Attribute All 01 hex Specifying a service for a class 00 hex Not required OE hex Get Attribute Single Specifying a service for an instance Reading a class attribute 01 or 02 Always 01 hex hex Reading an instance attribute 01 to 07 hex 05 hex Reset Always 01 hex Not required 8 3 3 TCP IP Interface Object Class ID F5 hex This object is used to read and write settings such as the IP address s
463. s CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 23 Appendices A 6 2 Request Path A 24 The variable name structure member name and array index are specified for the request path fl Request Path Notation In CIP the EPATH data type is used for the request path With this method the request path is divided into segments and a value is assigned to each segment The request path notation shows the path to the final destination when the data segments are joined together Each segment includes the segment type information and the segment data The variable name is specified as a symbolic segment ANSI extended symbol segment fi Segment Types The first byte gives the interpretation method for the segment It consists of two parts a 3 bit segment and a 5 bit UON format cmm Imm TOT The segment type specifications are defined as follows in the CIP specifications Segment Type Meaning 7 6 5 0 0 0 Port Segment 0 0 1 Logical Segment 0 1 0 Network Segment 0 1 1 Symbolic Segment 1 0 0 Data Segment 1 0 1 Data Type 1 1 0 Data Type 1 1 1 Reserved The specifications of segment format are different for each segment type Use the segment format to request a service from a particular object of a particular device Logical segments and data segments which are needed to specify variables in CIP message communications are described below fl Examples of Variable Specifi
464. s based on infringement by the Products or oth erwise of any intellectual property right c Buyer Remedy Omron s sole obli gation hereunder shall be at Omron s election to i replace in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof the non complying Product ii repair the non complying Product or iii repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase price of the non complying Product provided that in no event shall Omron be responsi ble for warranty repair indemnity or any other claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron s analysis confirms that the Products were prop erly handled stored installed and maintained and not subject to contamina tion abuse misuse or inappropriate modification Return of any Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment Omron Compa nies shall not be liable for the suitability or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components circuits system assemblies or any other materials or substances or environ ments Any advice recommendations or information given orally or in writing are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty See http www omron247 com or contact your Omron representative for pub lished information Limitation on Liability Etc OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT I
465. s for the Built in EtherNet IP Port 5 1 TCP IP Display Re lee Re Lex RE Re RE ERE eae 5 2 5 2 Link Settings Display eeseeeseeeeee 5 5 5 3 FTP Display ice oe e REESE EH prd ds 5 6 5 4 NTP Settings Display seseeeeseee I II 5 7 5 5 SNMP Settings Display 00 cece eee eee 5 9 5 6 SNMP Trap Settings Display 20 cee eee eee 5 11 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 1 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port 5 1 New Prupxt new NISQ1 Y Configurations and Setup EtherCat gt D CPU Expension Racks TCP IP Display A Configurations and Setup V IP Address O Fixed setting luii 192 168 250 1 EL 2di2255 255 255 0 T o Obtain from BOOTP server Fix at the IP address obtained fron BOOTP server TORS DNS Q Donotuss Uw Priority ONS saver Domain name v Herd Hame n Mord Narra 8 Y Keep Alive Keep Alive Use Lo not use Keep Alive inonitoring nw SETS sec Linger option Do not specify EO Setting the IP Addresses Setting IP Address Description Select the setting method for the IP address for the built in EtherNet IP port Fixed setting Obtain from BOOTP server e Fix at the IP address obtained from BOOTP server Default Fixed setting IP address Set the IP address for the built in EtherNet IP port 192 168 250 1 Subnet mask Set the subnet mask for the b
466. s going to frag ment a primitive data value i e half a REAL data type 13 Not enough data The requested service did not supply enough data to per form the specified operation 14 Attribute not supported The attribute specified in the request is not supported 15 Too much data The service supplied more data than was expected 16 Object does not exist An object that does not exist was specified for the requested service 17 Service fragmentation sequence The fragmentation sequence for this service is not cur not in progress rently active for this data 18 No stored attribute data The attribute data of this object was not saved prior to the requested service 19 Store operation failure The attribute data of this object was not saved due to a failure during the attempt 1A Routing failure request packet The service request packet was too large for transmission too large on a network in the path to the destination The routing device was forced to abort the service 1B Routing failure response packet The service response packet was too large for transmis too large sion on a network in the path from the destination The routing device was forced to abort the service 1C Missing attribute list entry data The service did not supply an attribute in a list of attributes that was needed by the service to perform the requested behavior 1D Invalid attribute value list The service is returning the list of attributes supplied with status information fo
467. s heavy traffic in the tag data links Special settings are required for an L2 Ethernet switch with multicast filtering There must be enough multicast filters for the network L3 Ethernet Switch with Multicast Filtering and L4 QoS Functions We recommend this kind of Ethernet switch when both tag data links and message communications are executed If you set tag data links for higher priority transmission you can prevent problems such as transmission delays due to message communications traffic and packet losses due to buffer overflow Special settings must be made in the Ethernet switch when using the multicast filtering function and L4 QoS function There must be enough multicast filters for the network uonoejes YMS 1euJeuir3 104 suonneoeJd S L Z l Precautions for Correct Use Ask the Ethernet switch manufacturer for setting procedures for the Ethernet switch Install the Ethernet switch so that its environmental resistance specifications are not exceeded Ask the Ethernet switch manufacturer for information on the environmental resis tance of the Ethernet switch NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 2 5 2 Installing Ethernet Networks 2 2 Network Installation 2 2 1 Basic Installation Precautions Take the greatest care when you install the Ethernet System Be sure to follow ISO 8802 3 specifica tions Be sure you understand them before attempting to install an Ethernet System U
468. s in 1 ms 1 to 10 000 ms in 1 ms increments increments Packet intervals can be set independently for each connection Data is refreshed over the network at the preset interval and does not depend on the num ber of nodes Allowed communications band 1 000 pps 2 3 000 pps 3 width per Unit Note The heartbeat is included Number of registrable tags 256 Tag types Network variables CIO Work Holding DM or EM Area Number of tags per connection 1 tag set 8 7 tags when the tag set contains the Controller status Maximum link data size per node 19 200 bytes Maximum data size per connection 600 bytes 3 Note Data concurrency is maintained within each connection Refer to 7 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data Link Data for methods to maintain con currency Number of registrable tag sets 32 1 connection 1 tag set Maximum size of 1 tag set 300 words The Controller status uses 1 word when the tag set contains the Controller status Changing tag data link parameters when Controller is in RUN mode Supported 4 Multi cast packet filter 5 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Supported Mod dI 19NJeuim U INg 1 suoneoueds e L 1 1 8 Introduction Item Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 Specifications Unit version 1 03 or later
469. s the data size Locations in memory At an integral multiple of the alignment starting from the start of the vari able in memory A 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices The alignments and the amounts of memory that are allocated for the basic data types and enumera tions are given below Data type Alignment bytes pierde BOOL 2 2 BYTE USINT or SINT 1 1 WORD UINT or INT 2 2 DWORD UDINT or DINT 4 4 LWORD ULINT or LINT 8 8 REAL 4 4 LREAL 8 8 TIME DATE TIME OF DAY or DATE AND TIME 8 8 STRING N 1 1 N 1 Enumerations 4 4 1 Nis the maximum number of characters handled For example if a maximum of 10 single byte characters are handled the NULL character is added so memory for 11 characters must be reserved The elements of arrays and the members of structures and unions are located in memory for the most efficient access The alignments and the amounts of memory that are allocated for arrays structures and unions are determined by the variable declarations as described below spouse uoneoojy Aiowsy ajqeue p v Data type Alignment Amount of memory that is allocated Ara Same as alignment of the data type Amount of memory that is allocated for the data type of the y of the elements elements x Number of elements The largest alignment of all of the The integral multiple of the alignment that is larger than the members total amount of m
470. scription Set these settings when the built in EtherNet IP port com municates with nodes on other IP network segments via an IP router You can set up to eight combinations of IP addresses and gateway addresses Specify 0 for the host portions of the IP addresses NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Do not specify Default None None Aedsiq di dO L L S 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port ES Additional Information IP Router Table Setting Example Set the following IP router table in node A to use tag data links or CIP message communications between node A and node B through the IP router When you set the IP router table node A sends packets to the gateway IP address 130 25 36 253 if communications instructions are executed on node A and addressed to node B 130 25 XX XX 130 25 36 253 IP router Y IP Router Table l Destination IP Address Destination Mask IP Address The host fields are set to 0 in the destination IP address 130 26 XX XX 130 26 2 254 Gateway Address NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port 5 2 Link Settings Display LINK settings Auto 10 Mbps Half Duplex 10 Mbps Full Duplex 100 Mbps Half Duplex 100 Mbps Full Duplex 1 N r 2 x A SNL DER o Description 2 LINK settings Set the baud ra
471. se instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 40 Error end END_IF 0 Normal end DoSendAndRcv FALSE Trigger FALSE ELSE Interrupted by error DoSendAndRcv FALSE Trigger FALSE END CASE END IF 9 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service 9 6 5 TCP Sample Programming In this sample the TCP socket service is used for data communications between the NJ series Control ler and a remote node IP address 192 168 250 1 IP address 192 168 250 2 TCP port number Automatically assigned TCP port number 6000 Data sent Remote node Data received Built in EtherNet IP Port Ethernet line The processing procedure is as follows 1 The SktTCPConnect instruction is executed to request connecting to the TCP port on the remote node The SktClearBuf instruction is executed to clear the receive buffer for a TCP socket The SktGetTCPStatus instruction is executed to read the status of a TCP socket The SktTCPSend instruction is executed to request sending data The data in SendSocketDat is sent The SktTCPRcv instruction is executed to request receiving data The receive data is stored in RevSocketDatf OQ GQ AWN The SktClose instruction is executed to close the socket ST Variable Data type Initial value Comment Trigger BOOL False Execution condition DoTCP BOOL False Processing Stage INT 0 Status change RcvSocketDat ARRAY 0
472. ser s Manual W506 7 33 7 Tag Data Link Functions e Editing Settings for Individual Connections You can edit each connection separately Note Refer to the following section for information on how to perform batch editing in a table format 7 Click the Connections Tab and then click the New Button The following Edit Connection Dialog Box is displayed according to the type of device that is selected Using Built in EtherNet IP Ports as Targets for Input Only 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 Edit Connection It will add a connection configuration to originator deviec Please configure the Tag Set each of originator device and target device M Originator Device Target Device MadeAddiess 197 16R 28D INN Node Address 197 1RR 2RN 1 Crmment NISM ASAN Fomment MiRfr 150n Input Tag Set pai Tag sets Output Tag Set C_ Status 4Byte MC Status 4Byte gt Connection Type Multi cast connection hd Hide Detal Detail Parameter Packet Interval HFI 50 0 me 10 0 10000 0 me Timeout Value Packet Interval RPI x 4 ae ble eue diat 001 Connection Structure 5 192 168 250 100 NJ501 1500 Ei 5 MC Status M 50 0ms El g 192 168 25U 1 NJ5UT 15UU 5 MC Status ies Using Other EtherNet IP Devices as Targets for Settings Other Than Input Only 192 168 250 4 FZ Series Edit x It will add a connection configuration to originator device Please configure the Tay Set
473. service delay delay service T 1 T Li E Task period Line Task period Task period Line Task period local node remote node remote node local node Maximum transmission delay time Send delay System service execution time Transmission delay Receive delay System service execution time l Local node task period Remote node task period Variable write time System service execution time Transmission delay Receive delay System service execution time aall FS Remote node task period Local node task period Processes that cause a delay time are processed in the task periods at each node as shown in the above diagram Line based delays are as follows Transmission Delay The transmission delay on an Ethernet line is 50 us or less This delay time can be ignored NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 27 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load ES Additional Information Depending on the actual operating environment the transmission time may be longer than the one calculated with the equations given here The following factors can cause longer transmis sion times other traffic on the network window sizes of network nodes other traffic at the built in EtherNet IP port itself e g simultaneous tag data link communications and the sys tem configuration CIP communications processing is executed as a system service If a timeout occurs for
474. ses 18 RO Sup According to the The total number of GetResponse PDUs received Ported standard snmplinTraps 19 RO Sup According to the The total number of trap PDUs received ported standard snmpOutTooBigs 20 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs sent with an errorsta Ported standard tus of tooBig snmpOutNoSuchNames 21 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs sent with an error sta Ported standard tus of noSuchName snmpOutBadValues 22 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs sent with an error sta Ported standard tus of badValue snmpOutGenErrs 24 RO Sup According to the The total number of PDUs sent with an error sta ported standard tus of genErr snmpOutGetRequests 25 RO Sup According to the The total number of GetRequest PDUs sent ported standard snmpOutGetNexts 26 RO Sup According to the The total number of GetNextRequest PDUs sent Ported standard snmpOutSetRequests 27 RO Sup According to the The total number of SetRequest PDUs sent ported standard snmpOutGetResponses 28 RO Sup According to the The total number of GetResponse PDUs sent ported standard snmpOutTraps 29 RO Sup According to the The total number of trap PDUs sent ported standard NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 SNMP Agent Standard identi fier attribute snmpEnableAuthen 30 RW Sup
475. set SP2_OUT group of tags d and e Tag set SP2_IN Variable d Connection Variable i Variable e Variable j NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 5 7 Tag Data Link Functions Note To enable a connection each tag set must include only input tags or only output tags Both input and output tags cannot be included in the same tag set 7 1 3 Tag Data Link Functions and Specifications The tag data link and performance specifications of the NJ series CPU Unit are given below Specification Item Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 Unit version 1 03 or later Communications type Standard EtherNet IP implicit communications connection type cyclic commu nications Setting method After you have set the tags tag sets and connections with the Network Config urator you must download the tag data link parameters to all devices on the EtherNet IP network You can export the network variables that you created on the Sysmac Studio to a CSV file You can then import the file to the Network Configurator and assign the network variables to tags After the parameters are downloaded the EtherNet IP Units are restarted to start the tag data links Tags Supported variable You can specify the following network variables as tags 2 3 types e Global variables Maximum number of 300 words 600 bytes words per tag Maximum number of 2564 tags Tag sets Ma
476. sible to use the product in some locations Contact your OMRON representative before attempting to use a Controller on a ship Usage Conditions for NK and LR Shipbuilding Standards The NJ series Controller must be installed within a control panel Gaps in the door to the control panel must be completely filled or covered with gaskets or other material The following noise filter must be connected to the power supply line Noise Filter Manufacturer Model Cosel Co Ltd TAH 06 683 Software Licenses and Copyrights This product incorporates certain third party software The license and copyright information associ ated with this software is available at http www fa omron co jp nj info e NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 19 Unit Versions Unit Versions Unit Versions A unit version has been introduced to manage CPU Units in the NJ Series according to differences in functionality accompanying Unit upgrades fl Notation of Unit Versions on Products The unit version is given on the ID information label of the products for which unit versions are man aged as shown below Example for NJ series NJ501 CPU Unit 2 ID information label Unit model Unit version m n om m m m m NJ501 1500 Ver 1i P4 I
477. single byte alpha numeric characters dots and hyphens with up to 63 single byte alphanumeric characters between dots Default None IP Address Keep Alive Setting Keep Alive Set the IP addresses of the registered hosts Description Set whether to use the remote node keep alive function of connected servers and clients such as socket services FTP server Sysmac Studio and FINS TCP for each con nection number If the keep alive function is used and the remote node does not respond during the set keep alive monitoring time the connection is disconnected The con nection is left open if the power supply to the remote node is turned OFF without warning Use the keep alive function whenever possible e Use Do not use None Default Use Keep Alive Monitoring Time The connection is disconnected if the keep alive function is used and the remote node does not respond during the monitoring time set in the Keep Alive Monitoring Setting Setting range 1 to 65 535 seconds 300 Linger option IP Router Table Parameter Destination IP address Destination mask IP address Gateway address Set whether to specify the Linger Option for connections to FINS TCP or socket services If the Linger Option is speci fied the port number is immediately opened even before the port number is released after the socket closes approx 1 minute Specify Do not specify De
478. size so that it is the same as the data type size of the variable Select the Use Bit Data Check Box and change the bit size to 1 to use BOOL variables 7 Click the Regist Button to register the tag If an I O memory address is specified for a tag name the Edit Tag Dialog Box is displayed with the next consecutive address as the tag name for the next tag After you have registered all of the tags click the Close Button 8 Click the Out Produce Tab and then click the New Button The Edit Tag Dialog Box is dis played Input the output tag in the same way Use the Fault Action setting of the output produce tag to specify whether to clear the output data or continue to send it when a major fault occurs in the CPU Unit The Fault Action setting is not required for input consume tag sets Retain output for major fault Hold default Output data maintains its previous status even after a major fault occurs Clear output at major fault Clear Output data is cleared to 0 when a major fault occurs x Name Size 24 Byte UseBitData Fault Action Bee H Precautions for Correct Use L Select the Hold or Clear Option Connections are cut off if any of the following errors occurs in the CPU Unit that is the originator while tag data links are active Major fault level Controller error Partial fault level Controller error 9 After you register all of the required tags click the OK But
479. sk the data after you receive Variable b Tag data links Variable e the data updated Aly o Variable c Variable f EtherNet IP Data concurrency is not maintained unless you assign the same refreshing task for both the output and the input tags e Required Processing Time to Maintain Concurrency When you set a refreshing task for tags network variables to maintain the concurrency of data link data the processing time required for that specified task increases Due to this increase in task pro cessing time the refreshing of tag data link data may not occur during the packet interval RPI period set for each connection Therefore you need to adjust the packet interval RPI settings to match the period of the task specified as the refreshing task Refer to 14 3 3 Helationship between Task Periods and Packet Intervals RPIs for details syur eed Bel o1 uononpoaul L Z Task Setup Procedure 1 Set the global variables for which to specify a refreshing task and set the refreshing tasks and accessing tasks in the Settings for Exclusive Control of Variables in Tasks in the Task Setup on the Sysmac Studio 2 Set the variable access time for each refreshing task For details refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 m geq yu geq Be jo Aoueunouo2 7 1 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 15 7 Tag Data L
480. smit Errors The number of frames that failed UDINT Reads the current value to be sent due to an internal MAC sublayer transmission error Carrier Sense Errors The number of times the carrier UDINT Reads the current value sense condition was lost or the number of times an assertion did not occur when an attempt was made to send the frame Frame Too Long The number of frames received UDINT Reads the current value that exceeded the maximum allowed frame size MAC Receive Errors The number of frames that could UDINT Reads the current value not be received through the inter face due to an internal MAC sub layer reception error 06 hex Interface Control Counter for the built in Ether Write Struct Net IP port Control Bits Auto Nego for Ethernet communi WORD Refer to 2 Control Bit Details cations that specifies full duplex below Forced Interface Speed Gives the set value of the Ether UINT Reads the set value net baud rate 1 Interface Flag Details Bit Name Description 0 LinkStatus FALSE The link is down TRUE The link is up 1 Half FullDuplex FALSE Half duplex TRUE Full duplex 2104 Negotiation Status 00 hex Auto negotiation is in progress 01 hex Auto negotiation and speed detection failed 02 hex Auto negotiation failed but speed detection succeeded 03 hex Speed and duplex mode negotiation succeeded 04 hex Auto negotiation was not attempted 5 Manual Setting Requires Speed Always FALSE Changes can be applied automati
481. ssages Execution method CIPSend Send Explicit Message Class 3 instruction or CIPUCMM Read Variable UCMM Explicit instruction Data contents Sending required CIP commands and receiving responses Communications parameters Message type timeout value and root path specification Maximum length Non connection 502 bytes per connection type UCMM Connection type 502 bytes for Forward Open 1 994 bytes for Large Forward Open class 3 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications 8 2 Using CIP Message Communications 8 2 1 Overview CIP communications instructions can be executed in the user program in the NJ series CPU Unit to read and write variables in a NJ series CPU Unit or a CJ2 CPU Unit on the EtherNet IP network and send specified CIP commands CIP SEND NJ series CPU Unit NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP port EtherNet IP Specify the CIP communications parameters Such as the route path as well as the service code the request path and the service data 8 2 2 CIP Communications Instructions Built in EtherNet IP port Specify a variable name The following CIP communications instructions are available For details on CIP communications instructions refer to the NJ series Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W502 Instruction CIPUCMMRead Name Read Variable U
482. stays TRUE until Execute changes to FALSE Example 2 o o Example 1 Example 2 3 es Execute l Execute l When Execute 3 i Changes to changes to B FALSE in next Busy 7 FALSE Done Executing task period Executing returns to FALSE Done l NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Done ui pasn seiqeueA 1ndino Jo yeyo Buw 9 6 9 Socket Service 9 6 4 UDP Sample Programmi ng In this sample the UDP socket service is used for data communications between the NJ series Control ler and a remote node IP address 192 168 250 1 UDP port number 6000 Data sent Data received Built in EtherNet IP Port Ethernet line The processing procedure is as follows SocketDat ONs IP address 192 168 250 2 UDP port number 6001 x Remote node The SktClose instruction is executed to close the socket The SktUDPCreate instruction is executed to request creation of a UDP socket Execute the SktUDPSend instruction to request sending The data in SendSocketDat is sent The SktUDPRcv instruction is executed to request reception The receive data is stored in Rev ST Variable Data type Initial value Comment Trigger BOOL False Execution condition DoSendAndRcv BOOL False Processing Stage INT 0 Status change RcvSocketDat ARRAY 0 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Receive data BYTE WkSocket _SSOC
483. switch that supports IGMP snooping 6 The built in EtherNet IP port uses the TCP UDP port numbers shown in the following table Do not set the same port number for more than one TCP UDP service Service Protocol Port number Remarks EIP data links UDP 2222 Fixed values Used by system UDP 2223 2224 TCP 9610 CIP messages TCP 44818 FTP client data transfer port TCP 20 DNS client TCP UDP 53 BOOTP client UDP 68 HTTP server TCP 80 Used by system other TCP UDP 9600 You can change the port number in FTP client control port TCP 21 ies Settings on the Sysmac NTP client UDP 123 SNMP agent UDP 161 SNMP trap UDP 162 7 A CPU Unit with unit version 1 01 or later and Sysmac Studio version 1 02 or higher are required to use CPU routing NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction eo Ww E 1 3 2 Part Names and Functions z gt 9 c F 3 den Ln E pe RUN omnon USB port ERROR NJ501 1500 BUSY SD PWR SD BUSY m p i j N NET RUN g EtherNet P 7 NETERR lt _1_ ___ Built in EtherNet IP port z LINK ACT rh 3 Sd oO Oo o 5 NET RU a DA NET ERR Built in EtherCAT port g LINK ACT a OPEN SW SETTING EtherNet IP S EtherCAT ea ey Indicators Ethernet Address Notati
484. t RevSocketDat 0 Receive data S99IAJ8S 9490S ay Husn uo siiejeg 9 6 IF SKtTCPRcv instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 6 Normal end ELSIF SktTCPRov instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 50 Error end END_IF 6 Request closing data SktClose_instance Execute TRUE Socket WkSocket Socket IF SktClose instance Donez TRUE THEN Buruurei604g ejduies q254 S 9 6 Stage INT O Normal end ELSIF SktClose instance ErrorZ TRUE THEN Stage INT 40 Error end END_IF NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 23 9 Socket Service 0 Normal end DoTCP FALSE Trigger FALSE ELSE Interrupted by error DoTCP FALSE Trigger FALSE END CASE END IF e Remote Node Programming In this example programming is also required in the remote node The order of sending and receiv ing is reversed in comparison with the above procedure 1 The SktTCPAccept instruction is executed to request accepting a TCP socket The SktTCPRcv instruction is executed to request receiving data The receive data is stored in RevSocketDatf is sent The SktClose instruction is executed to close the socket ST Internal Variables External Variables 9 24 3 The SktTCPSend instruction is executed to request sending data The data in SendSocketDat Variable Data type Initial value Comment Trigger BOOL False Execution condi
485. t Target Device Output Tag Set Connection Type RPI Timeout MO1 Error 2Byte lt 1921682501 MC1 MO Error 2Byte Multi cast connection 500 ms RPIx 4 MC1 Status 4Byte lt 1921682501 MC1 MO Status 4Byte Multi cast connection 500 ms RPIx 4 1921682502 MC2 MC Error 2Byte Multi cast connection 500 ms RPI x 4 1921682502 MC2 Multi cast connection 1921682503 MC3 MC Error 2Byte 1921682503 MC3 MC Status 4Byte Multi cast connection 500 ms RPI x 4 Multi cast connection MC Status 4Byte MC3 Status 4Byte Edit Tag Sets lt Back Cancel The blank area in the Input Tag Set Column is the connection that you are creating The rows in which there are input tag sets are connections that are already set To prevent duplicate settings input tag sets that have been used are not displayed in the list box for input tag sets f there is no applicable input tag set you can edit a tag set or create a new one by using the Edit Tag Sets Button and Edit Tag Button 6 Once the input tag set settings have been completed click the Finish Button You can check the set connection by selecting Network View Devices Connection Structure Tree from the menus The Wizard can be ended even if the input tag set includes a blank row In that case a connec tion is not created for the blank row You can delete a connection by deleting the input tag sets that were previous
486. t User s Manual W506 Variable E 4 bytes Variable F 4 bytes Variable G 8 bytes Variable H 8 bytes Data Type Definitions Name Datatype a ARRAY 0 7 OF BOOL Variable Table Name Datatype Structure STR_D Appendices I Unions For a union variable the members overlap in the same memory locations The alignment of a union is largest alignment of all of the members The amount of memory that is allocated is the largest amount of memory that is allocated for any of the members Example The alignments and the amounts of memory that are allocated for the four variable declara tions given in the following figure are given in the following table Variable Alignment bytes Amount of memory that is allocated bytes A A A A A gt A D O BO gt Data Type Definitions Name Data type First byte integer multiple of 4 A a A b First byte Union UNI A UNION First byte 1 la 1 pwonb i First byte Piisibyta n b wom integer multiple of 4 _ 4 bytes First byte 3 Name Data type B c B d First byte 4 Union UNI_B UNION First byte 5 i First byte i Variable B WORD a DWORD First byt integer multiple of 4 bie juin 4 bytes First byte 7 C O a C 0 b First byte 9 First byte 10 First byte 11 Variable Table Name Data type Variable A Union UNI_A Variable B Union UNI_
487. t a network between Controllers It is also used as a field network Because Ether Net IP uses standard Ethernet technology various general purpose Ethernet devices can be used in the network Sysmac Studio 3 Ethernet switch Support Software 100m 1 Built in EtherNet IP 1 Built in EtherNet IP 1 Built in EtherNet IP Ethernet LAN port port on Nu series port on NJ series port on NJ series ee Controller Controller Controller LII LO LR a EtherNet IP System Configuration Example 2 Twisted pair cable High speed High capacity Data Exchange through Tag Data Links The EtherNet IP protocol supports implicit communications which allows cyclic communications called tag data links in this manual with EtherNet IP devices Data of up to 9 600 words can be exchanged at high speed between Controllers and devices Tag Data Link Cyclic Communications Cycle Time Tag data links cyclic communications operate at the cyclic period specified for each application regardless of the number of nodes Data is exchanged over the network at the refresh cycle set for each connection so the communications refresh cycle will not increase even if the number of nodes is increased i e the concurrency of the connection s data is maintained Because the refresh cycle can be set for each connection each application can communicate at its ideal refresh cycle For
488. t automatically changes FALSE Start Switch back to FALSE after tag data link operation starts Note Do not force this variable to FALSE from the user program or Sysmac Studio It will change to FALSE auto matically EIP TDLinkStopCmd Tag Data Link The tag data links stop when this variable BOOL TRUE or page 3 19 Communications changes to TRUE It automatically changes FALSE Stop Switch back to FALSE after tag data link operation stops Note Do not force this variable to FALSE from the user program or Sysmac Studio It will change to FALSE auto matically 3 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port ES Additional Information There is a system defined variable for communications that is related to FINS TCP communica tions h Opera Related Variable Description Datatype tion refresh instruc name ee 3 timing tions FINSTCP FINS TCP This is the WORD Anytime 16 0000 to None ConnSta Connection FINS TCP 16 FFFF Status connection status sajqelueA paulyjap wea sAs z NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 11 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 3 3 Specifications for Individual System defined Variables The specifications for each system defined variable are given as described below Variable name This
489. t corresponds to an output bit that is assigned to a CJ series Basic Output Unit through a tag data link will be overwritten by the execution results of the user program The value that is written directly to the I O memory address from the tag data link will therefore not be output to the external device NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices A 6 Accessing Variables with CIP Message Communications This section provides basic information on how to use CIP message communications from a program running on a computer or other device to read and write the values of variables Read this section to improve your understanding of CIP message communications To read and write the values of variables between NJ series Controllers use the CIP communications instructions Refer to Section 8 Message Communications for information on how to use CIP communications instructions for CIP message communications Computer m Request The variable to access is specified in the request path of the explicit message to read or write data Response The result of writing the specified variable or the value that was read from the specified variable is stored in the response NJ series Controller Variable Variable _ LIE Nam Du ET C 7E You can read and write variables with CIP communications instructions NJ series Controller
490. t ea ectetur ae 15 14 15 2 3 Troubleshooting 1 ile Ai reor OR rece nuu I e dea cce e RES a eed 15 38 15 3 Checking Status with the Network Configurator eese 15 39 15 3 1 The Network Configurators Device Monitor Function esee 15 39 15 3 2 Connection Status Codes and Troubleshooting seen 15 46 Appendices A 1 Functional Comparison of EtherNet IP Ports on NJ series CPU Units ANd Other SOMes pec Tm A 2 A 2 EDS File Management cccsscccsseeeeeeeeseseeeeeesaeseseeeeeneeesenaeeseneneeesaaeseaseeseseaaesaseaeeeseaeseseeaeess A 3 A 2 1 Installing EDS Files iieii irira iana a aTa cr tue Ere ive edi e DR denen eia ue ce A 4 A 2 2 Creating EDS FIles itr hed n E UEBER RUE E IUE A 4 A 2 3 Deleting EDS File Sisira oeconomiae oe atom d A 4 A 2 4 Savirig EDS FIl6S ett teen idunt detur TE A 5 A 2 5 Searching EDS File Sairi I tite eee aa end P bg T Dei t Pip ere iens A 5 A 2 6 Displaying EDS File Properties y sioiias aaran saena eaa era Ea nennen nennen enne A 6 A 2 7 Creating EDS Index Files 5 3 LI ene tede arem e ene a e et Hu sm ete ed A 6 A 3 Precautions for Using the Network Configurator on Windows XP Windows Vista Or WIndOWS T este eh irte ce iiec eruit aaa ce eden cate ANE S Leete eT Acs A 7 A 3 1 Changing Windows Firewall Settings esssseeeeeeneeeeenennen enne A 7 A 4 Variable Memory Allocation Methods
491. t sent beyond the router You can broadcast up to 1 472 bytes of data Data larger than 1 472 bytes cannot be broadcast You can specify either of the two following types of broadcast addresses Local Broadcast If no destination IP address is specified the following IP address is specified automatically Network segment The network segment of the local IP address is set Host segment All bits are set to 1 Global Broadcast Specify this type when the IP address of the local node or the subnet to which the local node belongs is unknown As shown below every bit of the 32 bit address is set to 1 255 255 255 255 9 8 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service 9 3 Overview of Built in EtherNet IP Port Socket Services 9 3 1 Overview Socket services on the built in EtherNet IP port are used to exchange data between Controllers and general purpose applications that do not support CIP message communications The Controller requests the socket service from the user program General purpose non CIP communications application Intranet O At the host system calls of sockets e g from a C language interface library can be used to directly use TCP IP or UDP IP M to access Controller data Ethernet Built in EtherNet IP port Data A At the Controller socket instructions can 0 be executed in the user program to O directly use UDP or TCP to exchange data with the host computer
492. t the tag data link s allowable bandwidth by changing the packet interval RPI If the required communications performance cannot be achieved by changing the settings re evaluate the network starting with the network configuration 1 Make the required settings in the Network Configurators Network Configuration Window 2 Click the Detail Button in the Usage of Device Bandwidth Area at the bottom of the Network Configuration Window Ethernet iP_1 Ethernet iP_2 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1500 NJ501 1500 CJ2M EIP21 2 50 10 Iz 250 2 M Usage of Device Bandwidth The Usage of Device Bandwidth Dialog Box will be displayed Usage of Device Bandwidth xj Mbit s without M Usage of IP multi 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 0 00 5 00 0 000 0 043 Mbi D 9 1921582502 NJ501 1500 6 00 6 00 0 050 0 050 Mbi 0 9 19216825010 CJ2M EIP21 2 00 2 00 0 050 0 050 Mbi 1 Total usage of IP multicast addresses 1 Cose Set Packet Interval RPI Close __SstPacketinieral APY Network Total of Max Mbit s O 050Mbit s The Usage of Capacity without multicast filter column will show the percentage of the allowed tag data link bandwidth being used and the Mbit s without multicast filter column will show the network bandwidth being used 14 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Commun
493. ta link set S page 15 32 Download data link settings tings started Started started 94020000 hex Tag Data Link Changing the tag Changing the tag data link set S page 15 33 Download data link settings tings finished Finished finished 94030000 hex Tag Data Link Tag data links were Tag data links were stopped by S page 15 33 Stopped stopped by Network Network Configurator or manip Configurator or ulation of a system defined manipulation of a variable system defined variable Or the data link table was downloaded from the Network Config urator again 94040000 hex Tag Data Link Tag data links were Tag data links were started by S page 15 34 Started started by Network Network Configurator or manip Configurator or ulation of a system defined manipulation of a variable system defined variable Or the data link table was downloaded from the Network Config urator again 94050000 hex Link Establishment of an Establishment of an Ethernet S page 15 34 Detected Ethernet link was link was detected detected 94060000 hex Restarting The built in Ether The built in EtherNet IP port S page 15 35 Ethernet Port Net IP port was was restarted restarted 94070000 hex TagDataLink Tag data link con Tag data link connections to all S page 15 35 All Run nections to all target nodes have been estab nodes have been lished established 94080000 hex IP Address The correct IP The correct IP address has S
494. tch the link will be unstable and prevent nor mal communications The following table shows the allowed settings for each Ethernet switch communications mode Auto Nego Auto negotiation Full Full duplex Half Half duplex Built in EtherNet P port Ethernet switch Auto 10 Mbps fixed 100 Mbps fixed Nego Full Half Full Half Auto Nego Best OK OK 10 Mbps fixed Full OK Half OK OK 100 Mbps fixed Full Best Half OK OK Best Recommended OK Allowed Not allowed NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 2 7 2 Installing Ethernet Networks 2 3 Connecting to the Network 2 3 1 Ethernet Connectors The following standards and specifications apply to the connectors for the Ethernet twisted pair cable Electrical specifications Conforming to IEEE 802 3 standards Connector structure RJ45 8 pin Modular Connector conforming to ISO 8877 Connector pin Signal name Abbr WAS 1 Transmission data TD Output 2 Transmission data TD Output 3 Reception data RD Input 4 Not used 5 Not used 6 Reception data RD Input 7 Not used 8 Not used Hood FG Frame ground 2 3 2 Connecting the Cable cable l Precautions for Correct Use Turn OFF the power supply to the Controller before you conne
495. te for the built in EtherNet IP port Auto a Auto g o s 9 lt NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 5 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port 5 3 FTP Display 5 6 A Configurations and Setup Donctuse Use Setting FTP server Description Specify whether to use the FTP server FTP connections from external devices will not be possible if the Do not use Option is selected Default Do not use Port No 1 3 Set the FTP port number of the built in EtherNet IP port It is normally not necessary to change this setting The FTP control port is set here The FTP data transfer port is always port 20 21 Login name Set the login name to externally connect to the built in Eth erNet IP port via FTP You can use up to 12 alphanumeric characters 2 None Password Set the password to externally connect to the built in Ether Net IP port via FTP You can use 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters 2 1 These settings are required to use the FTP server 2 The login name and password are case sensitive None 3 The following ports are used by the system and cannot be set by the user 20 23 25 80 110 9610 and 44818 ES Additional Information Refer to Section 10 FTP Server for details on the FTP server NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built
496. te host mdir Displays file names and details in the remote host rename Changes a file name mkdir Creates a new directory in the working directory in the remote host rmdir Deletes a directory from the working directory in the remote host cd Changes the work directory in the remote host to the specified directory pwd Displays the work directory on the remote host type Specifies the data type of transferred files get Transfers the specified remote file to the local host mget Transfers the specified multiple remote files to the local host put Transfers the specified local file to the remote host mput Transfers the specified multiple local files to the remote host delete Deletes the specified file from the remote host mdelete Deletes the specified multiple files from the remote host append Uses the currently specified file data type and appends a local file to the remote host close Disconnects the FTP server bye Closes the FTP client quit Closes the FTP client Protection Login name up to 12 characters Password consists of 8 to 32 characters Protocol used FTP port number 20 TCP 21 TCP Number of connections 10 2 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server 10 2 FTP Server Function Details 10 2 1 Supported Files The file system in the Controller that can be accessed by the built in EtherNet IP port includes files in any SD Memory C
497. tem defined Variable Data type Name variables None m m Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention gomecuon Establishment of an Ethernet link was detected Attached None information Precautions None Remarks 15 34 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 Troubleshooting Event name Restarting Ethernet Port Event code 94060000 hex Meaning The built in EtherNet IP port was restarted Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details Communications Detection At user operation port timing Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category Access Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None xu Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention Correction The built in EtherNet IP port was m m restarted Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name Tag Data Link All Run Event code 9407 0000 hex Meaning Tag data link connections to all nodes have been established Source EtherNet IP Function Module Source details CIP Detection When establish timing ing tag data link connection Error attributes Level Information Recovery Log category System Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators Ether
498. ter the login name Name nj root LogIn 331 Password required for LogIn Password 230 Login logged in ftp IN Enter the login name Enter the password 3 Make sure the Memory Card is correctly inserted The MEMCARD 1 directory is displayed if there is an SD Memory Card in the CPU Unit ftp Is Make sure the Memory 200 PORT command successful Card is inserted 150 opening data connection for Is IPaddress port 0 bytes MEMCARD1 226 Transfer complete 15 bytes received in 0 seconds bytes s ftp gg 4 Change to the MEMCARD 1 directory ftp cd MEMCARD1 Change the directory 250 CWD command successful ftp i 5 Change data type to binary ftp type binary Set binary data type 200 Type set to I ftp gt iN NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server 6 Read the file RESULT BIN and transfer it to the workstation ftp get RESULT BIN Read file 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for result bin IPaddress port bytes 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s ftp iN 7 Write the file PLAN BIN to the Memory Card e uioJj ejduiex3 uoneoiddy 7 01 Jejnduuo5 1so0H ftp put PLAN BIN Write file 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for plan bin IPaddress port 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s
499. th usage according to the instructions in 14 2 1 Checking Bandwidth Usage for Tag Data Links It is particularly important to check the usage of capacity when an individual connection s RPI set ting was changed without using the Set Packet Interval RPI Button 6 Run user tests to verify that there are no problems with the new settings peo suoneoiunuiuio eui Bunsn py Z t Idy y Buibueu v z vl NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 15 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 14 2 5 RPI Setting Examples The following examples explain how to calculate the packet intervals RPIs in the following network configuration fl Conditions Untitled Network Configurator E i lni x loo Upton Hep id Csi Le La amp S uuwese zm zie eSxmuu s v Network Configurator O Bj EtherNet IP Hardware im Vendor E OMRON Corporation Communications Adapter wtr B Rev 1 gj Rev2 f CJIW EIP21 CJZ 3 CJ2B EIP21 T321b8 20U 16 139215825015 19216825014 19216825013 132159259012 192158 290 1 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 a s d al 192 168 250 10 192 168 2009 192 168 250 8 192 168 20 7 192 158 250 6 192 168 250 5 132 168 290 4 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 g g E i m i gt i 192 158 250 3 192 168 20 2 132 153 2501 NJ501 1300 NJ501 1300 N
500. the device on the network if the network is online 3 The device is added to the Hardware List as a new device just like when you install an EDS file ES Additional Information You cannot set device parameters with the Network Configurators EDS file creation function Obtain a proper EDS file from the manufacturer of the device to make device parameter settings for the device A 2 3 Deleting EDS Files fl EDS File Delete To delete an EDS file use the following procedure 1 Select the device from the Hardware List 2 Select EDS File Delete The following confirmation dialog box is displayed Network Configurator 1 zd ERT1 HD16CH 1 Rev 2 will be deleted OK xs E A 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Appendices 3 Click the Yes Button The selected device is deleted from the Hardware List together with the EDS file A 2 4 Saving EDS Files EDS File Save To save the EDS file use the following procedure 1 Select the target hardware device in the Hardware List and then select EDS File Save A Save EDS File Dialog Box is displayed 2 Input the folder and file names and click the Save Button The EDS file is saved A 2 5 Searching EDS Files EDS File Find To search the devices EDS files displayed in the Hardware List use the following procedure Select EDS file Find The following dialog box is displayed xi Fodwhat Oo __ Cancel
501. the EtherNet IP network The following procedure shows how to compare the parameters For details on how to connect to the network from the Network Configurator refer to 7 2 8 Connecting the Network Configurator to the Network I Verifying the Network Configuration You can use the following procedure to compare the list of registered devices in the Network Configura tion Pane with the devices connected on the EtherNet IP network and check the IP addresses and device types This function does not verify device parameters 1 Connect the Network Configurator online 2 Select Network Verify Structure The following progress monitor is displayed to show the progress as data is read from the net work and compared Uploading Device Information 192 168 250 10 J 3 The results of the comparison between the network configuration file and data from the network are displayed as shown below Differences Not Found in the Comparison uetwork Configurator JE o No differences found Differences Found in the Comparison Comparison Result E x Network Q wrong device type or revision 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1400 NJ501 1500 Q Wrong device type or revision 192 168 250 3 CJ2B EIP21 Not present NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 57 syur e1eq Bey Buimes Z Z m syu eieq Bey eui BuueA 2 2 7 Tag Data Link Functions Differences Found in the Device Type Network Con
502. the Network Configurator online and select the icon of the EtherNet IP Unit from which you want to upload the parameters To select multiple nodes press and hold the Shift Key while you select additional icons In the following example 2 nodes are selected 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 2 Right click the icon to display the pop up menu and select Parameter Upload 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 10 MICOI 400i 10 INA Parameter d x Wizard m perum Edit Reset 3 Open Xd Save as Il Maintenance Information A E Register to other Device gt A9 Download External Data gt V Verify amp Cut 2 The following dialog box is displayed 3i i Uploading parameters from selected devices will start OK No Click the Yes Button or the No Button 3 During the upload the following progress monitor is displayed to show the progress of the upload Uploading Device Parameter 192 168 250 10 Uploading Parameter 4 The following dialog box is displayed to show that the upload was completed xi o Network upload was completed 7 56 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 11 Verifying the Tag Data Links Tag data link parameters such as the tag set settings and connection settings can be compared with the parameters of the built in EtherNet IP ports in
503. the SD Memory Card for the remote file name e Ifa local file name is specified the file information is stored in the specified file fi mdir Format mdir remote_file_name local_file_name e Function Displays the names of files subdirectories creation dates and sizes on the remote host on the SD Memory Card e Specify the directory or file name on the SD Memory Card to list as the remote file name Input a hyphen to display a list of the current working directory e Ifa local file name is specified the file information is stored in the specified file Input a hyphen to display a list of the remote host and not store the list of file names e Format mdir RemoteFiles LocalFile Remotefiles Enter a hyphen to use the current working directory Localfiles Enter a hyphen to display a list e Function Details A list of the files and subdirectories in the remote directory is displayed fi rename Format rename current_file_name new_file_name e Function Changes the specified current file name to the specified new file name f the new file name is already used on the remote host on the SD Memory Card the existing file is overwritten by the file for which the name was changed rename can be used only to change the file name It cannot be used to move the file to a different directory 10 10 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 10 FTP Server i m
504. the connection for which the packet interval is changed 1 Click the Close Button at the bottom of the Usage of Device Bandwidth Dialog Box 2 Double click the device that is set as the originator of the desired connection The Edit Device Parameters Dialog Box will be displayed Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1500 ixj Connections Tag Sets Unregister Device List Z7 192 168 250 1 NJ501 1500 Connections 1 32 0 1 T 0 Register Device List Target Variable 192 168 250 10 010 dna CNOI 01 input TagSet2 192 168 2502 TagSet2 192 168 250 10 peo suomneoiunuiuuo eui Bunsn py z rr New Edt Delete Edit All Change Target Node ID To From File Idy y Buibueu3 p Z y4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 13 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load 3 In the Register Device List select the connection for which you want to change the RPI and click the Edit Button Edit Device Parameters 192 168 250 2 NJ501 1500 AX Connections Tag Sets M Unregister Device List Connections 1 32 0 1 T 0 gt M Register Device List Change Target Node ID 4 The device s Edit Connection Dialog Box will be displayed Input a new packet inter val RPI value and click the OK Button 192 168 250 10 CJ2M EIP21 Edit Connection It will add a connection conf
505. the destination node and no acknowledgement or resends are performed like they are for TCP To increase the reliability of communications the user application must perform data resend processing Send data Send Mh MU ME et pA EUM Mene S te Receive request Acknowledgement ACK request When ACK processing is performed by user application Sending node Destination node In UDP the remote IP address and the remote UDP port number are not specified when a request is made to open a socket The variables that store the remote IP address the remote UDP port number and the data to send are specified when the send request is made The received data is stored in the response data to specify which UDP port was used from which IP address Furthermore once a socket is open in UDP communications with other remote nodes is possible even if the socket is not closed NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 3 090 01g uo ahpajmouy oiseg 2 6 dan pue dOL ueewjeq seoueJelllg 1 2 6 9 Socket Service fl TCP Communications Procedure You execute socket communications instructions in sequence to perform TCP communications for the built in EtherNet IP port SktTCPConnect Instruction Execution of the Socket Function Connect The connection is established by the normal completion of the SktTCPConnect instruction SktTCPSend Instruction Execution of the Socket Function Send
506. then do not allow it to change BOOTP server l BOOTP command Ethernet NJ series Controller NJ series Controller IP address BOOTP client NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 4 Determining IP Addresses 4 2 2 Setting IP Addresses Use the Sysmac Studio to set the IP address of the built in EtherNet IP port 1 Select the setting method for IP addresses Make the following settings on the TCP IP Settings Display of the Built in EtherNet IP Port Set tings Tab Page in the Controller Setup to set the local IP address TCP IP Settings v IP Address Fixed setting IP address Subnet mask Used to set a user specified IP address Default gateway ay Used to obtain the IP address from the BOOTP Obtain from BOOTP server server each time the power is turned ON Fix at the IP address obtained from BOOTP server Used to obtain the IP address from the BOOTP server once and then not change it sBunjes ssaippy di Mod di eNJeui uring Z t 2 Connect the Sysmac Studio to the NJ series CPU Unit via a USB connection or the Ethernet network 3 Connect the Sysmac Studio online to the NJ series CPU Unit Refer to 4 2 3 Online Connection for the procedure to connect online 4 Use one of the following methods to download the IP addresses that were set on the Sysmac Studio to the NJ series
507. therNet IP port and for communication on an EtherNet IP Unit This section provides examples of route paths Communicating between Built in EtherNet IP Ports Example Communicating between Built in EtherNet IP Ports on CPU Unit 1 and CPU Unit 2 CPU Unit 1 CPU Unit 2 l IP address 192 168 250 2 l Communications I Pot 02 Built in EtherNet IP port Built in EtherNet IP port Network type number 02 Output the command via EtherNet IP port Remote address Specify the remote IP address Route path 02 192 168 250 2 Communicating from a Built in EtherNet IP Port to an EtherNet IP Unit Example Communicating from the built in EtherNet IP port on CPU Unit 1 to CPU Unit 2 via the Eth erNet IP Unit mounted to CPU Unit 2 CPU Unit 1 CPU Unit 2 EtherNet IP Unit 2 ee ee Backplane port 01 suoljeoiunuiwod abessayy did Buisf 2 8 Communications port 02 Po Eso IP address i 192 168 250 2 l Built in EtherNet IP port EtherNet IP port 1 CPU Unit 1 to EtherNet IP Unit 2 Network type number 02 Output the command via EtherNet IP port Remote address Specify the remote IP address 2 EtherNet IP Unit 2 to CPU Unit 2 Network type number 01 Output the command via internal backplane port Remote address 00 unit address of CPU Unit Route path 02 192 168 250 2 01 00 1 2 yed einoH 7 2 8 NJ series CPU
508. thernet switch s environmental resistance specifications and use an Ethernet switch that is appropriate for the ambient conditions Contact the Ethernet switch manufac turer for details on Ethernet switch s environmental resistance specifications I Ethernet Switch Connection Methods Connect two Ethernet switches to each other as follows Connect an MDI port to an MDI X port with a straight cable Connect two MDI ports or two MDI X ports with a cross cable uonejjeisu 340M 9N Z Z SuonneoeJld Z Z Note It is very difficult to distinguish cross cables and straight cables by appearance Incorrect cables will cause communications to fail We recommend cascade connections with straight cables whenever possible MDI port MDI X port cross pida Straight cable E ees Ethernet switch Cross cable o9 x Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet switch switch switch CHET CHET GH EET GYR Ge NN E Some Ethernet switches can automatically distinguish between MDI and MDI X When this kind of Ethernet switch is used straight cable can be used between Ethernet switches Vi Precautions for Correct Use Adjust the built in EtherNet IP port s link settings to match the communications settings of the connected Ethernet switch If the settings do not ma
509. tings Set the SNMP trap settings l 2 Check operation Check the event log to see if the SNMP agent started SeJnpo20Jd suoneojunuluo di 19NJ9U 3 S L Using BOOTP Section 5 Sysmac Studio 1 Use the Sysmac Studio to set the initial settings of the EtherNet IP Settings dris Built in Eth Function Module erNet IP Port Set the BOOTP settings eumno L S L 2 Check operation Check the event log to see if BOOTP started Check the Online system defined variable NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 19 1 Introduction 1 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Installing Ethernet Networks 2 1 Selecting the Network Devices 2 1 1 Recommended Network Devices 2 1 2 Network Devices Manufactured by OMRON 2 1 3 Ethernet Switch Types 2 1 4 Ethernet Switch Functions 2 1 5 Precautions for Ethernet Switch Selection 2 2 Network Installation 2 2 1 Basic Installation Precautions 2 2 2 Recommended Network Devices 2 2 3 Precautions 0 cc cee eee eee 2 3 Connecting to the Network 2 3 1 Ethernet Connectors 2 3 2 Connecting the Cable NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 2 1 2 2 1 Installing Ethernet Networks 2 1 1 Recommended Network Devices Selecting the Network Devices The following table shows the devices recommended for use with the EtherNet IP
510. tion DoTCP BOOL False Processing Stage INT 0 Status change RcvSocketDat ARRAY 0 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Receive data BYTE WkSocket sSOCKET Handle 0 Socket SrcAdr PortNo 0 IpAdr DstAdr PortNo 0 lpAdr SendSocketDat ARRAY 0 1999 OF 2000 16 0 Send data BYTE SktTCPAccept_instance SktTCPAccept SktTCPSend_instance SktTCPSend SktTCPRov instance SktTCPRcv SktClose instance SktClose Variable Data type Constant Comment EIP EtnOnlineSta BOOL Online NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service Start sequence when Trigger changes to TRUE IF TriggerzZ TRUE AND DoTCP FALSE AND _Eip_EtnOnlineSta TRUE THEN DoTCP TRUE Stage INT 1 SktTCPAccept_instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance SktTCPSend_instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE SendDat SendSocketDat 0 Dummy SktTCPRev_instance Initialize instance Execute FALSE RcvDat RevSocketDat 0 Dummy SktClose instance Execute FALSE Initialize instance END_IF IF Do TCP TRUE THEN CASE Stage OF 1 Request accepting a socket connection SktTCPAccept_instance Execute TRUE SrcTcpPort UINT 6000 Local TCP port number TimeOut UINT O Timeout value Socket gt WkSocke t Socket IF SktTCPAccept instance Donez TRUE THEN Stage INT 2 Normal end ELSIF SktTCPAccept_instance Error TRUE THEN Stage INT 10 Error end END_IF 2
511. tions You can check the TCP state of the socket service with the TCP connection status that is output by the SktGetTCPStatus Read TCP Socket Status instruction The TCP states and their meanings are given in the following table TCP state Meaning CLOSED The connection was closed LISTEN The server is waiting for a connection request SYN with a passive open SYN SENT The client sent a connection request SYN for an active open and is waiting for acknowledgement SYN ACK SYN RECEIVED The server sent an acknowledgement SYN ACK to a connection request SYN and is waiting for acknowledgement ACK ESTABLISHED A connection was established CLOSE WAIT The server sent acknowledgement ACK to a connection close request FIN and is waiting for the server application to be ready to close FIN WAIT 1 The client sent a connection close request FIN and is waiting for acknowledgement ACK CLOSING The client and server simultaneously received a connection close request FIN and are waiting for acknowledgement ACK LAST ACK The server sent a connection close request FIN and is waiting for acknowledgement ACK FIN WAIT 2 The client is waiting for a connection close request FIN TIME WAIT The client received acknowledgement ACK to a connection close request FIN and is waiting for it to be received and processed by the server The TCP state changes as requests and acknowledgements
512. tions Procedures for the flow of basic operations 2 Select Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings from the Controller Setup on the Sysmac Studio and then set the following on the NTP Settings Display NTP server settings required NTP operation timing 3 Select Synchronization from the Controller Menu The built in EtherNet IP port settings are transferred to the CPU Unit 12 2 2 Settings Required for Automatic Clock Adjustment The following Built in EtherNet IP Port Settings are made from the Sysmac Studio to use automatic clock adjustment Tab page NTP Setting NTP server clock information Setting conditions Required Port No Specified by user Note Required to change from the default value of 123 Server specifying method Required IP address Host name One of these must be set depending on the Server specification type setting NTP operation timing Required Specify a Time Specify a time inter val One of these must be set Set according to the option selected for the NTP Oper ation Timing Timeout time ES Additional Information Specified by user Note Required to change from the default value of 10 seconds Reference page 5 6 Make the settings in the NTP Settings Dialog Box if automatic clock adjustment is used Refer to 5 4 NTP Settings Display for information on the NTP Settings Dialog Box 1 This setting is required to get
513. tir e He a e ea Reg da bero ed aded 7 21 7 2 5 COMMECHION SOMIN GS sees sess sect ei HE BEEN OE B Deco 7 32 7 2 6 Creating Connections Using the Wizard nennen nennen 7 41 7 2 7 Creating Connections by Device Dragging and Dropping eeeeeen 7 43 7 2 8 Connecting the Network Configurator to the Network ssseeeeeenenee 7 46 7 2 9 Downloading Tag Data Link Parameters ssseeeenen emen 7 51 7 2 10 Uploading Tag Data Link Parameters sssssseneennee nennen 7 54 7 2 11 Verifying the Tag Data LINKS esssseesseeeneeeneen eene mener nre 7 57 7 2 12 Starting and Stopping Tag Data LINKS sssssseeeeeeeeeeneneneenren nennen 7 60 7 2 13 Clearing the Device Parameters nennen nennen enne nnne enne 7 62 7 2 14 Saving the Network Configuration File sssseeeneneeeneennenenen eene 7 63 7 2 15 Reading a Network Configuration File eseseseeeeeeneeneeneeneennee nennen nenne 7 65 7 2 16 Checking Connectioris Letra uidet a edge ae aA He RARI MR e RE RR RR MR NEUE 7 66 722 17 Changing Devices os gels ani dali dion qebetoebiacititetendtedecabeluiiaii e 7 68 7 2 18 Displaying Device Status ssssssssssesssseeeeeeeneneneen nennen nennen nennen tnr enn nennen ens 7 69 Ladder Programming for Tag Data Links esee 7 70 7 3 1 Ladder Programming for Tag Data Links
514. tocol ipInDiscards 8 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams that could have con Ported standard tinued to be processed without any problems but were discarded for example because of insuffi cient buffer space ipInDelivers 9 RO Sup According to the The number of datagrams delivered to an IP user Ported standard protocol any higher level protocol including ICMP ipOutRequests 10 RO Sup According to the The number of times a send request was made for Ported standard an IP datagram by a local IP user protocol any higher level protocol including ICMP This coun ter does not include jpForwDatagrams ipOutDiscards 11 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams that could have been Ported standard sent without any problems but were discarded for example because of insufficient buffer space NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 SNMP Agent Subtree name Standard identifier attribute A AE ipOutNoRoutes 12 RO Sup According to the The number of IP datagrams that were discarded Ported standard because there was no transmission path This counter includes datagrams that attempted to be sent through ipForwDatagrams but were dis carded because they were set with no route This value indicates the number of datagrams that could not be transferred because the default gate way was down ipR
515. ton in the Edit Tags Dialog Box 7 24 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Edit Tags xj In Consume Dut Produce Name eee ERU Sie Bi New Edit Delete Usage count 4 256 Cancel H Precautions for Correct Use Make the following settings to refresh all of the tag data in the same tag set at the same time Use the Sysmac Studio to specify the same refreshing task for all of the variables that are assigned to tags in the tag set Do not place tag variables that have AT specifications in I O memory and tag variables that do not have AT specifications in the same tag set sur eeg Bey Buras Z Z m 10 At this point a confirmation dialog box is displayed to check whether the registered tag names are used as the tag set names A tag set can contain up to eight tags but tag sets are registered with one tag per tag set if the tag names are registered as tag set names In this case click the Yes Button Network Configurator xi A The new Tags will be registered as Tag sets No If the No Button is clicked you can add more tags to the tag set Refer to step 18 for details on how to register new tags first and add more tags to the tag set later sjes Be pue she Bunealg v z 7 Changing and Registering Tag Sets 1 1 The following dialog box is displayed when the tags in the Edit Tags Dialog Box are registered directly as
516. troller status must be included in the tag sets for both the originator and target Include the Controller status by using the Network Configurator to select the Include Options in the Edit Tag Set Dialog Boxes NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Programming Example to Detect Normal Operation The following programming can be used to confirm that normal communications are being per formed for each target node If the Controller status is included in the tag data the status of the Con troller can also be detected Programming Example 1 to Detect Normal Operation Normal Target Node Information 1 Target PLC Operating Target PLC Error Online EIP EstbTargetSta 1 Mode 1 Information 1 _EIP_EtnOnlineSta _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta 1 _EIP_TargetPLCErr 1 Node 1 data link operation normal Normal Target Node Information Target PLC Operating Target PLC Error 2 Mode 2 Information 2 _EIP_EstbTargetSta 2 _EIP_TargetPLCModeSta 2 _EIP_TargetPLCErr 2 Node 2 data link operation normal Programming Example 2 to Detect Normal Operation All Tag Data Links Online Communications Status EIP_EtnOnlineSta EjP TDLinkAllRunSta E Data link operation normal SXur e1eg peL 104 Bulmmwes6oig 1oppe e 7 Target PLC Target PLC Operating Mode 1 Error Information 1 _EIP_EstbTargetSta 1 _EIP_TargetPLCErr 1 ba Node 1 data lin
517. ts for resent data only tcpRetransSegs 12 RO Sup According to the ported standard The total number of resent segments NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 15 jue y dNNS L EL suoneoyioeds gllN v L EI 13 SNMP Agent Name Standard identifier attribute Nun ea RE tcpConnTable 13 NA According to the The information table specific to the TCP connec standard tion tcpConnEntry 1 NA According to the Entry information related to a specific TCP con standard nection This value is deleted if the connection changes to the CLOSE state The indices are tcp ConnLocalAddress tcpConnLocalPort tcpCon nRemAdaress and tcpConnRemPort tcpConnState 1 RW Sup According to the The status of the TCP connection ported standard closed 1 listen 2 synSent 3 synReceived 4 established 5 finWait1 6 finWait2 7 closeWait 8 lastAck 9 closing 10 timeWait 11 tepConnLoca 2 RO Sup According to the Address The local IP address of this TCP connection A ported standard value of 0 0 0 0 is used for connections in the LIS TEN state that accept connections from any IP interface related to the node tcpConnLocal 3 RO Sup According to the Port The local port number for this TCP connection ported standard tcpConnRe 4 RO Sup According to the mAddress The remote IP address for this TCP connection ported standard
518. ts for TCP and UDP that is given in the fol lowing table Number of sockets Unit version 1 00 to 1 02 Unit version 1 03 or higher Total of 16 sockets UDP TCP UDP socket service Total of 30 sockets TCP socket service To use these sockets for communications special ST instructions for sockets are executed to execute the following processes Open processing This process places the socket in a usable state This is the first process that is exe cuted when using socket services With TCP open processing is performed until a connection is established Close processing This process ends the use of the socket With TCP it closes the connection Send processing This process sends data from the socket Receive processing This process receives data from the socket Clear processing This process clears data in the receive buffer received from the remote node NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 9 Socket Service 9 6 2 Procedure to Use Socket Services You execute special instructions for sockets in sequence to use the socket services according to the procedure shown below Use the values of the output variables for each instruction to confirm that each instruction is completed normally TCP Accepting a Connection Execute SktTCPAccept instruction Opening a Connection Execute SktTCPConnect instruction Error End Output variable Error TRUE Check error
519. ttributes Level Minor fault Recovery Cycle the power Log category System supply Effects User program Continues Operation EtherNet IP communications will not operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Lights System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_IdentityErr BOOL Identify Information Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention correction 2 Non volatile memory failure Replace the CPU Unit None Attached None information Precautions None Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 19 Punoouse qnojj z s1 suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Tag Data Link Setting Error EtherNet IP Function Module Minor fault Continues Flashes at 1 s intervals _EIP_TDLinkCfgErr Power was interrupted when a down load was in progress for the data link settings An error was detected in the communications settings for tag data links CIP Automatic recov ery after down loading the tag data link set tings cycle the power supply or reset Controller Flashes at 1 s intervals BOOL Implement one of the following mea sures Perform the Memory All Clear oper ation Download the tag data link settings again Clear the tag data link settings Tag data link communications will not operate At power ON or Controller reset System
520. tudio It will change to FALSE automati cally Using the Network Configurator You can select VO Connection Start or I O Connection Stop from the Network Menu to start and stop tag data links for individual devices 7 60 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Starting and Stopping Tag Data Links for Individual Devices Using the Network Configurator You can start and stop tag data links for individual devices using the Connection Tab Page in the Monitor Device Dialog Box This applies only to tag data links for which the device is the originator Select Monitor from the Device Menu to access the Monitor Device Dialog Box LI x Status 1 Status 2 Connection Controller Log Tag Status Ethemet Information Target Node Status 010 Start Connection Stop Connection Connection Status Connection Name 192 168 250 10 010 CNO1 01 Start Connection Button Starts all connections for which the device is the originator sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z Stop Connection Button Stops all connections for which the device is the originator m syu geq Be Buiddois pue Bues ZL Z 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 61 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 13 Clearing the Device Parameters You can clear the tag data link parameters that are saved in the built in EtherNet IP port on the Ether
521. tus logical OR of fatal and non fatal errors of the tar get node Controllers that are connected with the built in EtherNet IP ports as the originator The array elements are valid only when the corresponding Normal Target Node Information is TRUE The immedi ately preceding value is retained if this vari able is FALSE Array x is TRUE A fatal or non fatal error occurred in the target Controller with a tar get node ID of x Array x is FALSE Other than the above Data type ARRAY 0 255 OF BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE Reference page 3 18 _EIP_TargetNodeErr 255 Target Node Error Information This variable indicates that the connection for the Registered Target Node Information was not established or that an error occurred in the target Controller The array elements are valid only when the Regis tered Target Node Information is TRUE Array x is TRUE A connection was not nor mally established with the target node for a target node ID of x the Registered Target Node Information is TRUE and the Normal Target Node Information is FALSE or a connection was established with the target node but an error occurred in the target Controller Array x is FALSE The target node is not registered for a target node ID of x the Registered Target Node Information is FALSE or a connection was normally established with the target node the Regis tered Target Node Information is TRUE and the Norm
522. twork Configu rator Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery after down loading the tag settings Effects User program Continues Operation Data links will not operate for unresolved tags Data links for other tags will operate Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT Flashes at 1 s intervals Flashes at 1 s intervals System defined Variable Data type Name variables _EIP_TagAdrErr BOOL Tag Resolution Error Cause and Assumed cause Correction Prevention conecuon The size of the network published Correct the sizes in the tag settings to Set the sizes in the tag settings to variable is different from the tag set match the network published vari match the network published vari tings ables ables The I O direction set for a tag data link Correct the tag settings or the set Set the tag settings or the settings of and the I O direction of the Controller tings of the Controller variables so the Controller variables so that the I O variable do not match that the I O direction for the tag data directions for the tag data links match links match the I O direction of the the I O directions of the Controller Controller variable variables There are no network published vari Correct the tag settings so that exist Set the tag settings so that existing ables for the Controller tag settings ing network published variables are ne
523. twork published variables are set set for the tags for the tags A variable in the Controller that is set Remove the Constant attribute from Do not set the Constant attribute for a for a tag data link has the Network the Controller variable that has the Controller variable that has the Net Publish attribute set to Input but also Network Publish attribute set to Input work Publish attribute set to Input has the Constant attribute Attached None information Precautions None Remarks NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 15 25 Punoouse qnojj z s1 suonduoseg 1043 Z Z S 15 Troubleshooting Event name Controller Insufficient Memory Warning Event code 5001 0000 hex Meaning The amount of data for the EtherCAT slave configuration network published information or other data exceeds the value that is specified for the CPU Unit You may not be able to perform online editing or other operations Source EtherCAT Master Function Module or Source details Master or CIP Detection At power ON EtherNet IP Function Module timing download or online editing Error attributes Level Minor fault Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery Effects User program Continues Operation Not affected Indicators EtherNet IP NET RUN EtherNet IP NET ERR EtherNet IP LINK ACT System defined Variable Data type Name variables None as EE Cause and Assumed
524. u set tag data links for higher priority transmission it is possible to prevent problems such as transmission delays due to message communications traffic and packet losses due to buffer overflow You must make special settings in the Ethernet switch when using the multicast filtering function and L4 QoS function 2 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 2 Installing Ethernet Networks Selecting the Ethernet Switch Based on the Ethernet Switch s Supported Functions L2 Ethernet Switch without Multicast Filtering We recommend this kind of Ethernet switch when only tag data links are executed and any of the fol lowing conditions is met The tag data links are set to share the same data with all nodes in the network The multicast packets are transferred to all nodes in the network just like a broadcast The tag data link settings are all one to one unicast and multicast packets cannot be used There is little traffic in the tag data links S99IABQ YIOMJON y Bunosljes L Z No special settings are required for an L2 Ethernet switch without multicast filtering e L2 Ethernet Switch with Multicast Filtering We recommend this kind of Ethernet switch when only tag data links are executed and the following condition is met There are many 1 N links where N represents some number of nodes in the network in the tag data link settings i e there are many multicast packets used or there i
525. ubnet mask and default gate way e Class ID Specify F5 hex e Instance ID Specify 00 or 01 hex xeu S4 qI ssero P fqO pU di dO L 8 Attribute ID The attribute ID specifies the information to read NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 33 8 Message Communications Attribute ID 01 hex Class Attribute ID The class attribute ID specifies the attribute of the entire object Parameter name Revision Description Revision of the object Attribute Read Read data Data type UINT Value 0001 hex Unit version 1 01 or earlier 0002 hex Unit version 1 02 or later 02 hex Attribute ID 01 hex Max Instance The maximum instance number Instance Attribute ID Read UINT The instance attribute ID specifies the attribute of the instance Parameter name Interface Configuration Status Description Indicates the IP address settings status of the built in EtherNet IP port Attribute Read 0001 hex Read write data Data type DWORD Value Bits 0 to 3 Interface Configuration Status 0 IP address is not set This includes when BOOTP is starting 1 IP address is set Bits 4 and 5 Reserved always FALSE Bit 6 AcdStatus 1 FALSE IP address colli sions have not been detected TRUE IP address collisions have been detected Bits 7 to 31 Reserved always FALSE 02 hex
526. uilt in EtherNet IP Port 8 31 8 3 1 CIP Objects Sent to the Built in EtherNet IP Port 05 8 31 8 3 2 Identity Object Class ID 01 Hex 0 0 eee eee 8 31 8 3 3 TCP IP Interface Object Class ID F5 hex 0 0 e eee eee 8 33 8 3 4 Ethernet Link Object Class ID F6 Hex 0 0 0 e eee ee 8 35 8 3 5 Controller Object Class ID CA Hex 0 0 0 0 eee eee 8 39 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 1 8 Message Communications 8 1 Overview of the CIP Message Communications Service 8 1 1 Overview of the CIP Message Communications Service CIP commands can be sent to devices on the EtherNet IP network whenever they are required You execute CIP SEND instructions in a program in the NJ series CPU Unit to send CIP commands such as those to read and write data and to receive the responses You can use CIP messages from the client to read and write memory in the Controller with the server without adding any special programming to the user program of the Controller with the server NJ series Controller EtherNet IP Built in EtherNet IP port E CIP command E CIP response a i Built in nseries EtherNeYiP port or host computer 8 1 2 Message Communications Service Specifications Item Specification Message type Either of the following can be selected CIP UCMM connectionless messages CIP class 3 connection me
527. uilt in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions NJ series Controller NJ series Controller Refreshing task Refreshing task Value of variable Tagset Tagset Value of variable Variable a 100210 Variable a Connection Variable d 10 2 H The values of the Variable b 100510 Variable b Tag data links updated Variable e 10 tags in the tag set are refreshed at Variable c 100210 Variable c Variable f 10 the same time EtherNet IP EN Additional Information You do not need to set a refreshing task for variables tags that use an AT specification because they are updated in the primary periodic task Not Setting Refreshing Tasks for Tags Network Variables Concurrency of the tags in the tag set is not maintained NJ series Controller NJ series Controller syu eed Gey o1 uononpoaul L Z Refreshing task Refreshing task m Value of variable Variable a 100 10 Tagset Variable a Connection Tagset Value of variable Variable d 10 Refreshed The values of tags in the tag set are Variable b 100 5 10 Variable b Variable e 10 Refreshed Tag data links updated not refreshed at the same time Variable f 100 Not refreshed Variable
528. uilt in EtherNet IP port 255 255 255 0 Default gateway Set the IP address of the default gateway for the built in EtherNet IP port This setting is not required when the default gateway is not used None 1 Refer to the 4 2 Built in EtherNet IP Port IP Address Settings for details on setting IP addresses 2 These settings are required if you select Fixed setting e DNS Default Description Setting DNS Enable using DNS if a DNS is used to resolve host names when host names are specified for the remote communica tions nodes in CIP communications and socket instructions A DNS server is required to use DNS Do not use Priority DNS server Set the IP address of the DNS server You can set priority None Secondary DNS server and secondary IP addresses None Domain name Sets the domain name of the domain to which the built in None EtherNet IP port belongs Single byte alphanumeric char acters dots and hyphens 48 characters max These settings are required when DNS is used 5 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Hosts Settings Setting Host Name 5 Sysmac Studio Settings for the Built in EtherNet IP Port Description Addresses are converted according to this setting when host names are used to specify remote communications nodes They can be set even if DNS is not used You can set up to six host names You can use up to 200
529. uled status SNMP agent monitoring SNMP agent 3 Ful I Le N LL AE Device that supports SNMP Built in EtherNet IP Port SNMP agent 13 1 1 Overview SNMP Agent The built in EtherNet IP port has its own management information called the MIB management infor mation base This information can be provided to the SNMP manager The SNMP manager is software that gathers and processes information about devices on the SNMP network and provides that informa tion to the network administrator You can use the SNMP manager to monitor the built in EtherNet IP port SNMP manager Information requested SNMP agent SNMP command m LJ Information sent T management information Built in EtherNet IP port The SNMP manager has a SNMP command to request MIB information The built in EtherNet IP port SNMP agent function supports SNMPv1 RFC1157 and SNMPv2C RFC1901 Use the SNMPv1 or SNMPv2C protocol to manage the built in EtherNet IP port with the SNMP manager You can also use both the SNMPv1 and SNMPv2C protocols together at the same time 13 2 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 13 SNMP Agent SNMP Traps When a failure or some other specific problem occurs a status report called a trap is sent This enables monitoring changes in status
530. urrent value packets Out Errors The number of sent packets that UDINT Reads the current value 8 36 had errors NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 8 Message Communications Read write data Attribute ID Parameter name Description Attribute Data Value type 05 hex Media Counters Media counters for the built in Read Struct EtherNet IP port Alignment Errors Number of frames received that UDINT Reads the current value were not octets in length FCS Errors Number of frames received that UDINT Reads the current value did not pass the FCS check Single Collisions Number of frames sent success UDINT Reads the current value fully with only one collision Multiple Collisions Number of frames sent success UDINT Reads the current value fully with two or more collisions SQE Test Errors Number of times a SQE test error UDINT Reads the current value message was generated Deferred Transmissions The number of frames for which UDINT Reads the current value the first attempt to send was delayed because the media was busy Late Collisions The number of collisions detected UDINT Reads the current value in packets that were sent after 512 bit times Excessive Collisions The number of frames that failed UDINT Reads the current value to be sent because of excessive collisions MAC Tran
531. used Usage of Capacity increases to 87 00 for devices 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 10 which indicates that the RPI is set to a higher speed for these devices connections The Usage of Capacity values also indicate that the Usage of Capacity has increased from 40 83 to 44 67 for all of the other devices which connect with devices 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 10 14 18 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 14 Communications Performance and Communications Load usage of pevice sandwiatn 4 Comment Usage of Capacit Mbit s without Multic Usage of IP mutti 2 192 168 250 17 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 4 0 583 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 16 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 2 192 168 250 15 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 4 0 583 1 818 Mbit s 2 e 192 168 250 14 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 113 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 12 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 11 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 10 NJ501 1300 87 00 100 33 1 528 1 835 Mbit s 2 g 192 158 2509 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 e 192 168 250 8 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 583 1 818 Mbit s 2 2 192 158 2507 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 e 192 168 250 6 NJ501 1300 44 50 97 83 0 589 1 818 Mbit s 2 g 192 168 250 5 NJ501 1300 4
532. uting tables The CIP uses the producer consumer model Nodes in the network are arranged on the same level and it is possible to communicate with required devices whenever it is necessary The consumer node will receive data sent from a producer node when the connection ID in the packet indicates that the node requires the data Because the producer can send the same data with the same characteristics in a multicast format the time required for the transfer is fixed and not dependent on the number of consumer nodes Either multicast or unicast can be selected NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 1 Introduction 1 2 System Configuration and Configuration Devices pue uoneanbiuo uiejs S Z SddIA0g uoneanBijuo 5 1 2 1 Devices Required to Construct a Network The basic configuration for an EtherNet IP system includes one Ethernet switch to which nodes are attached in star configuration using twisted pair cable Sysmac Studio 3 Ethernet switch Support Software 2 Twisted pair cable 1 Built in EtherNet IP port on NJ series CPU Unit 1 Built in EtherNet IP port on NJ series CPU Unit 1 Built in EtherNet IP ort on NJ series Ethernet LAN port 100m BU Unit a s The following products are also required to build a network O
533. utput produce tag sets Each tag set can contain only input tags or only output tags The same input tag cannot be included in more than one input tag set 7 4 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions e Number of Tags in Tag Sets You can set any tag sets containing one or more tags for the input and output tag sets for one con nection For example you can set a tag set with one tag for the input tag set and set a tag set with more than one tag for the output tag set Tag Sets with Only One Tag Each With basic Network Configurator procedures each tag set contains only one tag NJ series CPU Unit CJ series CPU Unit I O memory Tag set SP1 IN Tag set SP1 OUT tag a tag c Connection Variable a Variable c Individual tags Tag set SP2_OUT Tag set SP2_IN tag b tag d Connection Variable b Variable d syu eed Gey o1 uononpoaul L Z Tag Sets with Multiple Tags Each 7 As shown below tags can be grouped You can place up to eight tags with a total of up to 300 words in one tag set D N NJ series CPU Unit CJ series CPU Unit g 1 O memory S Tag set SP1 IN E group of tags a b and c Tag set SP1_OUT c Variable a Variable f F gt T Connection S Variable b C Variable g N Variable c Variable h Individual tags Tag
534. utton The device parameters are not cleared or reset 7 2 14 Saving the Network Configuration File You can save device parameters set in the Network Configurator or device parameters uploaded from the network in a network configuration file 1 Select File Save As The following dialog box is displayed x Save in IF Documents o 2 E T3 Name Deate T Size Ti X MyProject Fiename EET Save as type Network Configurator v3 File nvf z Cancel Option Select target network Untitled nvf is displayed as the default file name NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 63 syur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z m ll4 uoneunByuoo JOMIN eur DUNES YL Z Z 7 64 7 Tag Data Link Functions 2 Input the file name and then click the Save Button Save in IF Documents 02 em Filename MachineControl_1 Save as type Network Configurator v3 FieC nvf J Cms ption Ir Select target network This completes the network configuration file save operation 3 When the network configuration is changed later you can overwrite the existing network config uration file if you select File Save or click the e Button 4 You can select the Select target network Check Box in the Option Area to save a network config uration file with only the required networks Filename MachineControl_1 Save as type Network Configurator v3
535. vach of originales device and target device Cormeciion 1 0 Type Consume Data From Produce Data To r Ongneltor Device Target Device Node Address 192 168 250 100 Node Address 192 I6R 2504 Comment NJ501 1500 Comment FZ Series Input Tag Set rdi Tag Sets Output Tag Set findats 48Byte 7 Input 1U1 48Byte v c jm Muti cast connection fiuit Tag Set Edit Tay Sets Input Tag Set ouDats 20Byte 7 Output 100 20Byte 7 Saa Puint to Purit connection amp we Hide Detail Detail Parameter Packet Interval MPI 500 ine 1010 1000 0 me 5 L onnechon Name Imeout Value Packet Interval RPI x 4 x gonecaon Name detaui 02 i Connection Structure E L MC_Status M 50 0me S A OutDate 5 InData M 50 0ms A 192 168 250 4 FZ Series amp N Uuitput_10U Inpet_101 te 7 34 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions The settings are as follows Setting Description Connection I O Type Select Input Only tag type to use tag data links with a CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2B EIP21 CJ2M EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2 CJ1W EIP21 NJ NJ501 or NJ301 When you create tag data links for other devices select the connection I O type specified in that device s EDS file Use the Input Only ID type setting when another company s node is the originator and does not support co
536. value that exceeds the specifications occur NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 setting specifications setting to 10 seconds or less 15 47 10j 1nB1ju02 YAOMION BY YUM SNIS Bupjoeu E GL bunoouse qnoJ pue sepo2 sns uonoeuuo2 Z E S 15 Troubleshooting Connection status Handling General Additional Source of error Status Status Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3 hex hex 01 0113 Error code generated by originator Check the connec Check the connection Check the connection or returned from target tion settings number settings number of settings number of Attempted to open more connec of connections at connections at the connections at the tions than allowed by the specifica the originator and originator and target originator and target tions 32 target Check the connection Check the connection specifications for specifications for devices from other devices from other manufacturers manufacturers 01 0114 Error code returned from target This error does not Depends on the tar Check the originator s The Vendor ID and Product Code occur get s specifications connection settings did not match when opening con Contact the target nection device s manufacturer Check that the target device s EDS file is cor rect 01 0115 Error code returned from target This error does not Depends on the tar Check the
537. ven later for the meaning of individual bits Data type WORD Range of values 1640000 to 16 00F0 R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc You can access this variable from the user program with the following NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 instruction GetEIPError tions 3 13 peuyjop uiejs s JenplAlpul 40 suoneoijioeds E E sajqeue 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name EIP MacAdrErr Meaning MAC Address Error Global local Global Function Indicates that an error occurred when the MAC address was read at startup TRUE Error FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP LanHwErr Meaning Communications Controller Error Global local Global Function TRUE The communications controller failed FALSE Normal Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name EIP EtnCfgErr Meaning Basic Ethernet Setting Error Global local Global Function TRUE The Ethern
538. ves amp Motion Controls Servo amp AC Drives Motion Controllers amp Encoders Temperature amp Process Controllers Single and Multi loop Controllers Sensors amp Vision e Proximity Sensors Photoelectric Sensors Fiber Optic Sensors Amplified Photomicrosensors Measurement Sensors Ultrasonic Sensors Vision Sensors Industrial Components RFID Code Readers Relays Pushbuttons amp Indicators e Limit and Basic Switches Timers Counters Metering Devices Power Supplies Safety e Laser Scanners Safety Mats Edges and Bumpers Programmable Safety Controllers Light Curtains Safety Relays Safety Interlock Switches Note Specifications are subject to change O 2014 Omron Electronics LLC Printed in U S A Printed on recycled paper amp
539. way as variable names Store UTF 8 character codes in the ANSI extended symbol segment Array Indices Specify the array index in a logical segment that is set as a member ID You can specify an array index x in a variable name Specification Method 1 8 bit Index BYTE 28 hex Logical Segment Member ID USINT Index Array index from 0 to 255 Specification Method 2 16 bit Index suoneoiunuiuio abessay did Ui sajqeueA Buisso2oy 9 Y BYTE Logical Segment Member ID octet Pad UINT Array index from 0 to 65 535 Range Specifications with the Num of Element Field There is a Num of Element field in the request data for the variable read and variable write services You can use these services to access the specified range of an array with the following specifications Specify the first element in the range of elements to access in the array variable as the variable to read or write Specify the number of elements to access in the Num of Element field suyed 1senbey ui sowen ejqeueA BuiAjoeds v 9 v NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 A 29 Appendices A 30 il Specification Examples This example shows how to specify VarAA MemB 1 2 for the following structure variable struct UINT MemA BOOL MemB 10 10 VarAA Variable Name Specification Format BYTE ANSI Extended Symbol Segment BYTE Length of variable name in bytes Array of Variable
540. wnload the parameters if any Units with revision 1 are included in the network sur e1eq Bey Buras Z Z m 1 Connect the Network Configurator online 2 There are two ways to download the parameters S1ejeureleg yur geq Be Bulpeojumog 6 Z Z Downloading to All Devices in the Network Select Network Download The following dialog box is displayed Network Configurator P In order to enable new configuration downloading parameters to A all devices will start OK NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 51 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 52 Downloading Individually to Particular Devices Select the icon of the EtherNet IP Unit to which you want to download To select multiple nodes hold down the Shift Key while you click the icons In the following example 2 nodes are selected 192 168 250 1 and 192 168 250 2 Right click the icon to display the pop up menu and select Parameter Download 15 m uw The following dialog box is displayed i Downloading parameters to selected devices will start OK jJ Click the Yes Button to download the tag data link parameters to the EtherNet IP Unit The fol lowing dialog box is displayed if any of the CPU Units is not in PROGRAM mode List of Device that are executing E xi The following devices are not in program mode o oduct Name dp921682502 NJSU BOO 0000000 Download after chang
541. work Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions Variable name _EIP_NTPSrvErr Meaning NTP Server Connection Error Global local Global Function TRUE The NTP client failed to connect to the server timeout FALSE NTP is not set or the connection was successful Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions 3 16 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 3 System defined Variables Related to the Built in EtherNet IP Port Variable name EIP DNSSrvErr Meaning DNS Server Connection Error Global local Global Function TRUE The DNS client failed to connect to the server timeout FALSE DNS is not enabled Or DNS is enabled and the connection was successful Data type BOOL Range of values TRUE or FALSE R W access R Retained Not retained Network Publish Published Usage in user program Possible Related instruc tions e Functional Classification EtherNet IP Communications Status Variable name EIP EtnOnlineSta Meaning Online Global local Global Function TRUE The built in EtherNet IP port s communications can be used The link is ON and IP ad
542. x 0 1 16 e Error ping 130 25 36 8 Executes the PING command PING 130 25 36 8 56 data bytes lt Press the Ctrl C Keys to cancel execution 130 25 36 8 PING Statistics 9 packets transmitted Opackets received 100 packets loss Refer to the command reference manual for your computer s OS for details on using the PING com mand NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 6 3 suoneoiunuiuo2 Hulysal 1 9 uolyesodo Jayndwoyd ISOH 1 6 Testing Communications NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 Tag Data Link Functions es See 7 1 Introduction to Tag Data Links 200 e eee eee eee eee 7 2 7 1 1 Tag Data Links iniret iar Pee ERE a OA wie eee Dea 7 2 7 1 2 Data Link Data Areas eee 7 3 7 1 3 Tag Data Link Functions and Specifications 0 00 00 ee 7 6 7 1 4 Overview of Operation lssseeeseeee en 7 7 7 1 5 Starting and Stopping Tag Data Links llle eee eee 7 10 7 1 6 Controller Status 0 nh 7 10 7 1 7 Concurrency of Tag Data Link Data 0 eee 7 12 7 2 Setting Tag Data Links 0 0 0 c eee eee 7 16 7 2 1 Starting the Network Configurator 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee 7 16 7 2 2 Tag Data Link Setting Procedure 00 0 eee eee 7 18 7 2 3 Registering Devices 0 c eee 7 19 7 2 4 Creating Tags and Tag SetS 0 0 cece cea 7 21 7 2 5 Connecti
543. xi New IP Address 168 250 1 3 Set the IP address to match the node address IP address actually used in the device and click the OK Button 4 Repeat steps 1 to 3 and register all of the devices that participate in the tag data links x ER Network Configuator EtherNet IP Hardware Eg Vendor E OMRON Corporation i i Communications Adapter H C Tw EIP21 amp CJTw EIP210J2 3 CJ28 EIP21 3 CJ2M EIP21 amp CSTw EIPZI O EtherNet IP 1 192 168 250 1 192 168 250 2 192 168 250 3 192 168 250 4 NJ501 1500 CJTw EIP21 NJ501 1400 NJ501 1500 NJ501 1300 3 NJ501 1400 Z NJ501 1500 5 SYSMAC Gateway Eid Generic Device amp FZ Series E gj DeviceTyne f Usage of Device Bandwidth 2 Communications Adapter da Generic Device Jeti Message Code Date Description 7 20 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions 7 2 4 Creating Tags and Tag Sets You must create the tag sets and set member tags required to create connections for a registered Eth erNet IP Unit You can set the network variables used in control programs for tags This section first describes the basic procedure to create tags and tag sets 1 below Then it explains how to import variables with a Network Publish attribute from the Sysmac Studio to the Network Config urator 2 below Then it explains how to effectively use network vari
544. ximum number of 8 7 when Controller status is included tags per tag set Maximum number of words per tag set 300 words 600 bytes Maximum number of tag sets 32 Connections Maximum number of connections per Unit 32 Connection type Each connection can be set for 1 to 1 unicast or 1 to N multi cast communi cations Packet interval RPI 10 to 10 000 ms in 1 ms increments 1 to 10 000 ms in 1 ms increments The packet interval can be set separately for each connection Permissible communications band pps 1 000 pps 3 000 pps Note The heartbeat is included 1 To specify a specific I O memory address for a tag create a variable use an AT specification of the I O mem ory address on the Sysmac Studio and then specify the variable with the AT specification for the tag 2 You can import network variables created in the Sysmac Studio to the Network Configurator as tags However variables with a Network Publish attribute that have variable names that are the same as the I O memory address notation such as 0000 and H0000 are not exported to CSV files 3 The following table lists the variables that you can specify as tags 7 6 NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual W506 7 Tag Data Link Functions Type Example Specification Variables with basic data types aaa Supported Enumerated variables bbb Supported Arrays cc
545. ytes 2 000 bytes UDP Receive Processing With UDP communications the receive data that is stored in the receive buffer cannot be separated and received The receive buffer holds up to 9 000 bytes Therefore the data that is sent for each send request must be received with one receive request Because of this attention must be given to the following at the receiving node when data is received When the Size of the Variable Specified in the Receive Request Is Smaller Than the Data Size Sent with the Send Request The received data that exceeds the size of the variable that is specified in the receive request is discarded All of the receive data is received if there is less data in the receive buffer than the size of the variable that was specified in the receive request Example 1 Receive Request for 1 000 Bytes when 2 000 Bytes of Data Was Received 1 The data that was sent from the sending node in two sends is stored in the receive buffer 2 If a receive request is made for 1 000 bytes for the first send data the remaining 1 000 bytes is discarded 3 If the next receive request is for 2 000 bytes all of the send data for the second send is received S 020 0Jd uo abpajmouy oiseg 2 6 Sending node host computer Receiving node Controller User program Built in EtherNet IP port User program 1 Data received to Ethernet line receive buffer 2 1st receive request request for 1 000 bytes 1st send request

NJ-series CPU Unit Built-in EtherNet/IP Port User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents